Repo rt l ncia ina ittee o, eF mi Com Ps. a ve ti Smithsonian [Institution Report of the Secretary and Financial Report of the Executive Committee of the Board of Regents For the year ended June 30 1964 Smithsonian Publication 4595 U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE WASHINGTON : 1965 CONTENTS Page REIS tAOIROLECIALS miu aeons wale IE Milian) WU Aa eS eC, TA ips) cyl Ni Efe tla ek Hep Vv Generalestate mentee meyers ye OMe MiMi Lael gL UeAt Sie Sea iMate se Ree ea ie ea) 1 Vos LEAST O} PSD ovr OVS oN oe Sak NA a ae ec scene Ca a Ea 5 sRhesBoardioieReremtsvcn stewie eye Neh all ce a Valea 5 HEU N EAT YG CS Sees es As ele ee A aa ce) aN a at ag ye Ne La a 6 YRS ER OHSS 2 pss 2 EN eR pes eet Oa on ge aD eT 6 SMUG MSONIATIC ISI COTM t CMTE AME Oe Gite uc Ne ey ae ee Syn a a tf Hasepbprlenhye bape rs se Wa) o ny UC ee ill eintie: J cu elaw er Reh ea 2 7 Opening of Museum of History and Technology__________._--_--_----- 9 Manolcve WleGalsereSCn tation sj... ci eye ey le re Ss ee 9 J ESO ABW 2 A ae gn Pee mS py yy 10 eiremiMenimedivg ©emterncwrs: 2) 52st Moet ya a ec se a Deed se ere 10 National Armed Forces Museum Advisory Board_____________________- 11 SCANE® Ibnlig MEH OI Spohr o A ee ee ee ee eee 12 Srapasoman, Museum: service. 25.2 oe Le ee Se 14 Reports of branches of the Institution: Wnitedi States National: Museum: . 220.5525 002 5 2b eee oa ele 18 Mmibermatl OMA Hx CMa g ey SCV Ce mesa pe lee eee 69 BureauvotpAun ericam gh G yO) @ payee ee ae ey ere 80 INiatoMeN ZAC Korea Kee NY Je te Ee Se ee eee 111 Astrophysical: ObSChVALOLY.-2— - 7s eee ces fel ee ee 157 Natronala@ollectiony of bime Arts sme 5m yee ee es eee ne ep 190 HEREC TR Gr All Taye Ole At yee ees ye i as ey ne a ener MERLE Se Rs San BN Le 201 INatTOmale Gr alletayeolwAt is: cie coe tee ate cee reg NU Magy eee Te an oan 217 CanaleZonesBiologicalltArea ies | eae yee ey ee Me eee eee 231 INatiOMale Alby VIRISGUTIN ee els verry eee eee ee SR ENE ae oats as 236 John F. Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts.________________- 247 INathionaleBortralti Gallery. seis sok se sual ae ee ee ae vy Se eee 257 VC DOLUONBUNO MGI DCATy om eere iy avons eit Temata nay mba NVR ect N Ma lly Up aly L lade 261 iReporuon mublications and Intormation=. 2 ==) 322225 ou See 265 Report of the executive committee of the Board of Regents_-___________- 274 nie Vt THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION June 30, 1964 Presiding Officer ex officio. LYNDON B. JOHNSON, President of the United States. Chancellor.—EKaRL WARREN, Chief Justice of the United States. Members of the Institution: LyNpon B. JOHNSON, President of the United States. (Vacancy), Vice President of the United States. EARL WARREN, Chief Justice of the United States. DEAN Rusk, Secretary of State. DovuGtuas DIL1on, Secretary of the Treasury. Ropert 8S. McNamara, Secretary of Defense. Rosert EF. KENNeEpDy, Attorney General. JOHN A. GRONOUSKI, Postmaster General. Stewart L. UDALL, Secretary of the Interior. ORVILLE L. FREEMAN, Secretary of Agriculture. LuTHER H. Honegs, Secretary of Commerce. W. WILLARD WIRTZ, Secretary of Labor. ANTHONY J. CELEBREZZE, Secretary of Health, Education, and Welfare. Regents of the Institution: HARL WARREN, Chief Justice of the United States, Chancellor. (Vacancy), Vice President of the United States. CLinTON P. ANDERSON, Member of the Senate. J. WILLIAM FULBRIGHT, Member of the Senate. LEVERETT SALTONSTALL, Member of the Senate. FRANK T. Bow, Member of the House of Representatives. MicHarEL J. Kirwan, Member of the House of Representatives. GrorcE H. Manon, Member of the House of Representatives. JOHN NICHOLAS Brow\N, citizen of Rhode Island. WILLIAM A. M. BuRDEN, citizen of New York. Rosert V. FLEMING, citizen of Washington, D.C. CRAWFORD H. GREENEWALT, citizen of Delaware. Cary P. Haskins, citizen of Washington, D.C. JEROME C. HUNSAKER, Citizen of Massachusetts. Executive Committee.—Rosert V. FLEMING, Chairman; Cary P. HASKENS, CLIN- TON P. ANDERSON. Secretary.—S. DILLon RIPLEY. Assistant Secretary JAMES C. BRADLEY. Acting Assistant Secretary.—T. D. STEWART. Assistant to the Secretary.—THEODORE W. TAYLOR. Special assistants to the Secretary: For Fine Arts, THoMAs M. BEGGs; For Traveling Exhibition Study, Mrs. ANNEMARIE POPE; For Scientific Matters, PHILIP C. RITTERBUSH. Consultant to the Secretary for international activities—WILLIAM WARNER. Administrative assistant to the Secretary.—Mrs. Louise M. PEARSON. Treasurer.—WpGaRk L. Roy. VI ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 Chief, editorial and publications division—PavuL H. OEHSER. Librarian.—RvutH EH. BLANCHARD. Curator, Smithsonian Museum service.—G. CARROLL LINDSAY. Buildings manager.—ANDREW F.. MICHAELS, JR. Director of personnel.—J. A. KENNEDY. Chief, supply division.—A. W. WILDING. Chief, photographic service division.—O. H. GREESON. UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM Director.—F. A. Taylor. Registrar—Helena M. Weiss. MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY Direcior.—T. D. Stewart. Assistant Directors.—R. 8. Cowan, I. E. Wallen. Administrative officer—Mrs. Mabel A. Byrd. DEPARTMENT OF ANTHROPOLOGY: W. R. Wedel, chairman; A. J. Andrews, exhibits specialist. Division of Archeology: Clifford Evans, Jr., R. B. Woodbury, curators; G. W. Van Beek, associate curator. Division of Ethnology: S. H. Riesenberg, curator; G. D. Gibson, E. I. Knez, W. H. Crocker, associate curators. Division of Physical Anthropology: J. L. Angel, curator; Lucile H. Hoyme, associate curator. DEPARTMENT OF ZooLocy: H. H. Hobbs, Jr., chairman; F. A. Chace, Jr., senior scientist; W. M. Perrygo, in charge of taxidermy. Division of Mammals: D. H. Johnson, curator; H. W. Setzer, C. O. Handley, Jr., associate curators. Division of Birds: P. S. Humphrey, curator; G. H. Watson, R. I. Zusi, associ- ate curators. Division of Reptiles and Amphibians: Doris M. Cochran, curator. Division of Fishes: L. P. Schultz, curator; E. A. Lachner, W. R. Taylor, V. G. Springer, 8S. H. Weitzman, R. H. Gibbs, Jr., associate curators. Division of Marine Invertebrates: D. F¥. Squires, curator; T. HE. Bowman, C. EK. Cutress, Jr., Marian H. Pettibone, R. B. Manning, D. L. Pawson, associate curators. Division of Mollusks: H. A. Rehder, curator; J. P. H. Morrison, Joseph Rosewater, associate curators. DEPARTMENT OF ENTOMOLOGY: J. F. G. Clarke, chairman. Division of Neuropteroids: O. S. Flint, Jr., associate curator in charge. Division of Lepidoptera: J. F. G. Clarke, acting curator; D. R. Davis, W. D. Duckworth, W. D. Field, associate curators. Division of Coleoptera: O. L. Cartwright, curator; P. J. Spangler, associate curator. Division of Hemiptera: R. C. Froeschner, associate curator in charge. Division of Myriapoda and Arachnida: R. HB. Crabill, Jr., curator. DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY (NATIONAL HERBARIUM): J. R. Swallen, chairman. Division of Phanerogams: lL. B. Smith, curator; Velva E. Rudd, J. J. Wurdack, W. R. Ernst, D. H. Nicolson, S. G. Shetler, associate curators. Division of Ferns: C. V. Morton, curator; D. B. Lellinger, associate curator. Division of Grasses: J. R. Swallen, acting curator; T. R. Soderstrom, asso- ciate curator. SECRETARY’S REPORT Vit DEPARTMENT OF Botany—Continued Division of Cryptogams: M. EH. Hale, Jr., curator; P. S. Conger, H. E. Robinson, associate curators. Division of Plant Anatomy: W. UL. Stern, curator; R. H. Eyde, associate eurator. DEPARTMENT OF PALEOBIOLOGY: G. A. Cooper, chairman. Division of Invertebrate Paleontology: R. 8. Boardman, curator; P. M. Kier, Richard Cifelli, EH. G. Kauffman, M. A. Buzas, R. H. Benson, associate eurators. Division of Vertebrate Paleontology: C. L. Gazin, curator; D. H. Dunkle, Nicholas Hotton III, C. EH. Ray, associate curators. Division of Paleobotany: F. M. Hueber, curator; W. H. Adey, associate curator. DEPARTMENT OF MINERAL SCIENCES: G. S. Switzer, chairman. Division of Mineralogy: G. 8. Switzer, acting curator; P. EH. Desautels, associate curator. Division of Meteorites: EH. P. Henderson, associate curator in charge; R. S. Clarke, Jr., chemist. OCEANOGRAPHY ProcraM : I. HE. Wallen, assistant director; H. A. Fehlmann, super- visory museum specialist, Smithsonian Oceanographic Sorting Center. MUSEUM OF HISTORY AND TECHNOLOGY Director.—F. A. Taylor. Assistant Director.—J. C. Ewers. Administration officers.—W. HE. Boyle, Virginia Beets. DEPARTMENT OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY: R. P. Multhauf, chairman; Deborah J. Mills, assistant curator. Division of Physical Sciences: R. P. Multhauf, curator; W. F. Cannon, Uta C. Merzbach, associate curators. Division of Mechanical and Civil Engineering: 8. A. Bedini, curator; EH. A. Battison, R. M. Vogel, associate curators. Division of Transportation: H. I. Chapelle, curator; K. M. Perry, J. H. White, Jr., associate curators. Division of Hlectricity: B.S. Finn, associate curator in charge. Division of Medical Sciences: S. K. Hamarneh, curator. DEPARTMENT OF ARTS AND MANUFACTURERS: P. W. Bishop, chairman. Division of Textiles: Mrs. Grace R. Cooper, curator; Rita J. Adrosko, asso- ciate curator. Division of Ceramics and Glass; P. V. Gardner, curator; J. J. Miller II, associate curator. Division of Graphic Arts: Jacob Kainen, curator; F. O. Griffith, Hugene Ostroff, associate curators. Division of Manufactures and Heavy Industries: P. W. Bishop, acting curator ; L. L. Henkle, industrial specialist. Division of Agriculture and Forest Products: EB. C. Kendall, associate curator in charge. DEPARTMENT OF Civit History: R. H. Howland, chairman; P. C. Welsh, curator ; Mrs. Doris E. Borthwick, Anne Castrodale, assistant curators. Division of Political History: W. EH. Washburn, curator; Mrs. Margaret Brown Klapthor, K. E. Melder, Mrs. Anne W. Murray, associate curators ; H. R. Collins, assistant curator. Division of Cultural History: C. M. Watkins, curator; Mrs. Cynthia A. Hoover, J. N. Pearce, Rodris C. Roth, associate curators. VIII ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 DEPARTMENT OF CivIL History—Continued Division of Philately and Postal History: C. H. Scheele, associate curator in charge. Division of Numismatics: Viadimir Clain-Stefanelli, curator; Mrs. Hlvira Clain-Stefanelli, associate curator. DEPARTMENT OF ARMED Forces History: M. L. Peterson, chairman. Division of Military History: E. M. Howell, curator; C. R. Goins, Jr., asso- ciate curator. Division of Naval History: P. K. Lundeberg, curator; M. H. Jackson, associate curator. OFFICE OF EXHIBITS Chief. —J. E. Anglim. Museum of Natural History Laboratory: A. G. Wright, assistant chief; Julius Tretick, production supervisor. Museum of History and Technology Laboratory: B. W. Lawless, chief. CONSERVATION RESEARCH LABORATORY Conservator-in-charge.—C. H. Olin. Chemist.—Mrs. Jacqueline S. Olin. INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE SERVICE Chief.—J. A. Collins. NATIONAL ZOOLOGICAL PARK Director.—T. H. Reed. Associate Director.—J. L. Grimmer. Administrative Assistant.—Travis HB. Fauntleroy. Zoologist—Marion McCrane. Veterinarian.—Clinton W. Gray. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY Acting Director.—Henry B. Collins. Anthropologists —H. B. Collins, R. L. Stephenson, W. C. Sturtevant, Robert M. Laughlin. RIVER Basin SURVEYS.—R. L. Stephenson, Acting Director. ASTROPHYSICAL OBSERVATORY Director.—¥. L. Whipple. Assistant Directors.—C. W. Tillinghast, Charles Lundquist. Astronomers.—G. Colombo, L. Goldberg, G. S. Hawkins, I. G. Izsak, Y. Kozai, R. Martin, J. Slowey, L. Solomon, F. W. Wright. Mathematicians.—R. W. Briggs, D. A. Lautman. Physicists —H. Avrett, N. P. Carleton, A. F. Cook, R. J. Davis, J. DeFelice, C. H. Dugan, G. G. Fazio, E. L. Fireman, F. Franklin, O. Gingerich, M. Grossi, P. V. Hodge, W. M. Irvine, L. G. Jacchia, W. Kalkofen, R. E. McCrosky, H. Mitler, R. W. Noyes, C. HE. Sagan, A. Skalafuris, R. B. Southworth, D. Tilles, C. A. Whitney. Geodesists.—W. Kohnlein, J. Rolff, G. Veis. Geologists.—O. B. Marvin, J. Wood. DIVISION OF RADIATION AND ORGANISMS : Chief.—W. H. Klein. Assistant Chief.—W. Shropshire. SECRETARY’S REPORT Ix DIVISION OF RADIATION AND ORGANISMS—Continued Biochemists.—D. L. Correll, M. M. Margulies. Geochemists.—A. Long. Plant physiologists.—J. L. Edwards, V. B. Histad, L. Loercher, K. Mitrakos, L. Price, A. M. Steiner. Electronic engineers.—J. H. Harrison, H. J. Lehfeldt. Instrument engineering technicians.—D. G. Talbert, W. N. Cogswell. Physicist.—B. Goldberg. NATIONAL COLLECTION OF FINE ARTS Acting Director.—David W. Scott. Associate curator.—Rowland Lyon. SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION TRAVELING EXHIBITION SERVIcE.—Mrs. Dorothy Van Arsdale, Acting Chief. SMITHSONIAN ART CoMMISSION.—Paul Manship (chairman), S. Dillon Ripley (secretary), Gilmore D. Clarke (vice chairman), Page Cross, David EH. Finley, Lloyd Goodrich, Walker Hancock, Bartlett H. Hayes, Jr., Wilmarth S. Lewis, Henry P. McIihenny, Paul Mellon, Ogden M. Pleissner, Edgar P. Richardson, Charles H. Sawyer, Stow Wengenroth, Andrew Wyeth; Alexander Wetmore, Leonard Carmichael (members emeritus). FREER GALLERY OF ART Director.—John A. Pope. Assistant Director.—Harold P. Stern. Head curator, Near Eastern Art.—Richard Ettinghausen. Associate curator, Chinese Art.— James F. Cahill. Head curator, Laboratory.—Rutherford J. Gettens. NATIONAL GALLERY OF ART Trustees: EARL WARREN, Chief Justice of the United States, Chairman. DEAN RUSK, Secretary of State. DouGias DIL1Lon, Secretary of the Treasury. S. Ditton Rietey, Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution. JOHN N. Irwin II. PauL MELLON. FRANKLIN D. MURPHY. LEssIne J. ROSENWALD. JOHN Hay WHITNEY. President.—PAUL MELLON. Vice President.—_JoHN HAY WHITNEY. Secretary-Treasurer.—HUNTINGTON CAIRNS. Director— JOHN WALKER. Administrator.—ERNEST R. FEIDLER. General Counsel.— HUNTINGTON CAIRNS. Chief Curator.—PERry B. Cort. Assistant Director.—J. CARTER BROWN. NATIONAL AIR MUSEUM Advisory Board: S. Dillon Ripley, Chairman. Maj. Gen. Brooke H. Allen, U.S. Air Force. Vice Adm. William A. Schoech, U.S. Navy. »:« ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 Advisory Board—Continued James H. Doolittle (Lt. Gen., U.S.A.F. Ret.) Grover Loening. Director.—P. S. Hopkins Head curator and historian.—P. HE. Garber. Curators.—L. S. Casey, R. B. Meyer, K. E. Newland. CANAL ZONE BIOLOGICAL AREA Director.—M. H. Moynihan. Biologists.—Robert L. Dressler, Neal G. Smith. JOHN F. KENNEDY CENTER FOR THE PERFORMING ARTS Trustees: Howarp F. AHMANSON. FLoyp D. AKERS. Lucius D. Barrie, Assistant Secretary of State for Educational and Cul- tural Affairs, ex officio. RALPH HE. BECKER. K. LEMoyYNE BILLINGs. ERNEST R. BREECH. Epear M. BRONFMAN. RateH J. BUNCHE. ANTHONY J. CELEBREZZE, Secretary of Health, Education, and Welfare, ex officio. JOSEPH S. CLARK. J. WILLIAM FULBRIGHT. Mrs. GrorceE A. GARRETT. GerorGE B. Harrzoe, Director of the National Park Service, ex officio. FRANCIS KEPPEL, Commissioner, U.S. Office of Education, ex officio. Mrs. ALBERT D. LASKER. GEORGE MEANY. L. Quincy MuMrorpD, Librarian of Congress, ex officio. Mrs. CHARLOTTE T. REID. RICHARD 8. REYNOLDS, JR. FRANK H. RICKETSON, JR. S. Ditton Riptey, Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, ex officio. LEVERETT SALTONSTALL. Mrs. JourTt SHOUSE. RoGeER L. STEVENS. L. CORRIN STRONG. FRANK THOMPSON. WALTER N. TOBRINER, President, D.C. Board of Commissioners, ex officio. WILLIAM WALTON, Chairman, Commission of Fine Arts, ex officio. WILLIAM M. WateERS, JR., Chairman, D.C. Recreation Board, ex offcio. JIM WRIGHT. Officers: Honorary Chairmen.—Mrs. Dwicut D. EISENHOWER, Mrs. LYNDON B. JoHN- son, Mrs. JoHN FI’. KENNEDY. Chairman.—RoGER L. STEVENS. Vice chairman.—L. CorRINn STRONG. Treasurer.—DANIEL W. BELL. Counsel. RALPH 9). BECKER. SECRETARY'S REPORT — xI Officers—Continued Secretary.—K. Lr Moyne BILLINGS. Senior Assistant Secretary.— PHILIP J. MULLIN. Chairman, Advisory Committee on the Arts—RoBeRt W. DowLuina. NATIONAL PORTRAIT GALLERY National Portrait Gallery Commission: CATHERINE DRINKER BOWEN. JULIAN P. Boyp. JOHN NICHOLAS Brown, Chairman. LEWIS DESCHLER. Davin H. FINLEY. WILMARTH SHELDON LEWIS. S. Ditton RIPLey, Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, ea officio. RicHARD H. SHRYOCK. FREDERICK P. Topp. JOHN WALKER, Director of the National Gallery of Art, ea officio. HARL WARREN, Chief Justice of the United States, ex officio. NATIONAL ARMED FORCES MUSEUM ADVISORY BOARD STEPHEN AILES, Secretary of the Army. JOHN NICHOLAS Brown, Chairman. Mrs. JEAN KINTNER. Davip LLOYD KREEGER. Ropert 8S. McNAMARA, Secretary of Defense, ex officio. Pau. H. Nirze, Secretary of the Navy. WILLIAM H. PERKINS, JR. S. Dimzton RIpLey, Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, ex officio. HARL WARREN, Chief Justice of the United States; Chancellor of the Smithsonian Institution. HENRY BRADFORD WASHBURN, JR. EUGENE M. ZuckKEnrt, Secretary of the Air Force. Honorary Smithsonian Fellows, Collaborators, Associates, Custodians of Collections, and Honorary Curators OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY John EK. Graf Unitep States NationaL Museum MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY Anthropology J. M. Campbell, Archeology. F. M. Setzler, Anthropology. C. G. Holland, Archeology. W. W. Taylor, Jr., Anthropology. N. M. Judd, Archeology. W. J. Tobin, Physical Anthropology. Betty J. Meggers, Archeology. Nathalie F. S. Woodbury, Archeology. XII ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 Zoology O. L. Austin, Birds Laurence Irving, Birds. W. W. Becklund, Helminthology. Allen McIntosh, Mollusks. J. Bruce Bredin, Biology. J. P. Moore, Marine Invertebrates. W. L. Brown, Mammals. Dioscoro S. Rabor, Birds. Leonard Carmichael, Psychology and] W. lL. Schmitt, Marine Invertebrates. Animal Behavior. Benjamin Schwartz, Helminthology. Ailsa M. Clark, Marine Invertebrates. | Robert Traub, Mammals. H. G. Deignan, Birds. Alexander Wetmore, Birds. Robert W. Ficken, Birds. Mrs. Mildred S. Wilson, Copepod Crus- Herbert Friedmann, Birds. tacea. Entomology Doris H. Blake. F. M. Hull. M. A. Carriker, Jr. W. L. Jellison. C. J. Drake. C. F. W. Muesebeck. K. C. Emerson. T. E. Snyder. Botany C. R. Benjamin, Fungi. Mrs. Kittie F. Parker, Phanerogams. H. C. Leonard, Phanerogams. J. A. Stevenson, Fungi. ¥. A. McClure, Grasses. W.N. Watkins, Woods. Paleobiology C. W. Cooke, Invertebrate Paleontology. { A. A. Olsson, Invertebrate Paleontology. J. I. Dutro, Invertebrate Paleontology. |W. P. Woodring, Invertebrate Paleon- Remington Kellogg, Vertebrate Paleon- tology. tology. Mineral Sciences Gunnar Kullerud, Mineralogy. | W. T. Schaller, Mineralogy. MUSEUM OF HISTORY AND TECHNOLOGY Science and Technology D. J. Price Civil History Mrs. Arthur M. Greenwood, Cultural | Mrs. R. Henry Norweb, Numismatics. History. R. Henry Norweb, Numismatics. EK. C. Herber, History. Joan Jockwig Pearson, Cultural His-» I. N. Hume, Cultural History. tory. F. W. McKay, Numismatics. SECRETARY’S REPORT XIII Armed Forces History W.R. Furlong. Byron McCandless. F.C. Lane. Exhibits W. L. Brown, Taxidermy BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY Sister M. Inez Hilger. M. W. Stirling. Frank H. H. Roberts. A. J. Waring, Jr. ASTROPHYSICAL OBSERVATORY C. G. Abbot FREER GALLERY OF ART Max Loehr. Katherine N. Rhoades. Oleg Grabar. Grace Dunham Guest. NATIONAL AIR MUSEUM Frederick C. Crawford. | Alfred V. Verville. NATIONAL ZOOLOGICAL PARK BE. P. Walker CANAL ZONE BIOLOGICAL AREA C. C. Soper HUE | PBOETAWE 7, a Vie nv Report of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution S. DILLON RIPLEY For the Year Ended June 30, 1964 To the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution: GENTLEMEN: I have the honor to submit a report showing the activi- ties and condition of the Smithsonian Institution and its branches for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1964. GENERAL STATEMENT This past year, on January 31, marked the retirement of my prede- cessor, Dr. Leonard Carmichael, seventh Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution. In the Annual Report for 1963 there was presented a general review of the activities of the Institution from 1953 to 1963, which gives some impression of the magnitude of the changes and developments instituted under Dr. Carmichael’s regime. This splen- did administrator, who has done so much for the Smithsonian, deserves the very highest praise. Recognition of his accomplishments has been widely expressed, in honorary degrees conferred upon him and in decorations by foreign governments. The Institution will always be grateful to its seventh Secretary and proud of the record of progress and achievement that he helped to foster. Not the least have been the confidence and esteem which he developed with the Regents of the Institution, who have constantly supported and encouraged the programs of the Institution. The Smithsonian wishes Dr. Carmichael well in his new career as vice president for research of the National Geographic Society . The Smithsonian and Higher Education In the few months since the assumption of the post of Secretary by the present incumbent on February 1, 1964, certain proposals have been inaugurated with the support of the Regents. The general problem of the Smithsonian’s role in cooperating with universities al 2 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 and programs of higher learning has been explored. Such a program represents a continuation of the traditional role of the Institution in the educational field, although perhaps historically it received greater emphasis in the early days of the Smithsonian than it has in recent decades. The Smithsonian’s first Secretary, Joseph Henry, said many years ago: “The Smithsonian, with its widening responsi- bilities among the arts as well as the sciences, must continue and expand its leadership in education and scholarship in America.” It seems high time that we should develop this role, for there is urgent need for the Smithsonian to render genuine service and leadership. In the broad areas of biology and anthropology, support for special- ized training not otherwise available under existing university pro- grams must and can be given by the Smithsonian. In addition to general programs in specialized fields, specific programs are currently being undertaken with eight universities. Duke University will coop- erate with the Smithsonian Institution in training biological oceanog- raphers. Johns Hopkins University will join in a common venture to offer graduate education opportunities in paleontology. Other programs of cooperative education have been developed with the University of Minnesota in algology, the University of Maryland in ornithology, George Washington University in malacology, and the University of Kansas in paleontology. In addition there is the well- known program of the Freer Gallery of Art and the University of Michigan in Oriental art and the Astrophysical Observatory’s inte- grated activities with Harvard. Through such arrangements grad- uate students may come to the Smithsonian Institution to carry out research projects under the supervision of staff members who may be given recognition in the form of an honorary or part-time appoint- ment to the university faculty. Improved use of museum and other laboratory facilities in this way will help to overcome severe national shortages of natural-science specialists in a number of fields. As part not only of its service to the cause of higher education in this country but also in order to replicate specialists in careers of research and study associated with museum programs, the Institution must always stand ready to serve as a catalyst, to create opportunities for research for students and staff, and to foster interchange between scholars both here and abroad. Cooperation with Museums Asa part of this wider usefulness of the Smithsonian to education, we hope that it may be possible to broaden the Smithsonian’s tradi- tional cooperation with museums throughout the world. Museums and their related laboratories are just entering a new era, and museum resources are being drawn upon as never before for general education. SECRETARY'S REPORT 3 Thirty years ago a mere 15 percent of museums in America were con- nected with education in some form. This marked a drastic decline from a hundred years ago when museums housed the genesis of scien- tific research in the Western World. ‘Today over 90 percent are involved, ranging from simple school-extension programs to post- graduate fellowships. It is for these reasons that we feel that the Smithsonian, with its superb museum resources, now has a great opportunity to serve the museum world in a role of leadership and cooperation. As a first step in this effort, the Smithsonian Institu- tion has entered into an agreement with the American Association of Museums to promote a joint publications program to facilitate the publication and distribution of works needed in the broad field of museum administration, education, museum services, and the science of museology. Emphasis on Research Research on wild populations and undisturbed conditions in nature has taken on an aspect of urgency in recent years because so many opportunities for study have changed or disappeared. But man’s need to understand his environment and use it sympathetically will require a broad program of observation and research, especially in the tropics. The Smithsonian Institution will seek to promote interest in these objectives throughout the public and private scientific community. Beginning in April, Philip C. Ritterbush was appointed Special Assistant to the Secretary for Scientific Matters, to explore prospects for cooperation with other Government agencies in this effort and to promote consideration of these objectives in the development of national science policy. A related objective is to strengthen the position, within science as a whole, of those fields of biology which have the entire organism as their object: ecology, genetics, systematics, botany, zoology, oceanography, microbiology, and paleontology, as well as the sciences of man which have so long been central concerns of the Smithsonian. Two related approaches to this subject have been begun. With hopes of contrib- uting to the efficiency of research and investigation, studies are under- way to promote the application of data processing, technician employ- ment and training, improved cataloging methods, and more rapid means of indexing and retrieving information in the biological sciences. In order to overcome shortages of competent investigators, studies have begun to indicate appropriate means of expanding educa- tional opportunity in neglected areas of the natural sciences. 745-725—65——2 4 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 International Activities During the period under review, the Institution made a determined effort to carry its international activities beyond traditional overseas field expeditions and research, which primarily benefit the Smithso- nian, to cooperation with other Government agencies and private insti- tutions in the development of exchange of persons and international exhibits programs, to the benefit of others. Beginning in March, William W. Warner was engaged as a Con- sultant to the Secretary for International Activities to explore appro- priate areas of international cooperation. The first of these has been in the field of archeology with the Department of State. The Depart- ment’s Bureau of Educational and Cultural Affairs has expressed a strong interest in having the Smithsonian exercise a leading role in the administration of overseas archeological research or excavation projects in connection with those nations in which excess foreign cur- rencies are available through agricultural surplus sales under Public Law 480. The Bureau has also welcomed the Institution’s offer to help with the selection and programing of foreign scholarship candi- dates in fields of Smithsonian interest. The Institution has also assisted the Department’s Office of Soviet and Eastern European Exchanges in planning exchange of museum professionals and exhibits, in accordance with the new U.S.-U.S.S.R. Exchange Agreement, which for the first time includes specific men- tion of museums. The Secretary of the Smithsonian serves as chair- man of the American Association of Museums’ Soviet Exchange Com- mittee, an advisory group that has helped the Department in the choice of museum professionals and possible exhibits going to and coming from Russia. In addition, the Smithsonian has offered its storage facilities and staff assistance to the Department’s “Art for Embassies,” a project aimed at providing United States Embassies with representative American works of art. The first paintings lent under this project were turned over to the Smithsonian for safekeeping in June. Among international organizations, the Smithsonian has supported the concept of American participation in the UNESCO campaign for the preservation of the monuments of Nubia in the upper Nile Valley. The Secretary has assisted the State Department in its request for a foreign currency appropriation to provide for American participa- tion by explaining the significance of the monuments themselves and the interests of American universities and museums in the Nubian campaign in particular, and in the wider problems of classical archeol- ogy in the Near East in general. During May the Organization of American States’ Department of Scientific Affairs agreed to announce and fund, through its estab- SECRETARY’S REPORT 5 lished fellowship program, opportunities for Latin American students to serve as aides in research projects conducted at the Canal Zone Biological Area. Discussions have also been held on a jointly financed Organization of American States-Smithsonian program to provide postdoctoral research grants for Latin American scholars in environ- mental and descriptive biology tenable at both Barro Colorado in the Canal Zone and the Museum of Natural History. The Institution has also discovered considerable interest among major American private foundations for cooperative programs in relatively neglected areas of basic science in the developing countries. The development of these and similar activities in future years can help fulfill the Institution’s basic responsibility for the advancement of science and the humanities among all peoples. THE ESTABLISHMENT The Smithsonian Institution was created by act of Congress in 1846, in accordance with the terms of the will of James Smithson, of Eng- land, who in 1826 bequeathed his property to the United States of America “to found at Washington, under the name of the Smithsonian Institution, an establishment for the increase and diffusion of knowl- edge among men.” In receiving the property and accepting the trust, Congress determined that the Federal Government was without authority to administer the trust directly, and, therefore, constituted an “establishment,” whose statutory members are “the President, the Vice President, the Chief Justice, and the heads of the executive departments.” THE BOARD OF REGENTS The Institution suffered a great loss this year in the death of Repre- sentative Clarence Cannon on May 12, 1964, the day before the spring meeting of the Board. Mr. Cannon had served as a Regent for nearly 30 years, longer than any other member of the Board. His wise counsel and unselfish devotion to the affairs of the Smithsonian will be sadly missed. On May 19 Representative George H. Mahon of Texas was appointed by the Speaker of the House of Representatives to fill this vacancy. The roll of Regents at the close of the fiscal year was as follows: Chief Justice of the United States Earl Warren, Chancellor; members from the Senate: Clinton P. Anderson, J. William Fulbright, Leverett Saltonstall; members from the House of Representatives: Frank T. Bow, Michael J. Kirwan, George H. Mahon; citizen members: John Nicholas Brown, William A. M. Burden, Robert V. Fleming, Crawford H. Greenewalt, Caryl P. Haskins, Jerome C. Hunsaker. On January 23, 1964, the annual meeting of the Board was held in the Regents’ Room preceded by a private ceremony of installation of 6 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 the new Secretary. Dr. Leonard Carmichael, Secretary, presented his published annual report on the activities of the Institution. The Chairman of the Executive and Permanent Committees of the Board, Dr. Robert V. Fleming, gave the financial report for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1963. On the evening preceding the annual meeting a formal dinner was held in the Hall of Graphic Arts of the Museum of History and Tech- nology to celebrate the dedication of this new museum. ‘The members of the Board and their wives as well as others directly concerned with the planning and construction of the new building were guests. The spring meeting of the Board of Regents was held on May 15 in the Museum of History and Technology. The Chairman of the Executive Committee presented a financial report. FINANCES A statement of finances, dealing particularly with Smithsonian private funds, will be found in the report of the Executive Committee of the Board of Regents, page 274. Funds appropriated to the Institution for its regular operations for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1964, totaled $13,191,000 and were obligated as follows: INS ERO MY SICA xO bo SOT VCO Tyee ae ae a rm ee $994, 845 Bureau of American Hthnology_________--.____---__-_______ === ee 124, 228 Canali Zone: Biological Area sean ire. ee ee eee 138, 890 International Exchange Service____________-----_-----_---------- 110, 000 Nettiomeall Aue OMS @ ume OU OSE Sn Se 300, 075 National Armed Forces Museum Advisory Board_________________- 29, 115 Nationals Colectiony ok iT CPA: fs ee een ARE a es ee 143, 252 National «Portrait: Gallery: oe oe ae A 16, 678 Wnited States: National. Malseume 2s eee 5, 587, 001 Officexof the Secretary 2 a Nee SAS TE NTO oD CD Fa eae 257, 596 Buildings Management Department_____________________--__--_-- 3, 968, 759 Administrative: "Services: [2 Mala eis ll Ne Be Ne ee 1, 464, 006 LPs aKa) 0) brie oe (ee eOn Se ego A a a NO OI A Ee aL OL Ee 56, 555 $13, 191, 000 Besides this direct appropriation, the Institution received funds by transfer from other Government agencies as follows: from the Dis- trict of Columbia for the National Zoological Park, $1,597,356; from the National Park Service, Department of the Interior, for the River Basin Surveys, $254,500. VISITORS Visitors to the six Smithsonian buildings on the Mall again this year surpassed all records, with a total of 10,818,195, which was 503,359 more than for the preceding year. June 1964, with 1,592,540, was SECRETARY’S REPORT “ the month of largest attendance; April 1964 second, with 1,555,295; and July 1963 third, with 1,407,858. The largest attendance recorded for a single day was 104,285 on March 28, 1964. Table 1 gives a sum- mary of the attendance records for the six buildings. The National Zoological Park had an estimated 3,900,000 visitors during the year. When this figure is added to the attendance in the Institution’s build- ings on the Mall, and to the 1,236,155 recorded at the National Gallery of Art, the total Smithsonian attendance for fiscal 1964 aggregated 15,949,350. SMITHSON BICENTENNIAL The year 1965 marks the two-hundredth anniversary of the birth of James Smithson, founder of the Smithsonian Institution, and plans are in progress to observe this event in a manner that will draw interna- tional attention to Smithson and the work of the establishment he founded. A committee of Smithsonian staff members has been named, under the chairmanship of John C. Ewers, to plan the celebration and make recommendations to the Secretary concerning it. Scheduled for the fall of 1965, it is the intention to plan a program that will attract scholars and representatives of scholarly institutions and governments, from all parts of the world. JOSEPH HENRY PAPERS In collaboration with the National Publications Commission, the National Academy of Sciences, and the American Philosophical Society, a project has been initiated to collect, edit, and publish the Papers of Joseph Henry, first Secretary of the Smithsonian Institu- tion. For at least a decade, scholars devoted to general American his- tory as well as to the history of science in America have felt that such a documentary work would provide not only the story of this outstand- ing scientist but also much of the history of the organization of science in the United States, its relations with government, and its links with science and scientists in Europe. The significance of Henry was underlined in 1954 when the National Historical Publications Com- mission named him as one of the nonpolitical Americans whose papers are most worthy of publication. Because of the enormity of the task and the high costs involved, it is impossible to say at this time how rapidly this project will move for- ward. Formation of a permanent committee to organize and direct the project is planned. ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 8 G6I ‘E18 ‘OT | PLL ‘609% | 908 ‘ZIG ‘% | S29 ‘89T OSS E || Bre Ly 6 1 (WAS TPO OPS CEG ‘I | &F9 “ess £98 ‘Gg Sh0 6S TL8 ‘91 166 "SZ GLOLIOle 2 |= ee ee ee une GE9 ‘S08 T | 78% OFF LYS ‘COE €16 ‘ST OOT ‘881 09¢ ‘E1% SCCRSV Sal s e S e Sew G66 GGG 1 | G29 °28¢ 080 ‘FIs TS8 ‘02 LIZ ‘FOS €98 “LLZ 6S980GF Se ae ee a Tady 917 LEO L | 299 68 169 ‘G2z OP ‘eT 696 ‘TEL O9T ‘891 LOS LOON = |e e e yore yn 996 ‘S69 TGL ‘L68 00% ‘OTT GLG ‘8 676 ‘6S 6L0 ‘PL GIG0Se a ee ee Areniqe g OTT ‘298 6G2 ‘CET ZL8 ‘08 ZS6 9 €9¢ ‘SP 68% ‘T9 Whe |= = SS Se Se Arenues 7961 UNV ECLG = ls ae Ze ‘86 LOT “2 922 9S SES “92 OGtgSCaa: a= ee ee Joqur1e99q COSeOG = a OF ‘FEI 690 °6 Zo “G8 0% ‘T01 SS Ove =| = Ss ee wes ToquIeAON RECRCGie oe ee ee OTT ‘831 00¢ ‘OT GES 16 G29 ‘IPT CO USE Gs | ee ee ee ae 10q0190 US TES le ee ee 98 ‘TET E8h ‘CL ES “TOT €06 ‘681 SU0 LORS 5 | ee ee Jaquie;deg VANS WSS se a ee SLE ‘OTE 60% ‘61 LOL ‘OSE OZI ‘Teh Qc CHCl Ge a | es ee ysnsny SG A070 As = [ee G08 ‘SIE 6ZE ‘ZS SIP ‘61E 999 ‘STS Sh9 SCG | ee ee Aine S961 Asofouyoa J, SuIpiIng 1210.1, pue A109s ty sulpring qrVy Jo surpling SolJSNPUT suIpling Ieok pue TWOP jo Winosnjfy A1IOMST [eINJEN | Ado[eH 10917 eoeds pue ITy pues sqiy UsIUOSyyIULG FO6I ‘OG aun papua wvah ay) burinp sburpjing upiuosypumg U1D}109 0} Su07IStA—'] AIA J, SECRETARY’S REPORT ~ 9 OPENING OF MUSEUM OF HISTORY AND TECHNOLOGY On the evening of January 22, 1964, with a large and distinguished audience in attendance, dedication ceremonies were held for the formal opening of the new Museum of History and Technology. The pro- gram included music by the United States Marine Band, introductory remarks by Dr. Leonard Carmichael, Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, who presided as master of ceremonies, and addresses by the Chancellor of the Smithsonian, the Honorable Earl Warren, Chief Justice of the United States; by the Honorable Clinton P. Anderson, United States Senator from New Mexico, Regent of the Smithsonian, and chairman of the Joint Congressional Committee on Construction of a Building for a Museum of History and Technology for the Smith- sonian Institution; and by the President of the United States, Lyndon B. Johnson. The texts of these addresses were later printed in a brochure (Smithsonian Publication 4531) distributed by the Institution. The history of the development and construction of this splendid new museum of the Smithsonian on Washington’s Mall has been told in previous reports. Suffice it here to say that in many ways it has exceeded expectations in its acceptance and use by the public. From the day of opening until June 30, a period of 22 weeks, a total of more than 2,500,000 visitors entered its doors. At the time of opening about one-fifth of the total exhibition area of the building—50 halls—were ready for viewing. LANGLEY MEDAL PRESENTATION The Langley Medal of the Smithsonian Institution was awarded on May 5 to Astronaut Alan B. Shepard, Jr., in recognition of his “courageous and pioneering contributions to scientific research as the first American to fly in space and the first to control the attitude of a spacecraft while in flight and during a condition of weightlessness.” Presentation, which coincided with the third anniversary of Shepard’s historic flight, was made by Chief Justice Karl Warren, Chancellor of the Smithsonian, at a brief ceremony at the Institution. In attend- ance were members of the Smithsonian Board of Regents, including Senator Clinton P. Anderson, who made a brief address; officials of the National Aeronautics and Space Administration; Smithsonian officials; and members of Commander Shepard’s family. This was the eleventh time the Smithsonian Institution had awarded the Lang- ley Medal in the 56 years since its establishment in 1908. 10 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 LECTURES Elmer A. Sperry, Jr., eminent inventor, delivered the fifth Lester D. Gardner lecture, “Early Airplane Instruments,” in the auditorium of the Freer Gallery of Art on the evening of September 27. Dr. James A. Van Allen, professor of physics, University of Iowa, gave the 29th Annual James Arthur Lecture on the Sun on the evening of December 12, 1963, in the auditorium of the Natural History Build- ing. Hissubject was “Some General Aspects of the Earth’s Radiation Belts.” Ben Norris, painter and professor of art, University of Hawaii, delivered an illustrated lecture, “Images from Hawaii—F rom Captain Cook to Contemporary Crossroads,” on January 20, 1964, in the audi- torium of the Natural History Building. This lecture was sponsored by the Hawaii State Society of Washington, D.C. George Bass, special assistant for underwater archeology, Univer- sity of Pennsylvania University Museum, lectured on “Diving 3,000 Years into the Past” in the auditorium of the Natural History Build- ing on the evening of January 24, 1964. This illustrated lecture was sponsored jointly by the Smithsonian Institution and the Archaeo- logical Institute of America. The Honorable Desmond Guinness, president of the Irish Georgian Society, gave an illustrated lecture on “18th Century Georgian Archi- tecture in Ireland” in the auditorium of the Natural History Building on the evening of February 8, 1964. The first Edwin A. Link Lecture, “Training by Simulation,” was delivered by Astronaut Alan B. Shepard, Jr., in the auditorium of the Natural History Building on the evening of February 19, 1964. This series of lectures, made possible by a grant from the Link Foundation, is administered by the Smithsonian Institution in cooperation with the U.S. Office of Education. Miss Sylvia Kenney, associate professor of music at Bryn Mawr College and visiting associate professor of music at Yale University, gave a lecture on the subject “Paintings, Chronicles, and Stylistic Criteria as Guides for the Performance of 15th Century Music” in the auditorium of the Natural History Building on the evening of May 22, 1964. Several lectures sponsored by the Freer Gallery of Art and the National Gallery of Art are listed in the reports of these bureaus. THE KENNEDY CENTER In January the National Cultural Center, a bureau of the Smith- sonian Institution, by act of Congress was renamed the John F. Ken- nedy Center for the Performing Arts as a memorial to our late Presi- dent. By this same act, appropriation of $15.5 million was authorized SECRETARY’S REPORT 11 from Federal funds to match contributions from the public. Under the chairmanship of Roger L. Stevens, the Center made notable prog- ress during the year toward its objectives. Many substantial gifts were received. Questions relating to the size and site of the Center have been resolved, and plans call for construction of the substructure to begin in the summer of 1965. It is estimated that about 21% years will be required to complete the building. The Secretary of the Smith- sonian Institution serves ex officio as a member of the board of trustees of the Center. Also serving on the board are Senator Leverett Salton- stall and Senator J. William Fullbright, both Regents of the Institu- tion. A detailed report on the John F. Kennedy Center for the year, together with a financial statement, is presented beginning on page 247. NATIONAL ARMED FORCES MUSEUM ADVISORY BOARD During the year the National Armed Forces Museum Advisory Board gained a staff to provide assistance in the execution of its mis- sions as assigned by Public Law 87-186. The staff head, designated Coordinator of Studies, is Col. John H. Magruder, III, U.S. Marine Corps. Colonel Magruder, Director, Marine Corps Museums, was detailed by the Secretary of the Navy to work part-time with the Board. He reported for duty October 2, 1963. Other staff members are James S. Hutchins, Assistant Coordinator of Studies (reported December 2, 1963) ; Col. Robert M. Calland, U.S. Marine Corps, Re- tired, Museum Specialist (reported June 1, 1964) ; and Mrs. Miriam H. Schuman, Administrative Assistant (reported September 238, 1963). The Board, at its third meeting, January 20, 1964, unanimously endorsed Fort Washington, Md., now administered by the National Park Service, as the most feasible and appropriate site for the pro- posed National Armed Forces Museum. The Board also recommended to the Smithsonian Board of Regents that necessary arrangements be made with the National Park Service and the Congress to provide for the transfer of that site to the Smithsonian Institution. Accordingly, representatives of the Smithsonian Institution opened negotiations with the National Park Service looking to acquisition of Fort Washington. On March 16, 1964, the Secretary met with T. Sut- ton Jett, Director of the National Capital Region, National Park Service, and discussed with him the Board’s interest in obtaining the Fort Washington site. On May 14, 1964, the subject again was dis- cussed at a meeting between the Secretary and George B. Hartzog, Director of the National Park Service. Further negotiations with the Park Service are in progress. During the year the staff of the National Armed Forces Museum Advisory Board opened negotiations with various agencies of the Armed Forces and the General Services Administration in regard to 12 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 the retention and eventual transfer to the Smithsonian Institution of military and naval objects appropriate for the collections of the National Armed Forces Museum. In addition, the staff undertook its own thorough search for such objects at military and naval installa- tions throughout the continental United States. The staff, in coopera- tion with the Smithsonian Library, also initiated steps to acquire from Armed Forces historical agencies and elsewhere significant publica- tions in the fields of military and naval history, to serve as a nucleus of the study center library of the proposed museum. All govern- mental agencies are cooperating fully with the work of the Board. Once a site for the museum has been fixed, there will be no dearth of materiel around which to establish a museum exhibit plan. SCIENCE INFORMATION EXCHANGE The Science Information Exchange (S.LE.) receives, organizes, and disseminates information about scientific research in progress. Its mission is to assist the planning and management of research activi- ties supported by Government and non-Government agencies and insti- tutions by promoting the exchange of information that concerns sub- ject matter, distribution, level of effort, and other data pertaining to current research in the prepublication stage. It helps program direc- tors and administrators to avoid unwarranted duplication and to deter- mine the most advantageous distribution of research funds. It serves the entire scientific community by informing individual investigators about who is currently working on problems in their special fields. The Exchange is concerned only with research actually in progress in order to cover the 1- to 3-year information gap between the time a research project is proposed or started and the time the results become generally available in published form. Thus, the Exchange comple- ments, rather than duplicates, the services of technical libraries and sou seliotl documentation centers. Information is received by the Exchange from all available sources, specifying who supports a research task, who does it, where it is being done, and a 200-word technical summary of what is neni done. These basic data are cast into a one-page record, the Notice of Research Project (N.R.P.) that serves as the major input and output of the Exchange. These records are analyzed, indexed, processed, and stored in computer and manual files in such a way that a wide variety of questions about any of these items or any combination of items can be quickly retrieved or compiled. The acquisition of task records and the input workloads have con- tinued to climb rapidly, from about 56,000 in fiscal year 1962 to 75,000 in 1963 and over 100,000 in 1964. The output services rendered to United States Government agencies and for the entire scientific SECRETARY’S REPORT 13 community have also increased rapidly, from about 27,000 reports of all kinds in 1963 to about 34,000 this fiscal year. Over three-quarters of a million research task records (N.R.P.’s) were requested and dis- patched during the year. With the rapidly increasing demands, the total staff, including about 40 scientists, grew to 155, but in recent months it has dropped slightly, reflecting in part the economies resulting from improved organization and systems control. To handle this rapidly increasing volume of records more efficiently and economically, the reorganization and expansion of the Exchange were completed during the past year. An entirely new assembly line system now is capable of receiving and processing well over 100,000 records per year. The system is easily controlled and is amenable to expansion or contraction as workloads may dictate. Each unit process, each organizational unit, and each of the different kinds of services rendered can be identified and the unit costs can be determined by a new accounting system developed and put into operation in recent months. For almost 15 years, the Exchange was supported by a number of Federal agencies whose far-sighted research directors and administra- tors were aware of the fact that the management of multimillion-dollar research programs might well be facilitated by the prompt exchange of information about on-going programs. As this enterprise grew rapidly in recent years, support and management problems became more complex and difficult for individual agencies, and so, in 1964, the National Science Foundation undertook the responsibility for funding and overall management with continued operational responsi- bility under the aegis of the Smithsonian Institution. It is axiomatic that maximum use should be made of the large number of research records acquired, processed, and stored by the Ex- change. To this end, S.I.E. has endeavored to make these services known and available to all eligible users. During the past year, five articles were published in professional journals by staff members de- scribing S.I.E. and its services. Twenty-three articles and news notes about S.I.E. were published by others. Over 25,000 descriptive brochures were requested and distributed. About 685 visitors, includ- ing a number from overseas, called at the Exchange to find out how these stores of information could be adapted to their own scientific information and research management problems. S.I.E. staff pre- sented 26 talks, papers, and briefings to professional scientific societies, groups, and organization units. All these activities indicate a growing interest in S.I.E. throughout the scientific community, and there is good reason to believe that these activities are the most effective ways of increasing the use of §.L.E. and thereby contributing to effec- tive management of research projects and programs. 14 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 By the end of this year all Federal agencies with significant research programs were participating in some degree in the S.I.E. program. About 90-95 percent of all Government research in life sciences and social sciences is being registered. In general, the physical sciences collection has grown slowly, but some fields now are approaching fairly comprehensive proportions. An estimated 15,000 to 20,000 records dealing mostly with applied research in physical sciences are still to be registered. Interest among non-Government agencies, universities, foundations, national fund-raising agencies, industry, State and city research agencies, has been growing substantially even though S.L.E. has concentrated its efforts in the past on Federal agency participa- tion. Closer cooperation with non-Government agencies may be antic- ipated as the Federal collections approach comprehensive proportions. To determine if S.I.E. does, in fact, fulfill its mission and effectively achieve its objectives, a questionnaire was sent to 600 scientists who have used the Exchange services. From their response, it was evident that over 95 percent received information concerning new research they did not know about, even in their own specialty fields. The majority used the information to keep up with latest developments and to avoid duplication in formulating new projects and research pro- posals. Over 70 percent affirmed good scientific quality, comprehen- sive coverage, and no irrelevant material. Over 60 percent indicated their interest and endorsement by volunteering comments and sug- gestions. Although the purpose of the questionnaire was primarily as guidance for S.I.E., this practical field test of an actual operating system and its products seems to offer objective and concrete evidence that this kind of information service on current research is needed and is acceptable to the research scientists for whom it was designed. SMITHSONIAN MUSEUM SERVICE The Smithsonian Museum Service, through appropriate educational media, interprets to museum visitors and to the general public the objects, specimens, and exhibits in the several Smithsonian museums and develops interpretative and educational programs relating to the work of the Institution in the fields of science, history, and art. The Museum Service also cooperates with the volunteers of the Junior League of Washington, D.C., who conduct the Junior League Guided Tour Program at the Smithsonian. A more complete report of this activity, directed by G. Carroll Lindsay, curator, with the assistance of Mrs. Nella Lloyd, visitor services assistant, is carried in the report on the U.S. National Museum (pp. 65-66). In addition, the Museum Service acts to coordinate special events and ceremonial activities involving the Smithsonian museums and out- side organizations. SECRETARY’S REPORT 15 The Museum Service provided assistance to professional groups and individuals visiting the museums of the Institution or planning to do so. Assistance in the form of lectures, answers to inquiries, and specal tours of museum areas was rendered to college and university groups and individuals from the United States and abroad. Mr. Lindsay served as consultant on museum organization and practices to representatives from other museums on several occasions. The Audioguide, or radio lecture system, in the Museum of Natural History continued in operation and was used by 39,504 persons. The complete text of the 37 Audioguide lectures was published during the year under the title The Hwhibits Speak. In the Museum of History and Technology tape-recorded lectures describing the exhibits were made available to visitors to the First Ladies Hall. This system, using self-contained, battery-powered tape playback machines, is known as Acoustiguide. Assistant curator Mrs. Sophy Burnham wrote, produced, and directed a 27-minute, 16-millimeter, color motion picture, Zhe Leaf Thieves. The film shows research activities, field work, and exhibition preparation carried on by the Museum of Natural History, and in- cluded footage exposed in British Guiana during the 1962 Smithsonian Botany-Exhibits Expedition to that area. It is designed to acquaint students with the opportunities for scientific or technical careers in natural history museums. The film The Smithsonian’s Whale, describing the construction of the 92-foot model of a blue whale on exhibit in the Museum of Natural History, was distributed from 10 points across the United States and was shown on television stations in Washington and New York. Prints of this film also were borrowed directly from the Museum Service. This film was selected from films produced by Government agencies for showing at the Venice Film Festival in Venice, Italy. The staff docent in zoology, Mrs. Linda Gordon, and the staff docent in anthropology, Mrs. Marjorie Halpin, continued to handle non- technical correspondence from the public on their respective sub- jects; they provided tours for groups visiting the museum; lectured before classes visiting the museum; and prepared information leaflets on exhibition halls, bibliographies, and similar educational materials. Special “touch” tours for several groups of blind persons were ar- ranged during the year. Specimens and objects from the reference collections as well as selected portions of the public exhibits were included in the programs arranged for the blind. The Urban Service Corps program, under the general direction of Mrs. William Wirtz, held seven sessions at the Smithsonian. Empha- sis was placed on the work of the Musuem of Natural History, and the programs, designed to stimulate student participation, included lec- tures and tours of its exhibit areas and technical laboratories. At the 16 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 conclusion of one of the regularly scheduled Urban Service Corps programs, a special session was devoted to the Museum of History and Technology (at that time not yet open to the public). Scientific and administrative staff members of the Institution also participated in these programs. Miss Mary Ann Friend continued her work as audiovisual librarian, cataloging slides and arranging for the loan of slides, films, and photographs related to Smithsonian exhibits and research activities. Facilities of this library were extensively used by Smithsonian staff members and by borrowers outside the Institution. During the year the responsibility for operating the museum sales shops was transferred to the Museum Service, and Mrs. Emily Pettinos, formerly with the University Museum, University of Pennsylvania, joined the staff as manager of the sales operations. 'The shops serve as an adjunct to the educational program of the Institution, making avail- able to the visitors printed materials relating to the work of the In- stitution and reproductions of materials in the museum collections. Three shops are operated in the Museum of History and Technology and one each in the Museum of Natural History and the Arts and In- dustries Building. Arrangements were made by the Museum Service for various Smith- sonian public functions and special events, including the opening of new exhibit halls, temporary exhibitions, film showings, lectures, visita- tions by heads of state and other distinguished visitors, and the open- ing of the Museum of History and Technology. More complete information about these activities will be found under appropriate headings elsewhere in this report. Current mailing lists for announce- ments of these events were maintained. The Smithsonian Calendar of Events, a listing of special events held at the Institution, was prepared and distributed monthly. An illus- trated directory to museums in the Washington metropolitan area was prepared by the Museum Service and published by the Institution, under the title Brief Guide to the Museums in the Washington Area. The Museum Service continued to assist radio and television pro- ducers wishing to feature Smithsonian exhibits and scientific work in local or network programs. In this regard the Museum Service acts as liaison between the broadcaster’s representatives and the various operating units of the Institution. William C. Grayson, formerly with the National Broadcasting Co., joined the staff as consultant to assist in the preparation of plans for more effective Smithsonian participation in various aspects of tele- vision and radio activity, including the use of the television studio in the Museum of History and Technology. Meredith Johnson, formerly director of Woodlawn Plantation, joined the staff of the Museum Service to assist in the development of SECRETARY’S REPORT 117% educational and visitor service programs, particularly in regard to the greatly increased demands for such services arising upon the opening of the Museum of History and Technology. During the year curator G. Carroll Lindsay attended various pro- fessional meetings and conferences. He appeared on the programs of the following meetings: The Annual Winterthur Seminar on Museum Operation and Connoisseurship, Winterthur, Del.; the Museum Audio-Visual Applications Group, Rochester, N.Y.; the American Association of Museums Annual Meeting, St. Louis, Mo. He also attended the annual meetings of the Division of Audio-Visual Instruction, National Education Association, Rochester, N.Y.; and the Museum Stores Association, Chicago, Ill. He also lectured before various groups visiting the Institution, de- scribing for them the history and current work of the Smithsonian, and presented similar talks before meetings of local service clubs and other groups interested in the Institution. Mr. Lindsay continued his research in the field of early American culture. He also presented lectures to the St. Mary’s County, Md., Historical Society and to the National Trust Conference for Historic Museum Associates on the subject of southern colonial architecture; participated in the annual Forum held by the Alexandria (Va.) Asso- ciation and spoke on early Alexandria architecture; presented a series of four lectures on early American furniture as part of the Junior League of Washington’s adult education program; and _ lectured at the Cheltenham Township (Pa.) Adult School on the subject of early American silver. He appeared four times on television pro- grams to discuss the work of the Smithsonian Institution and twice for the same purpose on radio programs. The curator and the consultant on TV installations, Wiliam C. Grayson, traveled to New York to consult with the program director of Lincoln Center. They also observed the visitor information facili- ties in Williamsburg, Va. The assistant curator attended the Calvin Motion Picture Studio Workshop seminar on motion-picture production in Kansas City, Mo. The audiovisual librarian, Miss Mary Ann Friend, represented the Museum Service at the American Film Festival of the Educational Film Library Association in New York City for the entry of one of our films. The museum docents have made trips to the American Museum of Natural History to examine the education programs and confer with staff members. In addition, the docent in zoology traveled to Boston to examine the education department at the Science Museum. The docent in zoology attended the International Congress on Zoology which consisted of seminars and a film theater in action. Report on the United States National Museum Sm: I have the honor to submit the following report on the condi- tion and operations of the U.S. National Museum for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1964: COLLECTIONS During the year, 1,234,752 specimens were added to the national col- lections and distributed among the 10 departments as follows: An- thropology, 38,484; zoology, 196,427; botany, 30,427; entomology, 241,947; mineral sciences, 9,186; paleobiology, 376,007; science and technology, 1,361; arts and manufactures, 2,697 ; civil history, 336,393 ; and Armed Forces history, 1,823. This year’s accessions were acquired as gifts from individuals, by staff collecting in the field, or as transfers from Government departments and agencies. The complete report on the Museum, published as a separate document, includes a detailed list of the year’s acquisitions, of which the more important are sum- marized below. Catalog entries in all departments now total 58,755,099. Anthropology.—Two large and important North American collec- tions were accessioned in the division of archeology. One, received by transfer from the River Basin Surveys, Bureau of American Eth- nology, included 18,603 specimens from the Medicine Creek Reservoir, Nebraska, and comprises one of the largest and most complete collec- tions extant on the prehistoric agricultural peoples of the Central Plains in the 9th to 14th centuries. The second lot is from the 1931-32 investigations of the Bureau of American Ethnology at Signal Butte, a key stratified site in western Nebraska with a series of occupational levels spanning the period from 2600 B.C. to about A.D. 1700. Other noteworthy accessions include 6,031 pieces collected by the Bureau of American Ethnology from the Parita and Santa Marta areas in Panama; a group of handaxes from the Fezan and microlithic blades from Tripolitania, Libya, presented by James R. Jones of the U.S. AID mission to Libya; and an exceptionally well-preserved Egyptian cat mummy donated by Edith Goldsmith of Methuen, Mass. In the division of ethnology, a large portion of the year’s acquisi- tions were obtained, chiefly by purchase, for use in the new Hall of Cultures of Africa and Asia. Noteworthy Asian accessions included: 18 SECRETARY’S REPORT 19 79 specimens representing Chinese opera, purchased with aid of the Chinese National Government; 116 items relating to agriculture and daily life in Japan, obtained from the Japanese Association of Mu- seums; a Hindu village altar assemblage of 40 specimens, purchased with assistance of the Government of Orissa, Bhubanaswar, and the Crafts Museum, New Delhi; 255 Burmese items purchased from the collector, Brian Peacock, University of Rangoon ; 226 specimens mostly from Isfahan and dealing with Iran textile printing, collected and donated by Mrs. Ethel J. W. Bunting; 76 items of Korean furniture, architectural pieces, and objects of everyday use, presented by the Korean Ministry of Public Information; 5 traditional Japanese swords, with scabbards and a leather sword case, presented by Adm. William M. Fechteler; a ceremonial bone apron from Tibet, by ex- change from Simon Kriger, Washington, D.C.; and 3 large rubbings of stone relief from the Bayon at Angkor, donated by the Kingdom of Cambodia. To the African collections were added 60 items from the Endo-Marakwet of Kenya, purchased for the Museum by Deric O’Bryan, formerly U.S. Foreign Service Officer in Nairobi; and full- scale copies of six rock paintings from the Tassili Mountains of Al- geria, made at the Musée de l’Homme under direction of Henri Lhote. Among the accessions in the division of physical anthropology are two casts of trephined skulls from Peru, one with five and the other with seven openings; these will be exhibited as examples of the number of trephine openings which have been made in a skull in vivo. Two Kraho Indian face masks from central Brazil were made for the Museum by Harold Schultz. One is to be incorporated in the map of peoples of the world in the new hall of physical anthropology in prep- aration. Other accessions include skeletal materials from Virginia, Maryland, Latin America, and Alaska. Zoology.—A currently accelerated program of field activities in the division of mammals added 14,869 specimens to its collections. Field parties working under the direction of Dr. Henry W. Setzer collected more than 5,000 specimens from Africa and southwestern Asia. The tropical areas of the Americas continued to provide large numbers of specimens. Of special note are Dr. C. O. Handley’s general collec- tions from Panama and Arthur M. Greenhall’s large collection of bats from Trinidad. Important accessions also include a rare marbled cat from Sumatra presented by Kent Crane, a series of baboons ob- tained by Clifford E. Sanders in Northern Rhodesia, South American marmosets received from the National Institutes of Health Primate Colony at the San Diego Zoo through Robert W. Cooper, and a good series of canids allied to red wolves from the south-central part of the United States received through the Fish and Wildlife Service. Accessions worthy of special note received in the division of birds 745-—T25—65——3 20 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 include 547 bird skins, 26 skeletons, 1 egg, and 1 nest from Panama, received through Dr. Alexander Wetmore; 791 bird skins, 85 skeletons, and 1 nest from North America, by transfer from the Fish and Wild- life Service; 301 bird skins from Formosa, by transfer from the De- partment of Defense, Department of the Navy, U.S. Naval Medical Research Unit No. 2, through Dr. R. E. Kuntz; 190 bird skins from North Borneo, gift of the Bernice P. Bishop Museum through Dr. J. L. Gressitt; 175 bird skins from West Pakistan, gift from Bucknell University through Dr. Roy C. Tasker; 156 alcoholic specimens of birds from Prof. D. S. Rabor, Silliman University, Dumaguete City, Negros Oriental, Philippines; and 52 original watercolor paintings executed as illustrations for F. Salomonson’s “The Birds of Green- land” by deposit from the artist, Aage Gitz-Johansen, Trorod, Den- mark, through Dr. Carl Christensen, Cultural Counselor, Embassy of Denmark. The division of reptiles and amphibians accessioned 2,639 specimens. Outstanding among these are 58 West Indian lizards and frogs, in- cluding paratypes of 183 new species and subspecies from Dr. Albert Schwartz of Miami, Fla.; 213 reptiles and amphibians from Mada- gascar collected by field parties under the direction of Dr. H. W. Setzer of the division of mammals; and 219 reptiles and amphibians from Darién, Panama, collected by Dr. Charles O. Handley, Jr., also of the division of mammals. Among the largest accessions made in the division of fishes during the year were 5,777 specimens received by transfer from the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, mostly through the efforts of Dr. Daniel Cohen, Harvey R. Bullis, Jr., Willis King, J. H. Finucane, and P. J. Struh- saker; a gift of 3,000 specimens of Panamanian fishes from Horace Loftin, Florida State University; and through exchange, 6,020 Vir- ginia fishes from Dr. Robert Ross, Virginia Polytechnic Institute. Dr. Herbert R. Axelrod, T. F. H. Publications, Inc., Jersey City, N.J., donated 443 South American fishes and aided in securing 18 additional ones. Especially important acquisitions are holotypic and paratypic specimens received from Dr. Jacques R. Géry, Dordogne, France; Dr. Edward C. Raney, Cornell University; Dr. John E. Randall, Univer- sity of Puerto Rico; Dr. Eugenia Clark, Cape Haze Marine Labora- tory; Wayne J. Baldwin, University of California; Dr. C. Lindsey, University of British Columbia; Dr. J. L. B. Smith, Rhodes Univer- sity, Grahamstown, South Africa; and Dr. Stanley Weitzman, asso- ciate curator in the division of fishes. The addition of 47 shark speci- mens, some undescribed and others representing species not previously contained in the national collections, was made by the following: Dr. J. C. Briggs, University of Texas; H. Heyamoto and Susumu Kato, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service; Donald Goff, Rehoboth Beach, SECRETARY'S REPORT 21 Del.; Dr. Carl L. Hubbs, Scripps Institution of Oceanography; Dr. T. Abe, University of Tokyo, Japan; Dr. F. H. Talbot, South African ~ Museum; and Jeanette D. D’Aubrey, Oceanographic Research Insti- tute, Durban, Natal, South Africa. Valuable specimens were also re- ceived from Mac Entel, Sumac Tropical Fish Hatchery, Miami, Fla. The addition of 27,003 Antarctic specimens to the division of marine invertebrates, collected by Dr. Waldo L. Schmitt, was of special im- portance. Dr. Schmitt, research associate of the division, participated in the U.S. Antarctic Research Program aboard the USS Staten Island and made these collections during the Palmer Peninsula-South Shet- lands Survey in 1963. Many existing gaps in the national collections of the fauna of these regions have now been filled. Acquisition of the A. Weir Bell collection of Oligochaeta, comprising about 900 slides of sections of these worms, a catalog, and a library of separates of scien- tific articles dealing with the oligochaetes, was a significant event during the year. This important collection was obtained from Dr. R. A. Boolootian, Department of Zoology, University of California, Los Angeles. A collection of 2,216 specimens of polychaete worms from the Bering Sea was received from Dr. Donald J. Reish, Long Beach State College, Long Beach, Calif. In the division of mollusks, 69,288 specimens were added during the year, including 334 specimens from previously recorded accessions, the largest annual increment since 1953-54. This large increase is due mainly to three large accessions: The personal collection of Arnon L. Mehring consisting of approximately 23,800 specimens; a collection of 17,300 specimens mainly from Okinawa, Ryukyus, purchased through the Chamberlain Fund; and 7,600 specimens gathered by Dr. Harold A. Rehder in Tahiti utilizing funds provided by Gen. Frank R. Schwengel in memory of his wife, Jeanne S. Schwengel. Other large accessions include an exchange with the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia of 1,350 specimens, and a gift of 1,480 specimens from Duncan Emrich of Washington, D.C. Holotypes were received from the Institute of Marine Science, University of Miami, through Dr. F. M. Bayer; the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service Laboratory, Pas- cagoula, Miss., through Harvey R. Bullis, Jr.; and from Richard E. Petit. A total of 848 specimens including a number of holotypes were added to the helminthological collection during the year. The largest accession, consisting of 339 lots collected in Panama in 1931-34, was presented by Dr. A. O. Foster. Entomology.—The division of Coleoptera received a total of 49,528 specimens in 66 accessions. Major contributions include the follow- ing: 730 beetles from Nepal and Pakistan from Dr. J. Maldonado Capriles, University of Puerto Rico; 1,000 North American ground beetles from John D. Glaser, Baltimore, Md.; 5,500 beetles from Cen- 22 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 tral America and the United States from Dr. John Kingsolver, Insect Identification and Parasite Introduction Research Branch, U.S. De- partment of Agriculture; and 1,100 Mexican beetles from Dr. Alfred B. Lau, Mexican Indian Training Center, Cordoba, Vera Cruz, Mexico. Asa result of field work conducted by members of the Smithsonian staff the following were acquired: 1,100 miscellaneous South Ameri- can beetles from Mrs. Doris H. Blake and Dr. Doris M. Cochran; 300 scarab beetles from South Carolina obtained by O. L. Cartwright; and 85,600 miscellaneous Mexican and North American beetles col- lected by Dr. Paul J. Spangler. The division of Hemiptera received 81,757 specimens in 100 acces- sions during the year. The most important acquisition of the year was the J. Douglas Hood collection of Thysanoptera (thrips), which contains 1,055 holotypes and 11,203 paratypes of Hood and other workers. The transfer of the very important collection of North American fleas from the Rocky Mountain Laboratory of the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, was initiated through the efforts of Dr. Wil- liam L. Jellison, retired, of that Institute. To date 12,780 carefully prepared slides from this collection have been received. The Scripps Institution of Oceanography, through the cooperation of Dr. Martin W. Johnson and H. George Snyder, presented over 1,300 specimens of the marine water-strider genus Halobates. Other important acces- sions are: 1,144 ants from the Nevada Atomic Test Site through the cooperation of Dr. Donald M. Allred, Atomic Energy Commission; 500 Australian ants from Prof. B. B. Lowery, St. Ignatius College, Sydney, Australia; and 215 South American ants from Dr. K. W. Cooper, Hanover, N.H. Other Hymenoptera, 130 named European wasps from W. 8. Pulawski, University of Wroclawskiego, Warsaw, Poland; 486 North American wasps from Dr. K. V. Krombein, Arling- ton, Va.; 157 South American velvet ants from Dr. Osvaldo H. Casal, Instituto Nacional de Microbiologia, Buenos Aires, Argentina; 443 Old World cercerid wasps from Dr. H. A. Scullen, Oregon State Univer- sity, Corvallis, Oreg.; 450 North American and Russian chalcid-flies from C. D. F. Miller, Canadian Department of Agriculture, Ottawa, Canada; and 100 European chalcid-flies from Dr. A. Hoffer, Prague, Czechoslovakia. The division of Lepidoptera? received 72,324 specimens as the re- sult of field activity of staff members and cooperating agencies. Sig- nificant contributions made by staff members include 9,115 Mexican moths collected by Drs. Don R. Davis and W. Donald Duckworth; 1,280 butterflies from eastern United States collected by William D. 1 See footnote on page 66. SECRETARY’S REPORT 23 Field; and 5,746 Lepidoptera (including 760 reared specimens) and 155 Diptera from the Island of Rapa, contributed by Dr. and Mrs. J. F. Gates Clarke. Dr. William L. Stern, Department of Botany, presented 134 Philippine butterflies and moths; C. W. Sabrosky, U.S. Department of Agriculture, contributed 297 North American flies; 2,718 North American flies were received from Dr. C. P. Alexander of Amherst, Mass.; 92 Asian flies, including 1 holotype and 9 para- types, came from Dr. Edward L. Coher of Waltham, Mass.; Dr. D. Elmo Hardy, Honolulu, presented 146 South American flies, including 4. holotypes and 2 allotypes; and 103 Japanese moths were received from Dr. H. Kuroko of Fukuoka Prefecture, Japan. By transfer, 45,004 specimens, including all groups of insects, were received from the Insect Identification and Parasite Introduction Branch, U.S. Department of Agriculture. The division of Myriapoda and Arachnida received some extremely valuable material totaling 4,369 specimens in 32 transactions. H. F. Loomis continued to enrich our millipede collection with approximately 300 Neotropical specimens, both typical and ordinary; Dr. G. E. Ball, University of Alberta, Edmonton, Alberta, presented 425 centipedes from Canada, southwestern United States, and Mexico. Dr. R. L. Hoffman, Radford College, Blacksburg, Va., sent 160 centipedes and millipedes, including types of the latter from the United States; Curator Ralph Crabill contributed 1,100 centipedes from upper Bavaria and Austria, including many specimens otherwise known only from the types; Dr. Nell B. Causey, Fayetteville, Ark., donated 215 centipedes from Arkansas and southeastern United States. The most important single accession received in the division of neuropteroids consists of a synoptic collection of African dragonflies and damselflies received from Dr. KE. C. G. Pinhey, Bulawayo, South- ern Rhodesia; 2,421 identified North American aquatic insects were received from Dr. Stanley G. Jewett, Jr., Portland, Oreg.; Dr. A. E. Brower, Augusta, Maine, presented 4,296 caddisflies from northeastern United States; from Fritz Plaumann, Nova Teutonia, Brazil, 4,002 caddisflies were acquired by purchase; Dr. A. B. Gurney, Insect Identification and Parasite Introduction Research Branch, U.S. De- partment of Agriculture, presented 1,882 grasshoppers and lacewings from Texas and Virginia; Dr. O. S. Flint, Jr., of this division, col- lected and presented 6,768 caddisflies. Botany.—An excellent set of 1,859 plants collected on the British Solomon Islands by T. C. Whitmore was received from the Forestry Department at Honiara. Mrs. Paul Bartsch presented the herbarium of the late Dr. Paul Bartsch consisting of 10,220 plants from Iowa and Virginia, many of them of historical interest. Also received as gifts were 482 plants of Bolivia from M. Cardenas, Cochabamba, Bolivia; 24 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 1,055 specimens of Araceae from southeast Asia from Dan H. Nicol- son ; 2,215 lichens of Florida and Minnesota from Dr. Mason E. Hale; and 945 mosses from Dr. Frederick J. Hermann. Received in exchange were 4,675 plants, which included many collec- tions of historical importance, such as those of Guadichaud, Sieber, Sediro, and Vieillard, from the Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris; 1,790 specimens mostly collected in northern South America by Bassett Maguire et al., from the New York Botanical Garden; 1,788 specimens from New Guinea, Thailand, and Africa, from the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew Surrey, England; 1,578 specimens from New Guinea received from the Commonwealth Scientific and Indus- trial Research Organization, Canberra, Australia; 1,380 plants col- lected in British Guiana by R. J. A. Goodland, from McGill Univer- sity; 1,126 plants of Central America from the Escuela Agricola Panamericana, Tegucigalpa, Honduras; 880 fine specimens collected in Argentina by Mydel-Peterson from the Botanical Museum, Univer- sity of Copenhagen, Denmark; 306 selected specimens of South Afri- can plants from the University of Pretoria, South Africa; 500 mosses from the Naturhistoriska Riksmuseet, Stockholm, Sweden; 209 plants comprising issues 85-88 of Schedae ad Herbarium Florae Rossicae, from the Botanical Institute of the Academy of Sciences, Leningrad, U.S.S.R.; 345 woods from the Servico Florestal, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil; and 187 woods from the Conservator of Forests, Kuching, Sarawak. A total of 1,347 specimens comprising several collections was received from the Istituto Botanico, Caracas, Venezuela, and 1,142 from the Herbario “Barbosa Rodrigues,” Itajai, Santa Catarina, Brazil, in exchange for names. From the University of Michigan were received 542 grasses collected by Rogers McVaugh, and 2,629 woods from Sumatra, the Philippines, Mexico, and British Honduras, mostly collected by the late H. H. Bartlett. Transferred from other Government departments were 9,354 speci- mens of Alaska from the Geological Survey through Dr. Robert S. Sigafoos, and 1,240 plants of Thailand from the U.S. Army at Fort Detrick, Md. Collected for the Museum were 564 plants of Alaska from William J. L. Sladen, Baltimore, Md., 554 grasses collected on Trinidad by Dr. Thomas R. Soderstrom, and 205 grasses collected by Jason R. Swallen in South Africa. Paleobiology.—In the division of palecbotany important specimens received as gifts include 36 prepared slides containing 84 fossil spore and pollen type specimens from West Africa, from the Jersey Produc- tion Research Co. through R. E. Rohn; 11 silicified stems of the tree fern genus Cyathodendron from the Eocene of Texas, from S. N. Dobie, Whitsett, Tex.; and a large, well-preserved limb section from SECRETARY’S REPORT 25 the Eocene of Wyoming from Mr. and Mrs. Jean Case. Dr. F. M. Hueber collected 2,000 specimens of Lower Devonian plant remains from the Gaspé and northern New Brunswick region of Canada, the field work supported by Walcott bequest. Among the 372,000 specimens accessioned by the division of inverte- brate paleontology are a number of collections which are of major importance. Transfers of type specimens from the U.S. Geological Survey included: 160 Cambrian trilobites described by A. R. Palmer; 46 cephalopods from the western interior; conodonts from the Great Basin; corals from the Ordovician of Alaska; and Foraminifera from the Tertiary of Equatorial Africa, and the Gilbert Islands in the Central Pacific. Gifts included several noteworthy additions. Johns Hopkins Uni- versity gave 3,700 type specimens described in the well-known Paleo- zoic volumes of the Maryland Geological Survey stratigraphic series. One thousand specimens of Middle Ordovician and Silurian inverte- brates were collected in southwestern Ontario by Dr. and Mrs. G. A. Cooper. Dr. R. S. Boardman completed a major collection of more than 200,000 Paleozoic Bryozoa from a number of measured sections in the Ordovician of Oklahoma. Dr. Franco Rasetti donated 3,500 identified Cambrian trilobites including many type specimens. Dr. A. J. Boucot gave 7,000 Silurian brachiopods collected in Great Britain. A valuable collection of 5,000 mollusks from the Tertiary of Virginia and Maryland was given by Dr. R. J. Taylor. Other valuable gifts were: 140 specimens of Upper Paleozoic brachiopods from Chihuahua, Mexico, given by Teodoro Diaz G.; a large number of Tertiary mollusks from Hampton, Va., by Dr. T. Walley Williams; 10 specimens of unique Tertiary mollusks from Florida by Mr. and Mrs. J. B. Williams; and an extensive collection of Mississippian endothyrid Foraminifera consisting of more than 1,000 thin sections, including many type specimens, donated by Dr. Edward Zeller. Funds from the Walcott bequest were used to purchase more than 20,000 invertebrates, one of the world’s most complete collections from the Jurassic and Cretaceous of Chile, from Mrs. Elsa de Biese, Santi- ago, Chile. With the cooperation of the Arabian American Oil Co., and financed partly by Walcott funds, Drs. P. M. Kier and E. G. Kauff- man of the Museum staff collected more than 25,000 specimens of a variety of invertebrates from Mesozoic rocks of Saudi Arabia. The Springer fund made possible the purchase of 1,023 blastoids and crinoids from the Burlington limestone of Iowa and Missouri, and 120 Triassic echinoids from the Moenkopi formation of Utah. Outstanding exchanges brought many important specimens includ- ing 1,050 species of Jurassic and Cretaceous mollusks from the Geologi- 26 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 cal Survey of Pakistan; 160 plastotypes of Mesozoic mollusks housed at the University de Lyon; 12 species of ammonites from Moscow University ; and 50 plastotypes of Upper Cretaceous species in the col- lections of the Texas Bureau of Economic Geology. Particular mention is made of a collection of 122 specimens of het- erostrachian, acanthodian, and arthrodire fishes from a Lower De- vonian quarry in Lucas County, Ohio, received in an exchange with the Chicago Natural History Museum. An interesting collection of Pleistocene vertebrate remains from. Cartersville, Ga., was donated to the Smithsonian Institution by Shorter College of Rome, Ga. The assemblage represented includes at least 20 species and is important as the most extensive Pleistocene verte- brate fauna yet discovered in Georgia. In the division of vertebrate paleontology two outstanding accessions resulted from field collecting by the staff. Dr. C. L. Gazin assisted by Franklin L. Pearce, collected approximately 350 specimens of early Tertiary mammals. The specimens were taken principally from the Middle Eocene Bridger formation of southwestern Wyoming, but in- cluded also are small collections from the Paleocene of the Green River and Fossil basins of southwestern Wyoming and from the Bison Basin of south-central Wyoming. The collections are important for the wealth of small forms, such as Primates, rodents, insectivores, and carnivores from the Middle Kocene beds of the Bridger Basin. Dr. D. H. Dunkle, assisted by Gladwyn B. Sullivan, collected ap- proximately 307 fossil fishes mainly from new localities in the upper Madera formation of Permian or possibly Pennsylvanian age in cen- tral New Mexico and consisting principally of sharks and acanthodian, paleoniscoid, and coelacanth fishes. Other important collections of these forms were obtained from the Pennsylvanian Wea shale in Ne- braska and Iowa. In addition, a small collection of Leptolepis re- mains was made in the Jurassic Todilto limestone of New Mexico, and various bones of arthrodires and crossopterygians were collected in a Middle Devonian quarry in Ohio. Mineral sciences —In all, 9,230 specimens were received in the divi- sion of mineralogy. Outstanding among the many important gifts was an exceptionally fine gem-quality topaz crystal from Brazil, from Oscar Heyman & Brothers, Inc. Other important gifts were scapolite, Madagascar, from John B. Jago; rhodonite, Franklin, N.J., from Mrs. Frank A. Lewis; opal, Australia, from Leland Quick; and tour- maline, Brazil, from Bernard T. Rocca, Sr. Outstanding among spec- imens received by exchange was a fine example of cuprosklodowskite from the Congo, a very fine large brazilianite crystal from Brazil, and an exceptionally fine, large, gem-quality crystal of beryl, variety aqua- marine, also from Brazil. SECRETARY’S REPORT Qi A total of 4,113 specimens were added to the Roebling collection by purchase or exchange. Outstanding among these were a very large _ Japanese twin of quartz, from Arizona; a fine specimen of scolecite from Brazil; a crystal of scapolite of unusually large size from Mex- ico; some fine francevillite and chervetite from Gabon; and some out- standing specimens of raspite from Australia. Acquired by purchase from the Canfield fund was a very large crystal of chrysoberyl from Russia and an extraordinary crystal of danburite from Baja Califor- nia, Mexico. Outstanding new additions to the gem collection included a 1,000- carat aquamarine, from Brazil, from Evyan Perfumes, Inc.; a very unusual star sapphire, showing four separate stars, from Ceylon, from Sidney Krandall & Sons; a jade bowl, formerly in the Vetlesen col- lection, from Mrs. Mildred Tabor Keally; a Mexican opal, from Mrs. Frank A. Lewis; two fine kunzites from Brazil, weighing 296.78 and 336.16 carats, from Robert C. Nelson, Jr.; four diamonds of rare blue and green colors, from Van Cleef & Arpels, Inc.; and a collection of spheres of jade, petrified wood, and other gem materials from Albert R. Cutter. Gems acquired by purchase from the Chamberlain fund for the Isaac Lea collection included a 22.35 carat golden sapphire and a 24.15-carat cat’s-eye diopside. Five very exceptional gems, all from Brazil, were added to the collection by exchange. They were a golden green beryl weighing 1,363 carats, a 914-carat green beryl, a greenish-colored topaz weighing 1,469 carats, a 1,862-carat amethyst, and a heart-shaped kunzite weigh- ing 880 carats. Received from an anonymous donor was the Portu- guese diamond, a fine step-cut stone weighing 127.01 carats. The Portuguese diamond is the largest cut diamond from Brazil and the thirteenth largest in the world. In the 1920’s it was recut to its present shape from a 150-carat cushion-shaped stone. Details of its early history are unknown, but it is said that it was once owned by the royal family of Portugal. Kighty-three meteorites were accessioned during the year, 28 of which were not previously represented in the collection, making this the best year in some time. The most important single addition was the collection of the late Arthur R. Allen of Trinidad, Colo. It con- tained 45 meteorites and 636 grams of tektites and was purchased by a grant from the National Aeronautics and Space Administration. Specimens of particular interest were the 14 fine oriented individuals of the Pasamonte, N. Mex., fall (totaling 1.3 kg.) and a Canyon Diablo specimen containing a large diamond inclusion. Seven stony meteorites that had not been previously known were included: Ala- mosa, Colo. (1.8 kg.) ; Blackwell, Okla. (2.4 kg.) ; Georgetown, Colo. (0.68 kg.) ; Mosquero, N. Mex. (1.6 kg.); Thatcher, Colo. (2 g.); 28 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 Tobe, Colo. (5.4 kg.) ; and Mosca, Colo. (6.1). Outstanding among the donations was a specimen of the widely publicized Bogou iron presented by President Maurice Yameogo of the Republic of Upper Volta. Science and technology.—In the division of physical sciences an outstanding accession was the gift from Vassar College of the large telescope built in 1863 by Henry Fitz, one of America’s famous telescope makers, and used by Maria Mitchell at Vassar. Preston Bas- sett gave an 8-sided revolving mirror used by Albert Michelson in his famous determination of the velocity of light in 1924. A Collins helium cryostat, from Loyola University of New Orleans and Arthur D. Little, Inc., and an earlier Collins cryogenic expansion machine, from Samuel C. Collins, are basic artifacts in the recent development of commercially available low-temperature apparatus. In the section of chemistry, outstanding accessions relating to the element fluorine were a replica of the platinum apparatus for electroly- sis and distillation used by Henry Moissan in his epochal isolation of fluorine (1886), and a commercial fluorine cell made by the Harshaw Chemical Co., in 1942-43, and given the Museum by thecompany. The Moissan apparatus was fabricated through the courtesy of the Baker Platinum Division of Engelhard Industries, Inc. The collection of adding and calculating machines in the section of mathematics was notably enriched by the gift of 76 specimens from the Victor Comptometer Corp. The gift includes several famous his- torical machines, such as the Schilt adding machine of 1851, the oldest European key-driven machine; a Bollee direct-multiplication machine, one of only three such machines made by Louis Bollee between 1888 and 1892; and the famous Scheutz difference engine of 1853, the first complete difference engine ever built. A replica of Charles Babbage’s difference engine was donated by the International Business Machines Corp. Among the most outstanding accessions in the section of light machinery and horology was a pocket watch made by Henry and James F. Pitkin of Kast Hartford, Conn., in about 1838. This specimen is an example of the first American attempt at watchmaking by machines. Other significant acquisitions by this section were a splendid example of a French skeleton clock of the late 18th century and a combination lock patented in 1841 by Dr. Solomon Andrews, an American inventor. The section of tools acquired the J. R. Brown Linear Dividing Machine of 1859 from the Brown & Sharpe Co., which was a milestone in the history of measurement in American manufacturing. A fully operative reproduction of the gun-stocking lathe developed by Thomas Blanchard in 1820-22 was also received. This pioneer machine, the original of which is in the Springfield Armory in Springfield, Mass., SECRETARY’S REPORT 29 represents the beginning of American mass production by machine tools. A rare 19th-century Holtzapffel ornamental turning lathe was acquired with a very comprehensive collection of accessories. Edvard Johansson, Royal Swedish Consul at Detroit, donated a set of Johans- son gauge blocks for the hall. The adoption of the Johansson system of gauges invented by his father, C. E. Johansson in the late 19th century, revolutionized mass production by making it possible to achieve universal interchangeability of machine parts. This particu- lar set was the first to be produced in stainless steel and was made especially to be given to the inventor on his 71st birthday in 1933. The presentation was made in a formal ceremony in the hall of tools on March 138 by the Royal Swedish Ambassador, His Excellency Hubert de Besch. Among the outstanding models received by the division of trans- portation were a Pacific coast lumber steamer, a 4-masted barkentine, and the schooner Fly of 1812. A model of the new class of fast freight steamers, the American Challenger, 1962 record holder for the North Atlantic crossing by a freighter, was received from the United States Lines as a gift. The oldest scale model of an American-built ship, His Majesty’s 44-oun ship America, built at Portsmouth, N.H., in 1746-1747, was received as a 8-year loan by special agreement from the trustees of the Portsmouth Athenaeum, Portsmouth, N.H. The model will be repaired and exhibited by the marine section and, after a year, trans- ferred to the division of naval history for a 2-year exhibition period. Three early railway signals (1880-1905) were donated by Thomas T. Taber to the section of land transportation. The vehicle collection was enriched by several important additions. The Mack Bulldog truck (1930) is the first commercial motor vehicle to be added to the collection and was donated by Victor Ottilio & Sons. A fine Rocka- way (1860) was the gift of Mr. and Mrs. Carl F. Flemer, Jr. A Hack Passenger Wagon (1880), more commonly called a mud wagon, was also added to the carriage collection. The largest object accessioned in the division of electricity was an 85-ton alternating-current generator from the Adams station at Niag- ara Falls, donated jointly by Niagara-Mohawk Power Corp. and Westinghouse Electric Corp. It is this alternator that inaugurated in 1895 the modern era of central stations distributing electrical power over large areas. A somewhat smaller, but very important, magneto generator was received from the University of Virginia. It was made by Hippolyte Pixii in 1832 or 1833 and represents the first use of a commutator for the production of direct current. Only two other machines like this are known to exist in the world. A third generator, by Charles Wheatstone, was obtained on indefinite loan 30 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 from King’s College, University of London. It is one of the first examples of a self-excited dynamo, a principle discovered coinci- dentally by Wheatstone in England and Werner Siemens in Germany in 1866. Excellent replicas of four alternating-current motors repre- senting the pioneer work of Galileo Ferraris in 1885 were given to the museum by the Associazione Elettrotecnica ed Elettronica Italiana and Istituto Elettrotecnico Nazionale Galileo Ferraris of Turin. - Among the major accessions during the past year in the division of medical sciences were a collection of tools and research apparatus used in a late 19th century microbiology and biochemistry laboratory, donated by the University of Michigan, and a 1953 hydraulic turbine contra-angle handpiece with accessories and test model for dental drilling from the National Bureau of Standards. Also acquired were the office material, dental instruments, and personal memorabilia of Dr. Charles E. Kells as a gift from his daughter, Mrs. J. O. Pierson, through the School of Medicine of Tulane University. ‘To the pharmaceutical collection, an ancient Egyptian mortar and pestle, weights, and amulets were added. Civil history —Several items with Presidential associations received in the division of political history include the “Resolute” desk, orig- inally presented to President Hayes by Queen Victoria and used by President John F. Kennedy in his office in the White House; a pair of leather chaps worn by President Theodore Roosevelt in the Dakota Territory, the gift of Mr. and Mrs. Kermit Roosevelt; a meerschaum pipe used by President Ulysses S. Grant in the White House, from the estate of George W. Crouch; one of the microphones used by President Franklin D. Roosevelt during his “fireside chats” to the American people in the 1930’s and 1940’s, the gift of the Columbia Broadcasting System and WTOP-Radio, Washington, D.C.; a pen used on January 23, 1964, by President Lyndon B. Johnson to sign the bill establishing the John F. Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts, the gift of Senator Clinton P. Anderson. Important additions made to the First Ladies Collection are two dresses worn by Mrs. Grover Cleveland as First Lady and an evening cape that had belonged to her; these were the gift of Mr. and Mrs. Richard F. Cleveland. One of the new dresses, of black satin and iridescent taffeta, now represents Mrs. Cleveland in the exhibit in the First Ladies Hall. The division of cultural history received the frame and woodwork of an entire house, the gift of Alexander B. C. Mulholland; built in Ipswich, Mass., the older portion of this house dates from the late 17th century, the later from about 1750. The Honorable David Bruce pre- sented 18-century woodwork and paneling from two rooms of a Charleston, S.C., house. The architecture of Louis Sullivan is repre- sented in one lot of ornaments from his Chicago Stock Exchange SECRETARY’S REPORT 31 Building, given by Mr. and Mrs. Leon M. Despres, and in another lot from Sullivan’s Garrick Building, given by the Joint Committee on Preservation of the Garrick Building Ornament and World Book Encyclopedia. Mr. and Mrs. Fielding Pope Meigs, Jr., presented 223 miscellaneous pieces of furniture, utensils, portraits, and other items, all heirlooms of the Meigs family. Other gifts include 338 rare early maps, a gouache by D. Y. Cameron, a painting by Thomas Wood, and two silver cans by Samuel Edwards, from Mrs. Francis P. Garvan; an 18th-century account and letter book of Alexander Smith of Alexandria, from Mrs. Jean M. Dodd; two mahogany side chairs from Mrs. Wellington Powell; and four side chairs and a Pennsyl- vania rocking chair from Mrs. George Maurice Morris. The family of Harry T. Peters donated a poster advertising a traveling menagerie from the Zoological Institute of New York City, dated 1835, a rare and early example of its kind. To the division of numismatics was added an original pewter strik- ing of the noted Castorland token made for the officers of the French colony established at Carthage, N.Y., 1796, and a rare pattern half dollar of 1916, both given by Ben Douglas. Other outstanding addi- tions to the United States series were a $20 gold piece in high relief and a $10 gold piece originally owned by Henry Hering, who com- pleted the design of these coins in 1907 for Augustus St. Gaudens, and Mr. Hering’s notes concerning the history of this gold coinage and the interest of President Theodore Roosevelt; these were the gift of Stack’s of New York. A die used by the J. J. Conway Co. of Colorado in the striking of a private $5 gold piece was donated by Robert Bash- low. Joseph B. Stack gave tintypes of the Bechtler family, well- known private gold coiners from North Carolina, a daguerreotype of John Little Moffat, a leading coiner in San Francisco during the gold rush, and the notebook of the mint engraver J. B. Longacre concerning the design of the 1856 flying eagle cent. An important collection of silver bars, bullet money, and various forms of media of exchange used in Siam and China were donated by Mrs. F. C. C. Boyd; Harvey Stack gave the Edith and Jean Jacques Ture collection of necessity pieces issued in France and the French colonies during the 1914-26 period. Willis du Pont added 645 coins struck during the second part of the reign of Catherine II of Russia and 210 Russian silver and bronze medals. Mrs. Wayte Raymond gave 1,167 coins of the world struck during the 19th and 20th centuries. Mr. and Mrs. Mortimer Neinken made an important contribution of a specialized collection of checks of United States banks and nearly 10,000 items of European paper currencies and documents of value. The first instance of the use of paper in coinage, a quarter gulden in cardboard issued in Leyden in 1578 during the siege by the Spaniards, was a gift from Dr. V. Clain-Stefanelli. 32 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 To the division of philately and postal history Baron Takaharu Mitsui of Tokyo, Japan, donated an outstanding group of early letters and documents pertaining to the private posts of 19th-century Japan and the early government postal service of that country. Morrison Waud of Chicago, Ill, gave a large and comprehensive collection of United States newspaper stamps, proofs, essays, and forgeries and 669 examples of stamped revenue paper. Mr. and Mrs. R. O. D. Hopkins donated a collection of essays and die proofs of the stamps of China and placed additional material of that nature on loan. A large specialized collection of stamps of South Africa was given by Dr. O. L. Harvey. Dr. James Matejka donated early airmail stamps of Syria and a rare airmail stamp of France. Harry L. Lindquist donated a large number of United States and foreign covers, many of which bear special postal markings and commemorative stamps. Charles H. Wuerz, Jr., continued to contribute stamps of Siam in an effort to complete that section of the National Postage Stamp Collection. Arts and manufactures-—Ralph E. Becker presented to the division of textiles a comprehensive collection of silk Jacquard woven pic- tures. These interesting examples of an unusual weaving art date from 1867 through the 1930’s. The wide variety of subjects include pictures of Columbus sighting America, Betsy Ross stitching the flag, and facsimiles of the signatures of the Declaration of Independ- ence. An excellent collection of American needlework was presented by Dr. Margaret R. Sandels. One of the embroidered pictures, “The Sea Beast,” of Mrs. Theodore Roosevelt, Jr., a noted needlewoman, was given by Mr. and Mrs. Sidney de la Rue. A colorful 18th- century floral border by the distinguished French designer Philippe de Lasalle was added to the brocade collection. Mrs. Clara W. Berwick supplemented her previous gifts to the division of ceramics and glass by 74 pieces of rare early American glass and 22 European and Oriental ivories. Robert H. McCauley presented 65 pieces of Liverpool type transfer printed earthenware, including a number of rare pitchers decorated with American themes. Mr. McCauley is the author of the definitive book Liverpool Transfer Designs on Anglo-American Pottery. Mrs. William A. Sutherland continued to add to the division’s collection of 18th-century English porcelains. This year she gave 28 fine examples of the production of 10 important factories, including a splendid Derby pitcher and a rare Lowestoft coffeepot. Dr. Hans Syz presented by transfer 53 pieces of 18th-century European porcelain. One of the finest collec- tions in America, the Syz collection is especially notable for examples of the important German factories, such as Meissen, Berlin, Héchst, Frankenthal, and Ludwigsburg, and of the extremely rare Viennese porcelain of the DuPaquier period. SECRETARY’S REPORT oo The most important accession received in the division of graphic arts was a bequest of 243 Currier & Ives lithographs of sporting and western subjects from the Adele S. Colgate Estate. This gift greatly enhances the standing of the Museum’s collection of Currier & Ives prints. The important gift of Erich Cohn of 20 drawings and etch- ings by the German expressionist artists Pau] Klemschmidt and Lud- wig Meidner reflects what was probably the strongest group contri- bution to printmaking in this century. The Society of Washington Printmakers donated, through its president, Prentiss Taylor, the in- taglo print Image IIT, by Lois Fine; the woodcut The Valley, by Isabella Walker; and the lithograph Nova Scotia, by Louis Lozowick. The section of photography acquired a number of historically note- worthy specimens of photographs and equipment. Lucien G. Bull of Paris presented a large group of material related to the early his- tory of high-speed photography, consisting of original negatives, prints, and an electromechanical timing device. Ansco, Binghamton, N.Y., presented a model of a photographic wagon of the type used by Mathew Brady during the Civil War. Nikon, Inc., presented a “Niko- nos” 35-mm. underwater camera, with watertight lens and body, for use under water without a protective housing. The Vew York Daily Mirror donated a lightweight Zeiss Ikon, Ernemann plate camera, originally purchased in the 1930’s by William Randolph Hearst to replace the bulkier cameras used by his newspapers, and another spe- cially designed camera intended to take pictures from a concealed position. The division of manufactures and heavy industries continued to collect for the various halls planned for the Museum of History and Technology. New York University presented to the section of nuclear energy the first subcritical reactor to be installed in a teaching institu- tion. Improvised from 2 tons of fuel lent by the U.S. Atomic Energy Commission and installed in a pickle barrel, the university was able to secure at a cost of $1,500 a teaching research facility which might otherwise have been unattainable. Youngstown Sheet & Tube Co. presented a model of an electric weld pipe mill for the hall of iron and steel. A malleable iron air furnace was given by Erie Malleable Iron Co.; and some Roman nails from the Inchtuthil excavation in Scotland came from Colvilles, Ltd., of Glasgow. The section of petroleum received further gifts as a result of the excellent work of the American Petroleum Institute’s subcommittee. Among these were an animated model of a modern sea-going drilling installation from Kerr-McGee Oil Industries, Inc.; three models of drilling rigs from the Lee C. Moore Corp.; and an interesting survey model of the Velma field from Skelly Oil Co, 34 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 The division of agriculture and forest products has been principally concerned with obtaining materials for the hall of forest products. The Forest Products Laboratory, Department of Agriculture, Mad- ison, Wis., gave a swellograph—a device that measures swelling changes in wood having a finished surface. Larus & Brother Co., Inc., reproduced a tobacco hogshead like those used 125 to 150 years ago. Permali, Inc., contributed samples of machined parts for elec- trical equipment and Fibron Products, Buffalo, N.Y., gave 17 hand- some pieces of compressed wood products. To the agricultural collec- tion has been added catalogs of agricultural implement companies around 1880 belonging to Sylvanus D. Locke, the inventor of the famous wire binder. Gordon Dentry donated a four-tined wooden fork used by his grandfather and possibly his great-grandfather in Baltimore County, Md. Armed Forces history.—A fine example of a Gatling gun was pre- sented by the Armed Forces of Honduras. Mrs. George C. Marshall presented several uniforms worn by General of the Army George C. Marshall during World War II. The division of naval history made significant additions to the national collection of historic warship models while projecting further units required to complete the hall of armed forces history. Particularly notable was a rigged model of Robert Fulton’s Steam Battery, the world’s first steam man-of-war, which was built by Adam and Noah Brown in 1814 for the defense of New York. Plans for this 26-gun blockship were provided by How- ard I. Chapelle who in 1961 discovered a contemporary draft of the Steam Battery in the Danish Royal Archives at Copenhagen. By happy coincidence, the division of naval history also received an origi- ral Fulton draft of the armored torpedo boat Afute presented by the family of George F. Brown, descendants of her versatile builders, the Brown brothers of New York. The emergence of the steam navy was further represented with the completion of a superb model of the side-wheel steamer Powhatan, which served with Commodore Perry in the opening of Japan. Through the generosity of the U.S. Coast Guard, the division of naval history received a fully equipped beach cart of the type used by the Life Saving Service for offshore rescue, a set of range lights from Alaska, and an oil painting by Hunter Wood of the topsail schooner Massachusetts, first cutter commissioned by the early Revenue Marine. A patent model of the revolutionary K-1 firing device, the heart of the antenna mine employed in the North Sea mine barrage during World War I, was presented by Mrs. Ralph C. Browne, widow of its gifted inventor. Vivid memories of the Battle of Midway were evoked by the bullet-torn flight jacket and combat decorations donated by George H. Gay, sole survivor of Torpedo Squadron 8. SECRETARY’S REPORT | 35 Among the more important objects acquired by the section of under- water exploration during the year are ships’ fittings and equipment from a wreck site in Bermuda believed to date from the 1560’s. These include a bar shot, several single blocks, two parrels, small- and medium-sized deadeyes, and a large collection of ceramic sherds, some of which will yield nearly complete vessels when reconstructed. RESEARCH, EXPLORATION, AND FIELDWORK Dr. T. D. Stewart, director of the Museum of Natural History, accompanied by exhibits specialist John C. Widener, went to Mexico City in mid-December 1963, the former to select examples of pre- historic filed and inlayed human teeth and the latter to make molds thereof. Mr. Widener will make casts from the molds for an exhibit in the planned hall of physical anthropology. Dr. Stewart, serving as a member of the Committee on Research and Exploration of the National Geographic Society, inspected the Wetherill Mesa archeological project in Mesa Verde National Park late in June, stopping off enroute from a second trip to Mexico City where he attended the 33d annual meeting of the American Associa- tion of Physical Anthropologists. At various times during the year Dr. I. E. Wallen, assistant director for oceanography, visited institutions in Massachusetts, Rhode Island, New York, Virginia, North Carolina, Georgia, Florida, Mississippi, Louisiana, Texas, California, and Hawaii in connection with the program of the Smithsonian Oceanographic Sorting Center. He also prepared several short papers dealing with developments in ocean- ography and the role of the Sorting Center. Dr. H. Adair Fehlmann, supervisor of the Smithsonian Oceano- graphic Sorting Center, participated in Cruise 4B of the R/V Anton Bruun, of the International Indian Ocean Expedition, from early November to mid-December. This trip gave him a useful oppor- tunity to study curatorial procedures on shipboard and to determine the need for a trained technician to oversee the handling of biological samples from the time of collection to the time the specimen cargo 1s consigned for shipment to the Sorting Center. Thanks to his recom- mendations, future collections should come through in better condition and with more complete documentation. Dr. Fehlmann also had an opportunity to observe the techniques and equipment used in handling plankton in the Indian Ocean Biological Laboratory at Ernakulam, South India. Chairman of the department of anthropology Waldo R. Wedel com- pleted a review of the prehistory and aboriginal ecology of north- central Colorado in which he emphasizes the importance of the foot- hills-hogback strip between the Plains and the Front Range in the 745-725—65——_4 36 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 history of the region. In addition, he continued work on two manu- scripts, one dealing with the 1961-62 Smithsonian excavations at the Lamb Spring archeological-paleontological site near Littleton, Colo., and the other with the 1952 Smithsonian-Princeton investigations at an ancient bison kill near Cody, Wyo. The latter site has recently been dated by the radiocarbon method at 8,750-8,840 years ago. At the close of the year he was back in the Middle West. Dr. Clifford Evans, curator of archeology, and research associate Betty J. Meggers completed a major monograph on the Valdivia and Machalilla phases of the Early Formative period of coastal Ecuador. Twenty-two dates obtained by processing shell and charcoal samples in the Smithsonian’s Carbon Dating Laboratory convincingly bracket the Valdivia phase at 5,150 to 3,400 years ago. After joining the staff in December as associate curator of arche- ology, Dr. Richard B. Woodbury made two trips to the Tehuacan Valley in southern Puebla, Mexico, in continuation of his research on preindustrial systems of water management in arid regions. He found evidence of large-scale irrigation from Late Formative times on, that is, for about 2,500 years—probably the longest record of irrigation in the New World. Dr. Woodbury also continued working with re- search associate Nathalie F.S. Woodbury on a report dealing with the Hawikuh archeological site in New Mexico, based on the unpublished records obtained in 1917-23 by the late F. W. Hodge, following his departure from the Smithsonian’s Bureau of American Ethnology. In collaboration with Drs. Glen H. Cole of the Uganda Museum and A. Jamme of the Catholic University of America, Dr. Gus Van Beek, associate curator of archeology, completed a preliminary report on an archeological reconnaissance in Wadi Hadhramaut, South Arabia, undertaken in 1961-62. He also spent several weeks during April and May in an archeological reconnaissance in Yemen, at the invitation of the Yemen Arab Republic Government. On the way back to the States he visited sites in Ethiopia and conferred with colleagues in Aden and Jordan. Museum specialist George Metcalf continued his studies of arche- ological materials from central Nebraska, encouraged by 11th- to 14th- century site dates supplied by the Smithsonian’s Carbon Dating Laboratory. Dr. C. G. Holland, honorary collaborator, having visited 161 archeological sites in southwestern Virginia in 1963, progressed with his analysis of the collections and site data. Honorary research associate Neil M. Judd completed his final monograph (The Architec- ture of Pueblo Bonito) relating to the archeology of Chaco Canyon, N. Mex. During the summer of 1963, Dr. John M. Campbell, honor- ary research associate, carried out an archeological and ecological survey of the Koyukuk River drainage in northern Alaska. Follow- SECRETARY'S REPORT __ 37 ing this trip he continued preparation of a monograph on Nunamiut Eskimo prehistory. Dr. Saul H. Riesenberg, curator of ethnology, completed a mono- graph on the aboriginal political organization of Ponape, Caroline Islands. In addition, he progressed with the report on the megalithic structures of Nan Madol, Ponape, where a Smithsonian joint arche- ological-ethnological field project last year produced finds of unusual interest and made possible an evaluation by different disciplinary approaches. Intensive exhibit work in the hall of the cultures of Africa and Asia, opened informally at the end of the year, left little time for other research by the associate curators involved, Drs. Gordon Gibson and Eugene Knez. On the other hand, associate curator William Crocker spent 2 weeks in July 1963 and approximately 4 months early in 1964 with the Canela Indians of Brazil, a tribe threatened with extinction. He was again with them as the year ended. Between trips to Brazil Dr. Crocker prepared two articles based on the Canela investigations. Dr. J. Lawrence Angel, curator of physical anthropology, com- pleted two manuscripts, one on osseous changes in the hip joint and the other on the human skeletons associated with extinct animals at the Tranquility site, California; he completed a paper on hyperostosis spongiosa to be included in a volume on paleopathology. With his technical assistant, Donald Ortner, Dr. Angel worked out a special form which will permit rapid coding of data on the anthropology of chronic disease for computer analysis. These data have been ob- tained mainly in a long-term study of students at Jefferson Medical College in Philadelphia, some of whom were restudied this year. At the beginning of the year Miss L. E. Hoyme, then museum spe- cialist (now associate curator of physical anthropology), was in Eng- land studying 19th-century skeletons of known age and sex at St. Bride’s Church, Fleet Street, London, and visiting laboratories of physical anthropology. In July she successfully defended her doc- toral dissertation at Oxford University and in December received her degree in absentia. From the end of January to the beginning of April the chairman of the department of zoology, Dr. Horton H. Hobbs, Jr., participated in the Bredin-Archbold-Smithsonian Biological Survey of Dominica, studying the fresh-water decapod crustaceans of the island. As time permitted, he completed a manuscript on new entocytherids from Vir- ginia and made progress on a revision of the entocytherid ostracods of Mexico and Cuba. Senior scientist Fenner A. Chace, Jr., completed a study initiated by the late Belle A. Stevens on the mesopelagic caridean shrimp Notostomus japonicus Bate in the northeastern Pacific. Also, he 38 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 finished a report on the decapod crustaceans of the island of St. Helena in the South Atlantic. Although the curator of mammals, Dr. David H. Johnson, was re- sponsible for the general development of exhibits in the hall of oste- ology opened at the end of the year, he found time to study the distribution of hares and certain species of bats in southeastern Asia and to continue his general survey of the mammals of that area. For the better part of the year, Dr. Henry W. Setzer, associate cura- tor of mammals, directed from Washington the work in Iran and southern Africa of field parties collecting mammals and their ecto- parasites. This program was carried out in cooperation with the Army Medical Research and Development Command. Dr. Setzer joined the African party in mid-September and the Iranian party in late October, staying until mid-December. His museum work con- sisted chiefly of identification of mammals from Egypt and the Sudan collected by a Naval Medical Research Unit. From January to March Dr. Charles O. Handley, Jr., associate curator of mammals, collected specimens in the high mountains on the Colombian frontier of Darién Province, Panama, obtaining among other valuable materials, two species of bats new to the Panamanian fauna and a number of rare marsupials, shrews, and rodents. Late in June, in connection with attendance at a meeting of the American Society of Mammalogists in Mexico City, Dr. Handley spent 8 days studying fruit bats in the Instituto de Biologia. This filled one of the last major gaps in his revision of this large and complex genus. Dr. Robert A. Traub of the University of Maryland Medical School, honorary research associate in the division of mammals, was in Paki- stan from the beginning of the fiscal year until October collecting mammals and other vertebrates and their ectoparasites in continuation of his studies of rickettsial infections. The Pacific Ocean Biological Survey Program, under the direction of Dr. Philip S. Humphrey, curator of birds, has increased greatly in scope since its inception in October 1962. Because of its concern with the distribution, migrations, and ecology of central Pacific sea birds, collaborative relationships have been developed with the U.S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, the Bernice P. Bishop Museum, the State of Hawaii Division of Fish and Game, and others. Of approxi- mately 50 people employed this year on the project many were gradu- ate students who were gathering data for doctoral dissertations. The Rockefeller Foundation has provided support for a field study enabling Dr. Humphrey to work with the Belém Virus Laboratory, Fundacao Servico Especial de Satide Publica, and the Museu Paraense “Emilio Goeldi,” Belém, Brazil. This cooperative field study deals with the relationship of birds and arthropod-borne virus diseases. As SECRETARY'S REPORT 39 time permitted, Dr. Humphrey continued his studies of plumage suc- cession in birds and on the distribution, ecology, and classification of Patagonian and Brazilian birds. At the close of the year he was back in Brazil. From the beginning of December 1963 to the latter part of March 1964, George E. Watson, associate curator of birds, served as official United States representative (observer) with the Chilean-Antarctic Commission. During delays in Chile for ship repairs and for the ice to break up he was able to spend 13 days in December at Peulla, Llan- quihue Province, observing and collecting forest birds. During another delay of 22 days in January-February at Puerto Williams, he was able to make a catalog of birds breeding on Navarino Island and to collect specimens, among which are several important additions to the national collections. Mr. Watson’s observations of birds made on shipboard in Antarctic waters will be useful in preparing an identi- fication guide to Antarctic birds which he has planned. Upon his return from Chile he completed his doctoral dissertation dealing with ecology and evolution of passerine birds on the islands of the Aegean Sea and received in June the Ph.D. degree from Yale University. Dr. Richard L. Zusi, associate curator of birds, spent a week in November at the University of Michigan working on three manu- scripts, which he had begun there, and consulting with Dr. R. W. Storer concerning their joint research project on the myology of grebes. From January to April he was in Dominica studying birds as a par- ticipant in the Bredin-Archbold-Smithsonian biological survey of that island. In continuation of his long-term field work on the birdlife of the Isthmus of Panama, Dr. Alexander Wetmore, honorary research asso- ciate and retired Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, concen- trated his efforts from January through March in Darién Province, mainly in the heavy rainforest adjacent to the Colombian boundary. The results were most successful, for both specimens of and observa- tions on species that have been little known in Panama were obtained, and several new records of South American birds not previously recorded in the area were established. Dr. Herbert Friedmann, honorary research associate and former curator of the division, continued his work on brood parasitism and completed a manuscript dealing with evolutionary trends in the avian genus Clamator. Herbert G. Deignan, honorary research associate and former mem- ber of the division, was in Washington from mid-January to late April studying birds from Formosa in the Naval Medical Research Unit (NAMRU) collections and those from Viet-Nam and Cambodia col- lected by Bernard Feinstein, former museum specialist in the division. 40 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 Two new honorary research associates appointed this year, Prof. D.S. Rabor of Silliman University, Philippine Islands, and Dr. Rob- ert W. Ficken of the University of Maryland, carried on important research. Prof. Rabor worked on the general ornithology of the Phil- ippine Islands; Dr. Ficken undertook extensive field and laboratory research on the behavior of wood warblers. Honorary research associate Oliver L. Austin, Jr., continued his technical editorial work on the two final volumes of A. C. Bent’s Life Histories of North American Birds. Dr. Doris M. Cochran, curator of reptiles and amphibians, in collab- oration with Dr. C. J. Goin of Gainsville, Fla., made considerable progress on a manuscript dealing with Colombian frogs. The curator of fishes, Dr. Leonard P. Schultz, accompanied by exhibits specialist Alfred Strohlein, spent a few days in October in the vicinity of Seattle, Wash., in search of a salmon-spawning area that would provide material for a diorama for the planned hall of cold-blooded vertebrates. They were successful and in addition returned with an 89-pound octopus, donated by the Point Defiance Aquarium at Tacoma. Otherwise Dr. Schultz continued his study of frogfishes and his recording of shark attacks throughout the world. Two associate curators of the division of fishes, Drs. Robert H. Gibbs, Jr., and Ernest A. Lachner, participated this year in cruises of the International Indian Ocean Expedition. Dr. Gibbs was on Cruise 8 of the R/V Anton Bruun, the primary purpose of which was to sample deep-sea ichthyofauna in the western Indian Ocean and to relate the distributions of species and biomass to the physicochemical and biological properties of the water masses sampled in a north- south transect. ‘The cruise began at Bombay on August 8 and termi- nated at Port Louis, Mauritius, on September 20. Following the cruise Dr. Gibbs spent 2 months working at museums in Paris, Berlin, Hamburg, Bremerhaven, and Copenhagen. Dr. Lachner was on Cruise 4B of the same ship, the major objec- tive of which was to evaluate the relative distribution and abundance of benthic organisms inhabiting the continental shelf and upper slope of the Arabian Sea. This cruise began at Bombay on November 12 and terminated off the Muscat coast of Arabia in mid-December. On his way to and from the cruise Dr. Lachner visited institutions in London, Paris, Bern, Jerusalem, Karachi, Sydney, Brisbane, Hong Kong, and several places in Japan. Dr. Victor G. Springer, associate curator of fishes, expanded his studies on sharks, completing revisions of three genera. During the year he visited Stanford University and musems in Hamburg, Paris, and London, studying blennioid fish types and other specimens and bringing close to completion a revision of the genus Entomacrodus. SECRETARY’S REPORT Al Dr. William R. Taylor, associate curator of fishes, developed a new technique in the preparation of specimens for osteological study in- volving the use of solutions of the enzyme trypsin buffered with sodium borate. This treatment, which removes the muscle tissue, has proved effective in making both preserved and fresh specimens translucent ; the connective tissue, cartilage, bones, viscera, and major nerves remaining. Associate curator Stanley H. Weitzman completed a study of two genera of Asiatic minnows, three manuscripts dealing with South American catfishes, and a study of the osteology and relationships of the characid subfamilies Lebiasininae and Erythrininae. Dr. J. A. F. Garrick, honorary research associate, who worked in the division of fishes last year, returned to his home in Wellington, New Zealand, where he is continuing his world revision of carcha- rhinid sharks. During May he visited Australia to study specimens of sharks not available in museums of Europe, America, or Africa. His critical revision of carcharhinid sharks is the first ever attempted. From the end of December 1963 to mid-February 1964 Dr. Donald F. Squires, curator of marine invertebrates, was a participant in the “MacQuarie Gap” cruise of the New Zealand Oceanographic Institute aboard HMNZS Endeavour. Although the nominal purpose of the cruise was to determine the topographic relationship between the MacQuarie Ridge and New Zealand, considerable marine biological work was scheduled. To Dr. Squires’s profit, 11 of the 79 bottom dredgings and bottom trawls contained living corals. Through use of the ship’s refrigerators, these were kept alive for up to 10 days, thus advancing culturing techniques. The most significant advance in marine knowledge resulting from the cruise was the location and dredging of the first deep-water coral structure found outside the North Atlantic. In the museum, Dr. Squires finished, with the assistance of Ian W. Keys, senior paleontological technician, New Zealand Geological Sur- vey, a study of the biomechanics of the scleractinian coral Manicina areolata. He also completed several other studies on fossil and recent corals. Associate curator Thomas EK. Bowman completed an account of an arostrate population of the planktonic calanoid copepod Acartia lilljeborgii, from St. Lucia, West Indies. He described a new genus and species of cirolanid isopod from Madison Cave, Va., the first troglobitic cirolanid to be found in the United States outside of Texas; a new anthurid isopod from the Caguanes Caves in Cuba; and a new mysid crustacean, abundant in Lake Ponchartrain, La. With L. J. Lancaster, he described a bloom of the planktonic blue-green alga Skujaella in the Tonga Islands. During most of April and May associate curator Charles E. Cut- ress, Jr., accompanied by Kjell Sandved serving as photographer, 42 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 collected marine materials along the coasts of Hawaii and southern California to be used in planned exhibits. Following this trip Mr. Cut- ress visited the Friday Harbor Laboratory of the University of Wash- ington in search of clarification of the taxonomy of the swimming anemones Stomphia. Dr. Raymond B. Manning, who joined the staff at the end of last year as associate curator of marine invertebrates, in May and June teamed with a research group from the Institute of Marine Science, University of Miami, for a 20-day offshore scientific cruise in the Gulf of Guinea. Following the cruise he spent several days collecting inshore marine invertebrates near Dakar, Senegal, before visiting natural history museums in Paris, Leiden, and London to study types of stomatopod crustaceans. During the year, Dr. Manning finished most of a manuscript revis- ing the stomatopods of the western Atlantic, collaborated with L. B. Holthuis, of the Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, on a con- tribution dealing with stomatopods for the publication “Treatise on Invertebrate Paleontology,” and completed two additional manu- scripts on these animals. Associate curator Marian H. Pettibone completed a revision of the polychaete family Pilargiidae, including a description of three new species from Virginia. Museum specialist Henry B. Roberts completed a description of a new genus of Cretaceous crab, redescribed the Cretaceous crab Cam- pylostoma pierrense Rathbun, and compiled a checklist and bibli- ography of the Pleistocene decapods of the Atlantic and Gulf Coastal Plain. Dr. Waldo L. Schmitt, honorary research associate, completed the revision of “Crustaceans,” a popular account prepared a few decades ago for the Smithsonian Scientific Series. Curator Harald A. Rehder continued work on a study of the marine mollusks of Polynesia. He sorted and arranged the material he gathered in Tahiti last year, and identified and studied specimens from Tongoand Hawaii. A bibliography of Polynesian marine malacology was initiated, and progress was made on his monograph of the Har- pidae and on a study of certain species of the family Volutidae. From late October to late December, Dr. Joseph Rosewater, asso- ciate curator of mollusks, participated in the International Indian Ocean Expedition, Auxiliary Cruise “A” aboard the R/V Je Vega. After a delay of 2 weeks in Singapore for ship repairs, which gave him an opportunity to make local collection, the ship headed north through the Straits of Malacca along the west coast of Malaysia with stops at Kuala Lumpur and Penang, then to Phuket, Thailand, and north to the Similan Islands, westward to Sumatra and southeast- SECRETARY’S REPORT 43 ward down the Mentawai Islands south of Sumatra as far as Mega. Unfortunately, a break in the drive shaft occurred about 60 miles southeast of Padang, cutting the cruise short by about 2 weeks. How- ever, there was obtained in the areas visited a representative collection of mollusks in which new records and range extentions already have been noted. Associate curator Joseph P. E. Morrison completed a manuscript describing new species of the families Hydrobiidae, Pyramidellidae, and Mactridae, from Louisiana. Dr. J. F. Gates Clarke, chairman of the new Department of Entomol- ogy, accompanied by Mrs. Clarke, visited the island of Rapa (Austral group) in French Polynesia from the beginning of September to mid- December. A large collection of Microlepidoptera and other insect eroups was obtained, including 760 specimens reared by Mrs. Clarke. Also, the food plants of more than half of the approximately 75 species collected were ascertained and immature stages of all reared species were preserved. ‘This is the first time that such information has been available for these small moths. A preliminary examination of the Microlepidoptera from Rapa suggests a close relationship with those in New Zealand and the Indo-Australian area. In June Dr. Clarke spent 5 days on Mount Magazine in the Ozark National Forest of the Ouachita Mountains, Ark. The nearly 3,000 specimens he collected, of which 1,222 are Microlepidoptera, help fill a gap in the national collection. Dr. Clarke completed a paper on the genera Orsotricha and Pali- norsa of the families Gelechiidae and Oecophoridae, respectively. Associate curators of Lepidoptera Don R. Davis and W. Donald Duckworth made a joint collection trip from early July to mid-August to a hitherto poorly collected area in northeastern Mexico that extends along the main highway south from Nuevo Loredo and eastward to the Gulf coast between Tampico and Tuxpan. Interest centered pri- marily on the microlepidopterous families Prodoxidae and Stenomidae with the result that much larval material was collected and many new records acquired. The total collection, including representatives of other insect groups, amounts to approximately 25,000 specimens. From mid-April to the end of May, Dr. Duckworth again went into the field, this time to Barro Colorado Island, Panama. Through the help of Mrs. Duckworth another 25,000 specimens were collected here. Dr. Davis completed a revision of the subfamily Prodoxinae and Dr. Duckworth completed several papers dealing with the large family Stenomidae. In July associate curator of Lepidoptera William D. Field made a 28-day collecting trip for Rhopalocera through the mountains of New York and New England. Large series of several species of butterflies 44 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 needed for the national collection were taken. In May Mr. Field spent 12 days in the entomologically neglected area of western Virginia and West Virginia collecting information, especially on the extent of the ranges of boreal species in the southern mountains. At the close of the year Dr. O. L. Cartwright, curator of Coleoptera, was on a trip to London and Paris to study type specimens of scarab beetles of the Bahamas and Micronesia. Dr. Paul J. Spangler, associate curator of Coleoptera, spent 7 weeks during July and August in Mexico and southwestern United States collecting much needed materia] for his investigations on water beetles. So little is known about the merging of the Nearctic and Neotropical Zones in Mexico that all expeditions to this area are pointed toward the elucidation of this factor. Not less than 6 of the genera collected represent new records for Mexico and not less than 20 species are new to science. Larvae for nearly all the species were collected, and all the information on immature forms is new. Specimens of semiaquatic beetles of the very rare family Georyssidae were collected in quantity. Ralph E. Crabill, Jr., curator of Myriapoda and Arachnida, was in Europe at the beginning of the fiscal year and stayed there until mid-August, during which time he visited the Zoologische Samlung des Bayerischen Staates, Munich, and the British Museum (Natural History) for the purpose of studying typical and ordinary chilopod specimens. In upper Bavaria and northern Austria he undertook four collecting trips which netted some 1,200 specimens, including some topotypes and a host of species not previously represented in the national collections. From mid-July to mid-August, Dr. Oliver S. Flint, Jr., associate curator of neuropteroids, was on a field trip to the islands of Jamaica, Dominica, St. Lucia, and Grenada, conducting studies on the Antillean caddisfly fauna. During 4 days spent on Jamaica and about a week each on the other islands he collected 2,000-3,000 insects, of which 500 or more are Trichoptera. In April and June he was back in Dominica as a participant in the Bredin-Archbold-Smithsonian biological sur- vey of that island. Dr. Flint completed two papers dealing with certain species of Nearctic Trichoptera in the collection of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, and new species discovered in the United States. Jason R. Swallen, chairman of the department of botany, visited South Africa in September and October at the invitation of the National Botanic Gardens of South Africa to join in the Golden Jubi- lee Celebration of the Gardens. The celebration included over a month’s tour of the country, which afforded an opportunity to collect about 200 specimens of grasses, including a number of species new to the National Herbarium. SECRETARY’S REPORT 45 Associate curator of phanerogams Velva E. Rudd continued work on her manuscript on the papilionoid legumes of Mexico, bringing part one to completion. In connection with her studies in the Leguminosae, she spent 6 days in September at the herbarium of the Universidad Nacional Auténomo de México in Mexico City. This research oppor- tunity was afforded by her attendance at the Secundo Congreso Mexi- cano de Botanica, which met in San Luis Potosi. From mid-June through August, Dr. Stanwyn G. Shetler, associate curator of phanerogams, traveled to Alaska and collected plants in the western Brooks Range with a University of Alaska expedition. He also studied collections in the herbarium of the University of Alaska and searched for a suitable setting for a diorama planned for the hall of plant life. Associate curator of phanerogams Wallace R. Ernst completed a manuscript on “The Genus Z’schscholzia in the South Coast Ranges of California” and, with Dr. H. J. Thompson of the University of Cal- ifornia, Los Angeles, another manuscript on the pollination patterns and taxonomy of the genus Hucnide. At the American Institute of Biological Sciences (AIBS) meetings at Amherst, Mass., in August his joint paper with Dr. Thompson won an award in taxonomy. During the last 3 months of the year he was in Dominica, participating in the Bredin-Archbold-Smithsonian biological survey of that island. Associate curator of phanerogams Dan H. Nicolson, along with associate curators Stanwyn Shetler and David Lellinger, visited the Great Smoky Mountains National Park in May in search of sites usable in preparing an eastern deciduous forest life-group in the planned Hall of Plant Life. At the beginning of the fiscal year Dr. Thomas R. Soderstrom, associate curator of grasses, was in the Wilhelmina Mountains of Surinam, on a New York Botanical Garden expedition which col- lected until October. About from 5 to 8 percent of the collections represent grasses, all of which, including duplicates, are being iden- tified in the National Herbarium for distribution to major herbaria. C. V. Morton, curator of ferns, spent 3 weeks during July in librar- ies in London and Paris checking bibliographic information in con- nection with his study of the photographs he made of fern types in European herbaria. With associate curator David B. Lellinger, he prepared a treatment of the genus Aspleniwm in Venezuela, based largely on the extensive collections assembled from the Guayana High- lands region by the New York Botanical Garden and the Chicago Natural History Museum. In August, on his way to the AIBS meetings in Amherst, Mass., Dr. Mason E. Hale, curator of cryptogams, collected lichens in north- western New Jersey, in the Catskill Mountains in New York, and in 46 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 western Connecticut. During September and October he visited major herbaria in London, Stockholm, Uppsala, Lund, Turku, Hel- sinki, Leiden, Vienna, Munich, and Geneva. One of the purposes of the trip was to subject type specimens to chemical tests. In April Dr. Hale collected in southwestern Virginia, North Carolina, eastern Tennessee, Alabama, and Georgia, obtaining for chemical analysis approximately 1,000 specimens at 27 localities. Associate curator of cryptogams Harold E. Robinson spent 3 months, from the end of January to the end of April in Dominica, as a participant in the Bredin-Archbold-Smithsonian biological sur- vey of that island. Collections were made of both plant and animal material, including primarily bryophytes, with approximately 200 species, and Dolichopodidae, with approximately 90 species. Associate curator of cryptogams Paul Conger completed a manu- script on a new species of epibenthic marine diatom from Honolulu Harbor, Hawaii. Before resigning in August, associate curator Richard EK. Norris completed a second cruise on the R/V Anton Bruun in the Indian Ocean and made a collection of marine algae and plankton, which is being processed at the Smithsonian Oceanographic Sorting Center. Dr. William L. Stern, curator of plant anatomy, was transferred temporarily to the International Civil Service early in July so that he could spend a year in the Philippines as a forestry officer with the Food and Agricultural Organization of the United Nations. On August 25, Dr. Richard H. Eyde, associate curator of plant anatomy, took part in an AIBS pre-meeting botanical field trip through the Berkshire Mountains. He also spent a long weekend in April visiting the Brookgreen Gardens in South Carolina for the purpose of obtaining preserved flowers of Vyssa aquatica, a species which does not grow in the Washington area. He arranged for ad- ditional flowers to be collected as they appear. Dr. Eyde completed a comparative anatomical investigation of the flower Garrya, an American genus of debated affinities, concluding that the closest allies are the Old World cornaceous genera Aucuba and Griselina. Dr. G. A. Cooper, chairman of the department of paleobiology, in company with Dr. J. T. Dutro of the U.S. Geological Survey, made a field trip to New Mexico and Texas from mid-March to the latter part of April. They worked on the Devonian sequence in New Mexico, first at Silver City, and then at Hillsboro, Mud Springs and Caballos Mountains, and Alamogordo (San Andres and Sacramento Moun- tains). In Texas they collected blocks of fossil-bearmg Permian rocks in the Guadalupe and Glass Mountains. Lastly, they col- lected Permian and Pennsylvanian fossils in the vicinity of Santa Anna and Jacksboro, Tex. SECRETARY’S REPORT AZT In collaboration with Dr. R. E. Grant of the U.S. Geological Survey, Dr. Cooper nearly finished a large manuscript on the Permian brachio- pods of the Glass Mountains. Dr. Francis Hueber, associate curator of paleobotany, made two trips to Canada this year in connection with his study of fossil plants. On the first trip, in August, he studied sites in Lower Devonian sedi- ments aleng the shore of the Restigouche River in New Brunswick and type localities for certain species along the north shore of Gaspé Bay in Quebec. Sixteen crates of specimens were forwarded to the museum. His second trip, in May, took him to the Redpath Mu- seum at McGill University, Montreal, and to the Geological Survey of Canada, Ottawa, to examine collections. One of his findings during the second trip is that the holotype of Cladoxylon dawsoni, an Upper Devonian plant from New York, is distributed among three separate museum collections. Dr. Hueber spent the first week in April in Scotland examining collections of Rhynie Chert offered for sale. This is a classic Middle Devonian plant-bearing material no longer freely available from the type locality in Aberdeenshire. It contains exceptionally well- preserved and nearly intact examples of early land plants, the dis- covery and description of which in 1917-21 revolutionized botanical evolutionary thought. Thus the opportunity to select this material! in quantity is quite rare. The lot purchased weighed 1,000 pounds. Curator of invertebrate paleontology Richard S. Boardman, ac- companied by museum specialist George T. Farmer, made a collecting trip to the Arbuckle Mountains in southern Oklahoma in September and October. The oldest known (approximately 480 million years) fossil Bryozoa on the continent occur here in sedimentary rocks 1,500 feet thick. Thus, enough time is represented to demonstrate the evolution cf early genera and the phylogenetic connections and origin of many of the genera occurring more commonly in younger rocks. Dr. Porter Kier, associate curator of invertebrate paleontology, was in Florida at the beginning of the fiscal year and continued there until July 12 studying the living habits of echinoids in the area of the Florida Keys. In company with Dr. Norman Sohl of the U.S. Geological Survey, he used scuna diving equipment to observe species distribution in relation to bottom conditions and depth. In April he transferred these investigations to Dominica as part of the Bredin- Archbold-Smithsonian biological survey of that island. Museum in- vestigations enabled Dr. Kier to complete a major study of the evolutionary trends in Paleozoic echinoids. Associate curator of invertebrate paleontology Richard Cifelli com- pleted a paper on planktonic Foraminifera from the western Atlantic and another on concentration techniques of shelled organisms from plankton. AS ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 Associate curator of invertebrate paleontology Erle G. Kauffman and museum technician G. R. Paulson were in northern New Mexico at, the beginning of the fiscal year, measuring sections and collecting mollusks from typically early Upper Cretaceous rocks. Shortly there- after they extended the work into Colorado until the end of July. Approximately 4,000 specimens were obtained from 21 stratigraphic sections measured and collected. The data will permit revision of the Coloradoan stratigraphy in many areas of northern New Mexico and central Colorado, formation of a refined faunal zonation throughout the region, and precise correlation of the sequence across the Front Range of the Rocky Mountains. Dr. Kauffman, accompanied by Dr. N. F. Sohl of the U.S. Geologi- cal Survey, spent the last half of March in Puerto Rico studying the Cretaceous biostratigraphy of the island and collecting invertebrate fossils. All major Cretaceous localities in southwest Puerto Rico, and along the central cordillera, were visited during the course of the work. Approximately 21% tons of fossil material were collected, predomi- nantly limestone blocks containing silicified mollusks, corals, sponges, and other invertebrates. These collections, added to those obtained previously by Survey personnel, form the largest and most diverse as- semblage of invertebrate fossils from the Caribbean Cretaceous. Dr. Martin A. Buzas, who joined the staff late last year as associate curator of invertebrate paleontology, completed manuscripts on the Foraminifera from a late Pleistocene clay near Waterford, Maine, and a distributional study of the species of Foraminifera in Long Island Sound. Dr. C. L. Gazin, curator of vertebrate paleontology, accompanied by Franklin L. Pearce, chief of the laboratory of vertebrate paleontol- ogy, began exploration of the Middle Eocene Bridger formation of southwestern Wyoming at the beginning of the fiscal year. Unfortu- nately, at the end of the first week Mr. Pearce became ill and had to return to Washington for hospitalization. Dr. Gazin continued alone until early August. He devoted much time to a careful search for smaller mammals in the upper part of the formation, as exposed in the upper basin of Sage Creek, with some attention to the lower levels in the Grizzly Buttes and to the north of Cedar Mountain. He also made occasional profitable trips to localities of earlier years in the Paleocene and Early Eocene of adjacent basins. At the close of the year Dr. Gazin and Mr. Pearce were engaged in another field trip to New Mexico and Wyoming. Dr. Gazin completed his morphologic study of the Early Eocene condylarthran mammal Ufinicotheriwm. This includes a detailed review of nearly the entire skeleton, which is compared with that of other condylarths, of which Hyopsodus provides much new information. SECRETARY’S REPORT 49 From the beginning of September to mid-October associate curator of vertebrate paleontology D. H. Dunkle, accompanied by museum technician G. B. Sullivan, conducted field work in northwestern Ohio, in the area around Council Bluffs, Iowa, and in the Manzano Mountains of central New Mexico. The 370 specimens collected and the stratigraphic observations made will permit important additions and revisions of the known paleoichthyological faunas of the Middle Devonian silica shale of Ohio and several Late Paleozoic horizons of the midcontinent and Rocky Mountain regions. The New Mexico occurrence investigated is of especial interest; it is practically the one known source in North America of a varied marine assemblage of well-preserved fishes, invertebrates, and plants of the Permo-Carbon- iferous interval. In September associate curator of vertebrate paleontology Nicholas Hotton III left Washington for field work in Africa. In addition to collecting in the Permo-Triassic beds of the Karroo region of South Africa, which has yielded a variety of mammal-like reptiles, he carried on during a greater part of the year a detailed stratigraphic study of the Beaufort series with a view toward a better understanding of the distribution and ecology of the forms. At the end of the year he had left Africa for Europe to study at certain of the leading museums. On December 18, 1963, Dr. Clayton E. Ray joined the staff as asso- ciate curator of vertebrate paleontology. During the next few months, in continuation of his studies of fossil and modern terrestrial vertebrates, especially rodents, of the Antillean region, he completed reports on a new species of capromyid rodent and an undescribed miniature ground sloth, both from a cave in the Dominican Republic. From mid-May to the latter part of June he conducted a field investi- gation of Pleistocene occurrences in the vicinity of Puebla, Mexico, in collaboration with an archeological party from the Peabody Museum in Cambridge, Mass. On three occasions during the year Dr. Remington Kellogg, honor- ary research associate, made day-long trips to the Chesapeake Bay area, in company with one or more members of the staff, to inspect ex- posed remains of Miocene vertebrates. The trip in July to Parker Creek, Calvert County, Md., yielded a good part of the skeleton of a Miocene cetothere (Mesocitus cephunculus) which is especially use- ful to Dr. Kellogg in connection with studies now in progress on this group of extinct whalebone whales. The trip to King George, Va., in May revealed a shoreline concentration of mixed and abraded por- poise and sea-cow bones and a variety of shark teeth. Inland occur- rences such as this are only rarely encountered, and the distribution record is of interest. In the course of the year Dr. Kellogg completed a report on the skeleton of one of the larger Calvert Miocene whale- bone whales. 50 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 Chairman George Switzer of the department of mineral sciences completed his annual review of the diamond industry and, with ana- lytical chemist Roy S. Clarke, Jr., et al., completed a manuscript on “Fluorine in Hambergite.” Dr. Paul E. Desautels, associate curator of mineral sciences, com- pleted a study of one of the rare uranium minerals known as “sklodowskite,” a hydrous magnesium uranyl silicate, from a new locality in Mexico. At the beginning of the year associate curator of mineral sciences Dr. E. P. Henderson was in Australia prospecting for meteorites and tektites. He continued working there until October, in company with Dr. Brian Mason of the American Museum of Natural History, New York, and Dr. R. V. Chalmers of the Australian Museum. They collected meteorite material from four well-known Australian craters, Henbury, Boxhole, Wolf Creek, and Dalgarange; relocated the Dal- gety Downs meteorite and recovered nearly 500 pounds of material; and collected many fine tektite specimens. Exchanges arranged dur- ing the stay in Australia, and on the return trip through the Middle East and Europe, added a number of fine new specimens to the collec- tions. At the close of the year Dr. Henderson was back in Australia on another prospecting trip. Dr. Henderson completed two manuscripts: one, a study of the hexahedrite meteorite groups, and the other, a discussion of the legend- ary and probably nonexistent Port Orford, Oreg., meteorite. He also completed a metallographic study of the Bogou, Upper Volta, iron meteorite. Analytical chemist Roy S. Clarke, Jr., in cooperation with R. J. Gettens and E. W. FitzHugh of the Freer Gallery of Art, investigated an iron-oxide corrosion product of a metal blade in the Gallery’s col- lection and proved that it was fabricated from meteoritic iron. He also completed chemical analysis of the mineral “phosphyllite” from Bolivia. Silvio A. Bedini, curator of mechanical and civil engineering of the Museum of History and Technology, toured technical museums and other institutions of learning in Great Britain and on the continent, presenting lectures at the Astrophysical Observatory in Arcetri and at the Instituto Nazionale della Ottica in Florence. Later, in collab- oration with Francis R. Maddison of the Museum of the History of Science at Oxford University, he completed a book on the de Dondi astrarium entitled “Mechanical Universe.” Mr. Bedini completed three more articles about antique science instruments in the national collections; also articles on the invention of the orrery (including study of an unrecorded instrument recently discovered in an Ameri- can collection), on the evolution of science museums, and on early SECRETARY’S REPORT 51 Italian science museums. In addition, he competed articles on Gali- leo’s preoccupation with the measurement of time, on a comparison of Galileo’s instruments, and on the craftsmen who produced the instruments used by Galileo. Associate curator Edwin A. Battison, assisted by summer intern Bruce H. White, completed the first draft of a translation of Jacques Besson’s T’heatrum Instrumentarum et Machinarum from the 16th- century French. This significant contribution to the history of technology has not previously been available in English. Curator of transportation Howard I. Chapelle made three trips to Spain to inspect the reconstruction of Columbus’s Santa Maria being produced by the Cardona Yard in Barcelona for exhibition at the World’s Fair in New York, and to do research on Spanish shipbuild- ing of the 18th and early 19th centuries. Grace Rogers Cooper, curator of textiles, completed her monograph on the Robertson and the Clark dolphin and cherub sewing machines of the 1850’s. At the end of the year she was studying textiles at the Rijksmuseum, Amsterdam, the Netherlands. Paul V. Gardner, curator of ceramics and glass, visited 64 museums, private collections, and glass factories in 11 European countries between September and December, to evaluate the recently donated Syz collection of 18th-century porcelains, to meet and confer with collectors and museum personnel in the ceramic and glass field, and to examine new exhibit techniques used in ceramic and glass displays. Jacob Kainen, curator of graphic arts, made trips to Sarasota, Phil- adelphia, and New York City for material relating to his study of the Dutch engraver Hendrick Goltzius (1558-1617). He served as juror for two art exhibitions: the 1963 All-Army Art Contest at Fort George G. Meade, Md., and the 25th National Exhibition of the Soci- ety of Washington Printmakers. He also had an exhibition of his own paintings at the Roko Gallery in New York City. On a trip to Europe, Eugene Ostroff, associate curator in charge of the section of photography, visited museums, photographic equipment factories, dealers, galleries, private collectors, and photographers for the purpose of acquiring apparatus and prints for exhibits and of establishing contacts for exchanges. Peter C. Welsh, curator under the chairman of the department of civil history, completed three manuscripts bearing the following titles: “The Metallic Bench Plane: An American Contribution to Hand Tool Design,” “Hand Tools as Decorative Objects,” and “Woodworking Tools: 1600-1900.” Assistant curator Doris Esch Borthwick completed a typescript of the letters of Charles Wilkes, leader of the United States Exploring Expedition. 745-725—65——5 o2 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 Keith M. Melder, associate curator of political history, completed a biographical sketch of Mrs. Josephine S. Grifling, a 19th-century American reformer and feminist, and revised his manuscript on “Bryan the Campaigner.” The division of cultural history joied the Corning Museum of Glass, serving as principal sponsor, in a second 10-day archeological investigation of the site of John Frederick Amelung’s New Bremen Glassworks, which operated between 1785 and 1795 in Frederick County, Md. Ivor Noel Hume, research associate, was archeological director, with Paul N. Perrot, director of the Corning Museum, as administrative director. John N. Pearce, associate curator, and Rich- ard J. Muzzrole, archeological aide, represented Smithsonian partici- pation. The excavations revealed an astonishingly complex founda- tion structure, evidence of a complete factory unit, having two fur- naces, fritting areas, and the other appurtenances of a typically Germanic glass-house of the 18th century. This archeological discov- ery confirms documentary hints that Amelung’s enterprise was an elaborate one. The project has thus become one of the most impor- tant in industrial site archeology thus far undertaken in this country. C. Malcolm Watkins, curator of cultural history, worked with Joan Pearson Watkins, research collaborator, in recording by film and tape the still living tradition of potterymaking practiced in Moore County, N.C., since the second half of the 18th century. A photographic rec- ord of all the processes used there in making a pot, from digging the clay to firing the vessel, as well as tape-recorded interviews with the area’s leading potter, were made this year. Cynthia Adams Hoover, associate curator in charge of musical in- struments, completed a paper on “The Slide Trumpet of the 19th Century.” Carl Scheele, associate curator of philately and postal history, com- pleted an article which surveys the history of the division and traces the development of its new exhibits. At the beginning of the year, Dr. V. Clain-Stefanelli, curator of numismatics, and Mrs. E. Clain-Stefanelli, associate curator, were in Tsrael at the invitation of the Israeli Government. Dr. Stefanelli traveled also in Greece, the Netherlands, Belgium, Germany, and England, undertaking research on ancient, as well as United States, coins in museums and private collections, and studying the history of coining techniques. Mrs. Stefanelli studied ancient Greek coinage of Messana at the British Museum, the Ashmolean Museum in Oxford, the Fitzwilliam Museum in Cambridge, and the Penningkabinet in The Hague. Dr. Stefanelli completed research concerning a mission from Peru to procure in Philadelphia modern equipment for the Lima mint, and SECRETARY'S REPORT 53 the striking in 1855, at the United States mint, of pattern coins for Peru. Mrs. Stefanelli prepared for publication a select numismatic bibliography comprising about 5,000 entries arranged in a topical order. In July and August, chairman of the department of Armed Forces history Mendel L. Peterson, and museum specialist Alan B. Albright, investigated two underwater sites in Bermuda through the cooperation of EK. B. Tucker of the Government of Bermuda. At the close of the year Mr. Peterson was preparing for another diving season. He finished work on a preliminary report on the marking and decoration of muzzle-loading cannon. Philip K. Lundeberg, curator of naval history, was awarded the Moncado Prize of the American Military Institute for his publication on “The German Naval Critique of the U-Boat Campaign, 1915-1918.” Melvin H. Jackson, associate curator of naval history, in cooperation with Howard I. Chapelle, completed a revision of plans of the schooner Prince de Neufchatel preparatory to the construction of a model of that handsome privateer. Dr. Jackson also completed a reassessment of the battle of Negro Head in 1814, involving Revenue cutter Hag/e, H.M. sloop Dispatch, and H.M. frigate Varcissus. Alan B. Albright, museum specialist, completed a paper on the pres- ervation of organic materials recovered from underwater sites. EXHIBITIONS A significant milestone in the history of the exhibits program at the Smithsonian Institution was passed when the equivalent of 10 exhibit halls on the first and second floors of the Museum of History and Technology were presented to the public on January 23, 1964. These exhibition areas, totaling more than 75,000 square feet of attrac- tive and instructive displays, include the Flag Hall, First Ladies Hall, and the halls of Everyday Life in the American Past, American Costume, Farm Machinery, Light Machinery, Tools, Vehicles, Rail- roads, a portion of Heavy Machinery, the Greenough statue of George Washington flanked by eight cases of outstanding national treasures, the centrally located Foucault pendulum, and a temporary exhibition which presents examples of exhibits to be installed in other halls of the museum. This achievement was made possible through nearly 8 years of advanced planning, design of exhibition halls, and design and pro- duction of individual displays, some of which had been placed on tem- porary exhibition in the Arts and Industries Building prior to their installation in the new museum. It could not have been accomplished without the contribution of knowledge and of talent by many individ- uals on the curatorial staff, the Office of Exhibits, the Buildings Man- agement Division, and private contractors. 54 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 Colorful new exhibits of objects from the Near East, Japan, Korea, China, and North and West Africa were first placed on public view when the west portion of the Hall of the Cultures of Asia and Africa was informally opened in late June. Among the exhibits interpreting the traditional cultures of the Asiatic peoples are a life-size group portraying an episode from a Chinese opera, with accompanying push- button sound recording, a display of objects illustrating the evolution of farming in Japan, and a unit on the daily and religious life in Tibet. The Republic of Korea has lent one of its national art treasures, a cast- iron figure of Buddha from the Koryo dynasty (A.D. 935-1392) , which is presented in a temple setting with a paneled screen of red silk bro- cade. North and West African cultures present many striking works of art from peoples whose accomplishments have had a profound influ- ence upon modern art in Europe and America. One of the most dramatic displays is a diorama portraying the smelting of iron ore in primitive furnaces and the fashioning of iron tools by tribesmen from the Mandara Mountain region of the Northern Camaroons. This miniature group was created by exhibits specialists John Weaver, Robert Caffrey, and Peter De Anna. The exhibits in this hall were planned by associate curators of ethnology Gordon R. Gibson and Eugene Knez. The hall layout was made by exhibits designer Dorothy Guthrie and the graphic design of individual units was executed by exhibits designer Lucius Lomax. The completely renovated life-size group portraying quarrying operations and making of stone artifacts by Indians some 500 years ago at the Piney Branch site, within the present boundaries of the District of Columbia, was opened to the public in the Hall of North American Archeology. Another life-group illustrating Indian copper mining in present Michigan was nearing completion at year’s end. Contract construction in the new Hall of Classical Archeology was virtually completed at year’s end; the hall was designed by exhibits designer Rolland O. Hower under the scientific supervision of asso- ciate curator Gus Van Beek. The construction contractor’s work in the new Hall of Physical Anthropology also was nearing completion at the end of June. About half of the exhibit units for this hall have been completed by exhibits designer Joseph Shannon, who also served as architectural designer for the hall. The contents of the exhibits have been specified by T. Dale Stewart, director of the Museum of Natural History, and Lawrence Angel, curator-in-charge of the Division of Physical Anthropology. During the spring of 1964, Dr. Knez supervised the exhibits instal- lation of 41 outstanding examples of Chinese, Buddhist, and Hindu stone sculpture, bronze, and other items from China, India, Cambodia, SECRETARY’S REPORT 55 and Java, which were received from the Alien Property Office of the Department of Justice. Dr. Van Beek worked with the Department of State and the Smithsonian Institution Traveling Exhibition Serv- ice on arrangements for loan of the Dead Sea Scrolls and associated materials from the Government of Jordan. In May, during an over- seas detail, he conferred with officials of the Jordanian Government, the United States Embassy, and the Palestine Archeological Museum and selected specimens and photographs for use in the exhibition, which is scheduled to be opened in the Museum of Natural History in March 1965. Thereafter it will circulate for 6 months among other museums in the United States under the Smithsonian Institution Traveling Exhibition Service. At the end of June the exhibits in the east of the half of the Hall of Osteology, comprising the sections on mammals and birds, were intfor- mally opened to the public. The skeletons in this exhibition range in size from one of the gray whale to those of small birds. Skeletal ma- terials are supplemented by graphic portrayals of the appearance of the particular examples displayed in the flesh. Among the many in- teresting displays in the mammal section is one comparing the skeleton of man with those of other Primates. In the section on birds a unit points out the bony structure differences which serve as bases for scientific classification of birds. The sections of this hall devoted to reptiles, amphibians, and fishes are in process of preparation and in- stallation. Planning of the exhibits in this hall has been coordinated by David H. Johnson, curator-in-charge of the division of mammals, with the cooperation of the staff members of all the divisions of this department. Hall design was by Anthony Di Stefano and graphic design by exhibits designer Morris M. Pearson. On February 19, 1964, a temporary exhibition entitled “Return to the Sea” was opened on the mezzanine of the Hall of Life in the Sea. This display, a joint effort of the federal Interagency Committee of Oceanography and the Smithsonian Institution, has as its theme the renewal of interest in oceanography and the marine environment. Associate curator Charles Cutress and Kjell Sandved spent approxi- mately 2 months at Honolulu, Hawaii, Dillon Beach, Calif., and Friday Harbor, Wash., obtaining photographs and well-preserved specimens of animals of which models will be made for display in additional permanent exhibits in this hall. Preparation of models and the securing of specimens for the Hall of Cold-blooded Vertebrates (fishes, amphibians, and reptiles) was con- tinued during the year. Leonard P. Schultz, curator-in-charge of the division of fishes, who is coordinating the planning of exhibits for this hall, and Alfred Strohlein spent several days in the vicinity of Seattle, Wash., during October collecting red salmon and background ma- 56 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 terials for the group on salmon spawning. Exhibits designer Barbara Craig prepared the architectural layout for this hall. Graphic design is by Joseph Shannon. Planning for the Hall of Plant Life in the Museum of Natural History has continued at an accelerated rate since January 1964. At that time a planning committee was established consisting of Assistant Director R. S. Cowan, chairman, and curators M. HE. Hale, Jr., T. R. Soderstrom, Stanwyn G. Shetler, Dan Nicolson, and Richard H. Eyde. This group met regularly with exhibits designer Rolland O. Hower to develop specific plans for the construction of exhibits. Preliminary statements of the intent and content of each unit are in preparation and a study model of a proposed organization of exhibits in this large hall was prepared by Mr. Hower. In the late spring three members of the committee visited localities in the eastern part of the United States to select study sites in which to obtain data for construction of some of the habitat groups. Prepara- tion of botanical models for use in the exhibits in this hall was in progress in the exhibits laboratory. Planning and design of the new physical geology and meteorite ex- hibits were completed in preparation for the beginning of construction in this area in the summer of 1964. Additional space for the gem exhibits will be provided in the same construction project. The physi- cal geology exhibit will interpret the nature and properties of materials composing the earth, the distribution of materials throughout the globe, the processes by which they are formed, altered, transported, and distorted, and the nature and development of the landscape. The new hall has been planned by curator-in-charge of the division of mineralogy and petrology, George S. Switzer, and associate cura- tors Paul E. Desautels and Edward P. Henderson. The hall layout has been prepared by exhibits designers Dorothy Guthrie and Barbara Craig. The fourth and last of the remarkable series of mural paintings in the Hall of the Age of Mammals in North America, representing a Pliocene mammalian assemblage was completed in June by the artist Jay H. Matternes. Associate curator Clayton E. Ray initiated preliminary planning of displays in the hall to be devoted to life of the Pleistocene, the geologic epoch immediately preceding the present, in consultations with members of the exhibit staff. Much of the time of the paleon- tological laboratory staff was devoted to repairing and remounting skeletons of the various larger Pleistocene mammals that were pre- viously exhibited and in restoring new skeletal remains for presenta- tion in this hall. Four halls of the Department of Science and Technology in the east SECRETARY’S REPORT 57 portion of the first floor were opened in January when the Museum of History and Technology was opened to the public. - The Railroad Hall interprets the history of street railways, as well as railroads, through a few choice full-scale vehicles and an extended series of accurately and precisely executed scale models. The giant 280-ton Pacific-type steam locomotive No. 1401, largest and one of the most impressive 3-dimensional specimens in the museum, stands near the row of east windows through which it may be viewed from outside of the building at night, as well as by daylight. A cut-away scale model of a Diesel-electric locomotive shows a type that has supplanted the steam locomotive on American railroads in recent years. A full-size cable car used in Seattle, Wash., at the turn of the century stands on a section of narrow-gauge track in an elevated position so that visitors can see the underground construc- tion required for its operation. Basic developments in street cars, locomotives, and railroad cars are illustrated by nearly 80 models, most of them built to the same scale. The hall was planned by associate curator John H. White, Jr., in collaboration with exhibits designers James Mahoney, Virginia Mahoney, and Deborah Bretzfelder. The adjacent Vehicle Hall traces the development of various types of road vehicles in the United States from the 18th century to the present day. Among the outstanding horse-drawn vehicles on dis- play are two variations of the famous stagecoach, widely used in the East and West beyond the lines of the early railroads; the finely con- structed Lawrence family coach built in 1851; a city omnibus built by BK. M. Miller of Quincy, 11. The automobiles illustrate the rapid evo- lution of automobile design and manufacture from the 1890’s. Along with the Balzer and Haynes motor wagons appear the famous Winton mile-a-minute racer of 1902, the Winton in which Dr. H. Nelson Jack- son drove the first transcontinental motor trip in 1903, and a sturdy Mack Bulldog truck. One of the very rare Draisines, known also as a hobby horse, is shown in the cycle collection. Museum Specialist Don- ald Berkebile planned the exhibits in this hall with assistance in lay- out from exhibits designer Riddick Vann. The Hall of Tools illustrates the history and development of ma- chine tools. Introductory exhibits display hand tools with which men. performed laboriously the same tasks as were later accomplished with much greater speed and precision by machine. A short sound film in color describes the five basic machining operations—planing, milling, drilling and boring, turning, and grinding. The attainment of greater precision in measurement, important to the development of machine tools, is emphasized in a series of exhibits tracing the history of measurement from the Roman cubit to modern times. An outstanding feature of this hall is a reconstructed full-size machine 58 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 shop of about 1855 equipped with some of the oldest machine tools in the collection. Silvio Bedini, curator-in-charge of the division of mechanical and civil engineering, and his predecessor, Eugene S. Ferguson, selected the machines and planned the case exhibits in this hall with the cooperation of exhibits designers Bright Springman, Harry Hart, and John Clendening. William Henson installed the machines and placed them in operating condition. A major portion of the Hall of Light Machinery illustrates the evolution of timekeeping. The introductory exhibit, through a revolving globe bearing small sundials on its surface, demonstrates the basic importance of the daily cycle of the earth’s rotation as the foundation of man’s timekeeping systems. The series of timekeeping exhibits illustrates the gradual developments from early sundials, sandelasses, and waterclocks to the most precise modern electronic clocks. In the center of the hall is a reconstruction of a Renaissance clock tower, the four sides of which will display a sun dial and civil, astronomical, and automation dials actuated by an American tower clock of 1786. Both the sun dial and civil time dials have been in- stalled, the former by museum specialist Dorothy Briggs and the lat- ter by its maker, Thwaites & Reed of London, England. The exhibits in other sections of this hall show machines derived from the skills developed by clock and instrument makers. One series traces the development of the phonograph from Thomas Edison’s original in- vention through the work of Alexander Graham Bell’s Volta Labora- tory and the more recent talking machines. Exhibits on the evolution of the typewriter include early original machines and patent models. Exhibits in this hall were planned by associate curator Edwin A. Battison in cooperation with hall designer Bright Springman and exhibits designer Barbara Bowes. At the close of the year installation of exhibits in the Hall of Civil Engineering was nearing completion. This hall interprets the story of bridge- and tunnel-building through the ages. It shows how the use of new materials enabled bridge builders to construct longer spans and illustrates through scale models many of the classic bridges of history. The tunnels section features a series of cut-away scale models illustrating the development of methods in both soft-ground and hard rock tunneling and depicting men at work constructing some of the major tunnels in which new drilling methods and mechanisms were employed. Associate curator Robert M. Vogel prepared the technical specifications for this hall. Exhibits layout and design are the work of exhibits designers John Brown and Harry Hart. Considerable progress also was made in the design, production, and installation of exhibits in the Hall of Heavy Machinery. Exhibits interpreting the early development of the steam engine—including a SECRETARY’S REPORT 59 reconstruction of the Watt engine—were opened to the public in Jan- uary. It is planned to open the series of exhibits on refrigeration and the Diesel engine when the adjoining Civil Engineering Hall is opened in July 1964. Robert M. Vogel is responsible for planning this hall’s contents. ‘The layout and units designs have been prepared by exhibits designer Harry Hart. A considerable number of the scale models of historic types of vessels from the museum’s outstanding watercraft collection have been placed in free-standing exhibition cases in the American Merchant Shipping Hall by exhibits specialists James A. Knowles, Jr., under the supervision of Howard I. Chapelle, curator-in-charge of the division of transportation. A temporary exhibition of communications satellites is being in- stalled in the Hall of Electricity; as a nucleus for this exhibit the back-up satellite for Z’e/star 7—presented to the museum on July 10, 1963, the first anniversary of its launching—will be on view. Installa- tion of cases for permanent exhibits which will interpret current- electricity, was nearing completion at year’s end. These exhibits have been planned by Bernard S. Finn, associate curator in charge of the division of electricity. Exhibits designer Nadya Kayloff has nearly completed the design on these displays. In the Halls of Pharmacy, Medicine, and Dentistry installation neared completion of an 1890-period drugstore, of period interiors depicting a portion of a room in the Massachusetts General Hospital, and a midwestern dentist’s office. The Old World Apothecary Shop, formerly on view in the Arts and Industries Building, has been moved and is being installed in the new Hall of Pharmacy. Two new ex- hibits destined for exhibition in the new museum were placed on temporary display in the Arts and Industries Building. One depicts in diorama form Dr. Philip 8S. Physick removing a large paratoid gland tumor in the circular room of the Pennsylvania Hospital in 1805, long before the discovery of anesthesia. The other is an en- larged model of the human ear donated by the Lambert Institute of Otalogy of New York City. Dr. Sami K. Hamarneh, curator-in- charge of medical sciences, assisted by Dr. Alfred R. Henderson, con- sultant, are completing exhibit plans for the medical science exhibits, in cooperation with John Clendening, exhibits designer. The Foucault pendulum, prepared by the California Institute of Technology and exhibited in the central rotunda of the new museum, has fascinated visitors since the opening of the building. The divi- sion of physical sciences, placed in charge of this exhibit, has been making careful studies of its operation and of the problem of inter- preting it to the public. A large graphic explanation has been planned by Dr. Walter F. Cannon, curator-in-charge of the division, 60 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 which is being produced by the exhibits laboratory. Development of exhibits for the Hall of Physical Sciences progressed with the com- pletion of a layout plan for the mathematics section and the produc- tion of all but one unit in the section on astronomy. The Farm Machinery Hall was on view when the new Museum of History and Technology building opened in January. Through dis- plays of original objects and accurate scale models this hall shows how the invention and use of labor-saving machines played a major role in the rapid expansion of American agriculture since the early 19th century. ‘The earlier hand-wielded and horse-drawn implements are contrasted with later self-propelled machines which performed the same basic tasks of plowing, planting, cultivating, and harvesting food crops. ‘Thomas Jefferson’s plan for a more efficient moldboard which any farmer of his time could make with his own tools and fit to his plow is a feature display in the series on the development of the plow. John Deere’s “steel” plow is shown, as are scale models of the McCor- mick and Hussey reapers of the 1830’s. Colorful portable steam engines which supplied belted power to the old threshers and other farm machines are displayed along with gasoline and diesel tractors which pulled and powered large farm implements. The exhibits in this hall were planned by associate curator Edward C. Kendall in cooperation with exhibits designer Riddick Vann. The human figures which help to establish scale and add interest to the miniature models of reapers were executed by exhibits technician Susan Wallace. Installation of exhibits in the new Hall of Graphic Arts was begun in the spring of 1964 in anticipation of a fall opening. This hall will explain the processes and present outstanding examples of graphic works created and produced by hand and by photomechanical proc- esses. These exhibits have been planned by curator-in-charge Jacob Kainen and associate curator Fuller O. Griffith of the division of graphic arts in cooperation with exhibits designer Nadya Kayaloff. Among the displays in the preview of future exhibits in the tempo- rary exhibits gallery on the first floor of the new museum are a num- ber of outstanding objects from the collections of this department, including the Benjamin Franklin Press, the Kelmscott Chaucer, three prints of old masters, and an early American handloom, built by a pioneer settler of western Pennsylvania about 1800. The loom was prepared for weaving and is used for weekly demonstrations by asso- ciate curator of textiles Rita Adrosko. Miss Bowman, Mrs. Lois Vann, and Miss Maureen Collins of the division of textiles assisted in preparing the backing of the Star- Spangled Banner prior to its installation in the new museum. Miss Collins also assisted Mrs. Murray in the preparation of specimens for exhibition in the Hall of American Costume. Several textiles speci- SECRETARY’S REPORT 61 mens were loaned to the American Museum in Britain, at Claverton Manor near Bath, England. A reproduction of the figure 8 stellerator developed by Dr. Lyman Spitzer of Princeton University was placed on exhibition in the west window area on the first floor of the new museum shortly before the building was opened to the public. It is symbolic of the research in- volving the generation of temperatures in excess of 100 million degrees Centigrade. Three of the four halls of the Department of Civil History were on public view when the new museum opened in January. The fourth, the Hall of Historic Americans, was formally opened to the public in June. The Hall of Everyday Life in the American Past, comprising the largest exhibition gallery in the museum, displays the material evi- dences of domestic life in America before 1900. The furnishings, utensils, decorative arts, and other objects illustrating aspects of the cultural life of the country are presented in a series of cases, period rooms, and platform groupings progressing chronologically from an initial series of displays devoted to the European backgrounds of early settlement groups. Among the outstanding exhibits are a reproduc- tion of a room from an 18th-century Spanish New Mexican adobe home and objects of religious art from the Franciscan missions of the South- west; displays ranging from artifacts obtained archeologically to fine furniture, pewter, and silver of the English colonies of the eastern seaboard, and an entire log house from Mill Creek Hundred, Del., dating from about 1740 showing both the exterior and interior con- struction and the furnishings of this home. This hall was planned and installed under the direction of C. Malcolm Watkins, curator-in- charge, assisted by associate curators Rodris Roth and John N. Pearce of the division of cultural history. It was designed by John KE. Ang- lim, exhibits chief, with the assistance of exhibits designer Deborah Bretzfelder. Period rooms and the log house were executed by George H. Watson and his staff of restoration specialists with the professional assistance of Mrs. E. Boyd, curator of Spanish Colonial art, Museum of New Mexico, and architects Robert L. Raley of Newark, Del., and Robert E. Plettenberg of Santa Fe, N. Mex. The new First Ladies Hall provides a more appealing medium for continuing the Smithsonian Institution’s tradition of exhibiting the dresses worn by the wife or official hostess of each President of the United States. These dresses show the changes in American costume from the 18th-century style worn by Martha Washington to the simple lines and elegant fabrics of more recent First Ladies. The dresses are displayed upon mannequins in a series of eight room settings, each appropriately finished and furnished to indicate the periods and en- 62 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 vironments in which the dresses are worn. Two rooms reproduce those in the house at 190 High Street in Philadelphia where President and Mrs. Washington lived before the White House was built and display furniture and fixtures owned and used by them. The other room settings combine architectural details from the White House, including four original White House mantels and the 1902 paneling from the East Room, with furniture and accessories used both in the White House and in Presidential family homes. This hall was devel- oped by associate curator Margaret Brown Klapthor in cooperation with exhibits chief Benjamin W. Lawless. The new Hall of American Costume adequately presents for the first time the Museum’s rich and extensive collection of men’s, wom- en’s, and children’s clothing of the 18th, 19th, and 20th centuries. It includes accessories of dress such as shoes, hats, handkerchiefs, parasols, and gloves and such decorative accessories as fans, em- broidered and beaded purses, and many fine examples of period jewelry. Many of the clothing items are exhibited on mannequins which portray the hair dress appropriate to the costumes, and some are shown in groupings in partial room settings. Illustration of various types of clothing selected from paintings and engravings dealing with the history of costume supplements the original speci- mens on display. The entire hall has been one of great interest for historians, artists, and students of American style and taste. The exhibits were planned and installed under the direction of assistant curator Anne W. Murray. Hall design was by exhibits designer Robert M. Widder; graphic design by exhibits designers Judith Borgogni, Virginia Mahoney, and Deborah Bretzfelder. The Hall of Historic Americans is unlike other museum presenta- tions in the United States. A portion of the hall is devoted to a capsule history of American political campaign techniques, tracing their development from the era of genteel “parlor politics” to the modern political use of the mass media of communications. po SECRETARY’S REPORT WAL Family and common name Scientific name Number _Pongidae: Nihite-handedy cibbon== -Hylovaves Nias eee ae 1.0 Wau-wau gibbon —_-----_ LEI INOOGEES TOOUDG Na es 0.1 Hybrid gibbon________. Hylobates tarX Hylobates sp__--_____________ 0. 4 Siamang gibbon____--- Symphalangus syndactylus___________________ 1.0 Sumatrantoransutans=— POngo.pygmacuss as ees eee eee ial Bornean: orangutan —— Pongo. DYGMACUSE 21a we No ee 0.1 Chimpanzee ~___--__-- EE CUILOS (FU TRUE Ses ees es Daa Teas Sk wen 3. 2 Lowland gorilla_______ GOTO NG OUT Cex em tone ee anise Pee ees By al EDENTATA Myrmecophagidae: Giant anteater________ Mymecophaga tridactyla—_ = 0.1 Tamandua, or collared Tamandua tetradactyla_______.__.___________ nba anteater. Bradypodidae: Two-toed sloth________ ORYOUKG NOS CHOKKORTUIS 5 3.8 Dasypodidae: Nine-banded armadillo. Dasypus novemcinctus__________-____________ Pa, 2 RODENTIA Sciuridae: Huropean red squirrel__ Sciurus vulgaris_._._______-__-___---/_--- 2e2, Gray squirrel; albino__— Sciturws carolinensis_-2—- 2 0. 2 IWasseh- eared: or Seirus Cbenige soe ee 1.0 Abert’s, squirrel. Wiesterntrox squirrel] = SCiiRusiigens. 2222 sao ee 1.0 Southerntox squirrel’: (Sciurus) niger. 8 ee 0.1 Indian palm squirrel___ Funambulus palmarum_____________-______-_ 0.1 Tricolored squirrel____ Callosciurus prevosti_..______________________ 0.1 Formosan tree squirrel_ Callosciurus erythraeus__________-_______-___ Qe 2, WeOO deh wick: | OL) Manmnota mongra al. i san 2a eis 12 groundhog. Hoary marmot______-- Marmotancaligata: sae eae 1, al Prairie-dog) 222222020 8 Cynomys Tuidovicianiysn es ee ae 24 Calitormiay 1 ond) Cifellus beecheyisee eee i 2 squirrel. Washington ground Oitellus washingtoni__.__.__._____._______-______ 1.0 squirrel. Antelope ETHOS UM TLC Mie OTE CUES EN STO oe eras a ear eae ee 1.0 squirrel. Golden-mantled ground Citellus lateralis__.._.__.__.___________________ 1S squirrel. Round-tailed ground Oitellus tereticaudus___._.____________________ 1.0 squirrel. Eastern chipmunk____-_ LOMAS SETLOLU Soe et es CE ee Se eee ee Is 72 astern chipmunk al-\ Tamias strigtusss 2 sas eee IO bino. Yellow pine chipmunk_ Hutamias amoenus__________--______________ 0.1 Siebold’s chipmunk____ Hutamias sibericus__.________________________ ie I Hastern flying squirrel. Glaucomys volams__________--_______________ il, @ Heteromyidae: So Kangaroo rat________- DipOdomys Spent Seale e ee ae a By 122 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 Family and common name Scientific name Number Castoridae: UB Cas Viens iat ata aL al, Casio, Ncaniiens = ee 3 Pedetidae: Cape jumping hare____. IPEdetes COPeNnSis eee eee 24, 2 Cricetidae: White-footed mouse___. Peromyscus sp------------------------------ 1.4 Hast African maned Lophiomys ibeanus______-__------------------ 2.0 rat. Fat-tailed gerbil______- Pachyuromys) duprast-22 = eee 202 Muridae: Egyptian spiny mouse_. Acomys cahirinus_______--_------------------ 11.11 Egyptian spiny mouse_ Acomys dimidiatus_________--_-------------- aL, i) Negev spiny mouse__-__. ACOMYS: Spm LN a A ee 2 Giant forest rat_______. Cricetomys gambianus ‘ssp__----------------- 1.0 Slender-tailed cloud Phloeomys cumingii____-_------------------- 1.0 rat. Gliridae: Garden dormouse_____ HMOMYSQUCTOINUS = ee 0.1 Hystricidae: Malay porcupine______.- Acanthionsonachny ine eee 1.0 African porecupine_____ AY SURG CHIStOLGe 2 eee 2.4 Brush-tailed poreu- Atherurus sp_----------------~------------- 1 pine. Palawan porecupine____ Thecurus pumilus_____--------------------~- 1.1 Caviidae: Patagonian cavy_____-_. Dolichotis patagonum___-------------------- By 2 Dasyproctidae: Hairy-rumped agouti__. Dasyprocta prymnolopha______-------------- 2.0 Agouti, dark phase____ Dasyprocta prymnolopha___—~---------------- Px, al INET Vel yy eee Myoprocta.acoucny 222 ————E—————— Ee 1.0 Chinchillidae : Mountain viscacha____. Hagidim: (Spi see. . e a eeeeeee 0.1 Chinchilla== eee Chinchitla \chinchitie= eee Pik, P Hydrochoeridae: Capybaraeeas ee Hydrochoerus hydrochoerus___--------------- 0.1 CARNIVORA Canidae: AD a fo ea Se Canis familiaris dingo______-.-_-----_-______ ile Coyote ees CONS Uti S EO eee 0.1 Common jackal_______- CONS GUT EUSE ae Se 1.1 Timber wolf__________.- Canis lupus nubilis2 2S eee 1.4 Texas red wolf________ Canis: niger Trufus2 2S ee ae 0.1 WMenneG 2 SS aay HENNCCUS ‘ZETA G2 NN ee ae aeeenes 1.1 (Chey mop Urocyon cinereoargenteus___________----_____ 1.2 FRUGd: POX eee ee Vulpes fulowe 22 ide 2 2 2 ee 1.0 Raccoon dog__________. Nyctereutes procyonoides________-__-_-_-_-_-_-_-___ 0.1 Short-eared dog______-_. AL CLOCUNUS VINiICTOLiSa 0.1 Cape hunting dog______ EYCCON: DUCES a Ea ee Li Ursidae: Spectacled bear_______. Eremonclos Onna wse == =e a eee 1.0 Himalayan bear_______ Selenarctos thibetanus____-__.-.---..-_______ 0.1 Japanese black bear___ Selenarctos thibetanus japonicus_.___-_________ 1.0 SECRETARY’S REPORT 123 Family and common name Scientific name Number Ursidae—Continued - Korean bear__-__----- Selenarctos thibetanus ussuricus_____________ 1.1 European brown bear__ Ursus arctos___-___.___-______________________ 1.1 Iranian brown bear__- Ursus arctos syriacus__._____________________ ial Grizzly bear-____-_-_- OT SUsraOnGt Bilis hawaii 2 8 8 ee eh i, al Kodiak bear ________ - (GRSIOS: : POUCA OCIOA iE 1.0 Packs Wearee Huarctos americanus ___-_-_-_-_-_--_--_§ === al, al Folarnbears22. 2 Thalarctos maritimus________.______--________ 2 Hybrid bear___-______- Thalarctos maritimus X Ursus middendorffi-____ 2.1 Malayan sun bear____- Helarctos malayanus____________________-___ 0.2 Sloth bears. 220252002. MCULTSUSTUTSINALS ee ai ne ee ily al Procyonidae: Cacomistle____________ IBQSSOTISCUSMGSTUTUSS 2 22 eee ee, Raccoons 22S 2b ETO CY ON MOO Ge ON 7 ee eS 1.3 Raccoon, albino___--~-~ IBROCY OTE NTOLO Ts | RIAA eR Se 0.1 Raccoon, black phase__ Procyon lotor___________~__-________________ 1.0 Coatimundi___________. TNOSO NAB OCIS pis at hg Oy oe MA ee SUSU STS ee A nD Peruvian coatimundi___ Nasua nasua dorsalis____...-___---$_-_-_----- 1.1 Kinkajou_._.._______-_. HAOLO Si JUG V1 Sk DR IGE USI 9 0 FE en a ely Py, 2 QnHinkxg = eee Bassaricyon gavvi_. 2-3 ale al Mustelidae: ial: erat seis MAT CES SO METICG UG Bee Se a ae 0.1 TEMS Gee ae es VATE CSE CTI ED eee ere ee 0.1 Yellow-throated mar- Martes flavigula henrici___._.___.____________ 0. 2 ten. British Guiana tayra_. Hira barbara poliocephala___________________ 1.1 Grison eee ey COUGHS CUMTIOLM A Se 1.0 ZO TA psa oe LGEORUED: SPU a ee 1.0 NWOlverine)y 222222 2222 — COTO VOID: UDI es Ss 0.1 ait eet a ARKO COP NGES I 1.0 Hurasian badger__--_-- MCTESRIN CLE So ea ENPR RNR A Sa) shies BU hre PaPIGAe aan 0.1 American badger___--- A BTS KAA GLE BRS AO TA spine Ma ol te Aap we) fee PN eu a 1.0 Golden-bellied ferret- Melogale moschata subaurantiaca____________ 1.2 badger. Common skunk____~--~ MEDRIEUS MINE DILEEUS ee Ae See ee apap isle 0.1 River otter_________-. LEUEGG CONWACNSiS= setae eee 2.0 Viverridae: Cen ere ele Genetta genetta neuwmanni___________._-______- 225 Formosan spotted civet. Viverricula indica___________________________ 1.1 minsange sce e IPTIONOCONMUNSONG= == eee 0.1 African palm civet____ Nandinia binotata__________-_____---________ teal Formosan masked civet. Paguma larvata taivana_________---_________ 1.0 Binturong____________. AGCEUCELS! NOUN TUL ON Ge am ae een ea ne 1.0 African water civet... Atilax paludinosus_____-___- = 1.4+2 African banded mon- Mungos mungo grisonagr______________-______ ila al goose. Cusimanse____________ CrossarchusiiG@sciatus=—=—— eee 0.1 White-tailed mongoose. [chneumia albicauda___________-_-____________ 1.0 Bilack-rootedumongoose. bdeogale spe. 2-4 — ee eee ne Hyaenidae: Striped hyena_________ EY GCNG NY CONG =e res Oe ee cee 1.1 124 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 Family and common name Scientific name Number Felidae: IB Ob Cate eee Skee ta BY NOITUPUS SS Be we eee 1.1 Canadian lynx__--__-- LYNE CONGLENSS aie aa ee a i, 2 ANS. Cape LOCUS HCW GUS. 22 Sie asin er as ee Lid IRANIAGHS’ Ghia ee CUS MANU SESE a 1.0 SUE 117) [RENN a Pelvis (3 Cp VOU ear Sy os a 0. 2 HariWast foresticat.. Helisieupiilung ss eee 0.1 Leopard cat---_------ Felisibengalensiss2 2 0 eee 1.0 Golden cat_—-_____-____ PCUSIAGUT CLO Ee a eee ee iat Ocelope2s ssa ess Helis ;pand@lisas 2k evils ve eee 11 ASMA OM Cie eae hens yao a ————————————————e i aL JAB Baa EV oe a Felis concolor..22 0 eee ee 1.1 Weopand sea eae oe POnNtherGxparduss esse ee eee 3.1 Black leopard_________ PONthenG pond Shae eee eee ile at D DFAT 0 AA LO sa I OR Panthera leouses. sires’ 6 eee 2.2 Bengal tiger__________ Panthera tignis ei. woe Avene eee By 24 White Bengalitiger:-= Pantheng tigrniss. eee See 1.1 PASAT eee Se POnth era ONCOLLS okie Bs ee ae 1.0 Clouded leopard______-_ Neopfelis: (nevulosgss ee eee 2.0 Snow leopard________~ ONGIG AUN CTO ites ne eS a ee 1.0 @heetahel 222k Bye Acinonya jubote.2- 9 eee 1.1 PINNIPEDIA Otariidae: California sea-lion_____ Zalophus californianis_2=__ 225) eee eee 3.3 Patagonian sea-lion____ Otaria flavescens___________----------------_ 0.1 Phocidae: Harbor sealosoi 222 2 2— Phoca vituline= ee eee 11 TUBULIDENTATA Orycteropodidae: NEMEC hye es ee Oryctenopus) Cfe eee 1.0 PROBOSCIDEA Hlephantidae: African elephant____~- Loxrodonta africana.) eee 0.1 Forest elephant_______ Lovodonta cyclotis eae 1.0 Indian elephant_______ ECON GS NOLIN Sa ee eee 0. 2 HYRACOIDEA Procaviidae: Rock hy Trax aes ses a I EYRONGEHDLIDD (GOH INGA S UC Pay, 7 PERISSODACTYLA EKquidae: Mongolian wild horse__ Hquus przewalskii_____.-________-__________ 1.0 Grevy’s zebra_________ FQUUS) ON CUY tee one aN ea il, 2 Grant’s zebra_________ LHOTHOIS) OOH RO NGM es Go 1.5 Burro, or donkey______ FL QU WS) CSTV S SS 1.0 Tapiridae: Brazilian tapir___._____ LDU AUS CCT CSETLS ea oe 1.1 Rhinocerotidae: Indian one-horned Rhinoceros unicornis_._._____._____---__--____- eal rhinoceros. | ! ! { | | SECRETARY’S REPORT 125 Family and common name Scientific name Number Rhinocerotidae—Continued AMiriGamn we plack erhinoc-1s DiGEnOS CiCOnNIS* aaa me oles Co afl eros. MVinite 0D square. (\Ceratowmentum wsimumas22_ ees al, a lipped, rhinoceros. ARTIODACTYLA Tayassuidae: Collared peccary____-- LE EORSISO CHONG ee 6.6 Hippopotamidae: Hippopotamus________- Hippopotamus. ampnivirs oe Pe, Al Pygmy hippopotamus__. Choeropsis liberiensis_______________________ 3.5 Camelidae: Arabian camel________. Camels anomedarni sas aaa metals ell) Bactrian camel________ OCTANE — OCKGHTIOTUIS 0.1 TEA Sa BLE CU PVUOGSS LLIN Cis eae US ge eB daa oO EE ial ea 3. 4 Guanacoe= = aa LOM ONGLOM ORO UCNI COC == anes eee 1.0 NIV ORK CF DING (UC OS Sei ee Se AL en Os Se ra 1.1 Cervidae: White fallow deer_____. DOO E ING Pae NN NNTE Maecenas, tL ne ete 2a Axigt@e@eric. ese ALC USI 001) Seemann bok were Ce SS eee is PR EN see 4,2 FRE CWC ee Tee ee GROWS: QUIHD) OI ee 15 Sikavdeerteere CON ROES i POPOL pea SMa SE Neate ee eh lye If Pere David’s deer_____. LHUCHO OPUS COOH = 1.0 White-tailed, or Vir- Odocoileus virginianus_______.-___---____ 0. 2 ginia, deer. American elk_________. OGPOUKS: CU HKUIC SESS Ss i *1.0 Forest caribou________. LOG HEP COPIVOU Se 0.1 Reindeerss 422 TEORMUB GP: ULERUICMKS ee 3.9 Hybrid reindeer_______ Rangifer tarandus < R. caribou________-_____ 0.1 Giraffidae: Masai giraffe__________ Ginaiiaicstippelskinehiz£ 2a ae eee aly 2 Bovidae: Siiba pumice a Ri CGelapnusms Deh Le es ae 1.0 PNTOYOG ap ANGI OK DIAS SU COTO ile al RY cri cee SY ce NB a, IROCDLAGUSHOGUNTICN SS as Sane ee 1.3 Granurssen aes eal a ee BARI ONS 3 COKER ON PE Hse SS AE i PN oc cr ES *2,0 Cape buffalo__________. SORGGRUS COIR Se rae 1.4 American bison_______- EUS ONO'S Os eee LA a EB SIAL dere eae 1.0 Brindled gnu__________ Connochactesmtauninis= a ee 1.4 Maxwell’s duiker______ Cephalophusnmanwellii wae 1.0 Dorcas gazelle________-_ COPIA IS GOO oe ee ee 3.5 Saiga antelope________. SOAG REGO CH ean ee See *0.1 Rocky Mountain goat_. Oreamnos americanus_____-__-___-_--___-____ 0.1 Himalayan tahr__=____ IUGR HIIS. VEUAWGHG 0.1 ANEENCRIN TOA ATD yy KOR OUTRO [ROU 4.1 ATi exert ue a Me (OKA DERI A OY GE se OES EES es ee UE A 1.0 AGUdad) OE. Barbary, Ammotragus lervia 2. oe eee 1.1 sheep. Dallisheeps =.= ASL rai eee a SIT Fie ae ea EOML Big-horn sheep________. ODS NG CHEKHOSTS PA I Se se aeal *On deposit at another zoo or sanctuary. 126 § ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 BIRDS SPHENISCIFORMES Family and common name Scientific name Number Spheniscidae: King penguin_________ Aptenodytes patagonica__________-_--_---___- 3 Adélie penguin________ Pygosceus adelice ee oa | STRUTHIONIFORMES Struthionidae: Ostrich 2s one Sinuthio: cametuss2 2 eee 1.0 RHEIFORMES Rheidae: MEU Te see) RNC} AMeChHIiCUNG = eee 1.0 CASUARIIFORMES Casuariidae: Double-wattled casso- Casuarius bicarunculatus____________-_-__-___ 11 wary. Dromiceidae: Dep oni Ula Ni se aia pie tet Dromiceius novaehollandiae__________________ 1.1 TINAMIFORMES Tinamidae: Pileated tinamou____-_ Crypturellus soui panamensis________-_-_-___ 1 PROCELLARIIFORMES Diomedeidae: Black-footed albatross. Diomedea nigripes______-------------------~- 1.0 PELECANIFORMES Pelecanidae: Rose-colored pelican___ Pelecanus onocrotalus___-_.____------------ chore 2.2 White pelican____--_-__ Pelecanus erythrorhynchos__---------_------~-~ 2} Brown pelican____-_-_- Pelecanus occidentalis____-- 2 ee 1 Dalmatian pelican____~- Pelecanus crispus2 EEE 2 Phalacrocoracidae : Double-crested cormo- Phalacrocoragz auritus auritus_______-_------- 3 rant. European cormorant___ Phalacrocoraz carbo___---------------------- 6 CICONIIFORMES Ardeidae: American egret__-_--__ Dichromanassa rufescens rufescens____---_--- aj Eastern green heron___ Butorides virescens______------------------- 2 Louisiana heron_______ Hydranassa tricolor_______-_-_________-____-- 1 Black-crowned night Nycticoragr nycticoram______-____--_---------- 11 heron. American bittern______ Botaurus lentiginosus__------ pe ie Se See 1 Tiger bittern_________- Tigrisoma lineatum____---_----------------- Balaenicipitidae : Shoebill sericea ieee Balaenicens rege aa es eee 0.1 Ciconiidae: American wood ibis____ Mycteria americana_____-------------------- 2 European white stork__ Ciconia ciconia______------------------------ 2 White-bellied stork___. Sphenorhynchus abdimia___--_--------------- 2 Black-necked stork___._ Xenorhynchus asiaticus_--------------------- 2 Painted stork _________ hois leucocephaluss= a 2; *On deposit at another zoo or sanctuary Family and common name Scientific name SECRETARY'S REPORT 7 Number Threskiornithidae: White ibis________.___ EU EG BO EE SE a ip eo a A alg 1 Scarlet ibige= 22s GUanOe RUC eT ae eee A ee ee Ne a 2 Black-faced ibis_______ Theristicus melanopis2 2.2 a ee 1 Black-headed ibis______ Threskiornis melanocephala__________________ 1 Hastern glossy ibis____ Plegadis falcinellus falcinellus_______________ 1 Phoenicopteridae : Chilean flamingo______. Phoenicopterus chilensis_____________________ 1 Cuban flamingo_______- IA OAOCGD KROSS. GUNG Ra 1 Old World flamingo___. Phoenicopterus antiquorum___.-_____________ 1 ANSERIFORMES Anhimidae: Crested screamer_____-_ CRGOUG, UCT QE aa 5 Anatidae: Coscoroba swan_____-_-. Coscorota) cosconota ===) eee es Mute swan____-_______ CY GNU SHOU 1S se ia a Le Bee SO Se 1.1 Black-necked swan_-___. Cygnus melanocoriphus_—___--_____-_--___-___ 2 Whooper swan_______-_. OUOTACY G11 11g ees aE a ei {22 Trumpeter swan_______ (UO RS DOHA GOR AOR Sees aS A aS eee 1.1 Black swan____-______. Chenopis-atnata= esa ee ee 2.212 Egyptian goose________ Alopochen aegyptiacus____-_----______-----__ 4 White-fronted goose ___ Anser albifrons_____._________-_-_------ 33 Indian bar-headed ATES CH ATTUD UCTS BASU Sana ah oe PAG Aon Pedant ce eas 3. 2 goose. Emperor goose________. ANSCTRICONAGICUSE eae al Sa 2 Blue goose___________-. Anser C@erculescens= ee eee eae 5 Lesser snow goose___-_- Anser caerulescens caerulescens_____--------- 2 Greater snow goose____ Anser caerulescens atlanticus_____-_-_--------- 5 Ross’s goose________--- ANS OCTANE OS SUE ae NA Bs oe eon a a ee ce eI 4 Nene, or Hawaiian Branta sandvicensis________-____________---__ 2.0 goose. Red-breasted goose____. Banta nupcollisuee es. se eee DP Canada goose________-_. TORO: (CO LOGKIS = ee 22 Canada goose X Les- Branta canadensis * Anser caerulescens__---- 1 ser snow goose, hy- brid. Lesser Canada goose___ Branta canadensis___-_--------------------- 4 Giant Canada goose___._ Branta canadensis maxvima__-_-------------- 4.6 Cackling goose________- Brantacanadens(s= = ab al White-cheeked goose___ Branta canadensis___----------------------- 2 Fulvous tree duck____-. Dendrocygna bicolor ee 0.1 Wood duck____________ ACD ASD ONS Oat RPE SS eee 90 Mandarin duck=______-_ ANGER: GRIGG COWL 3.2 Pintailiduckw == ANU SI CLC UE Se SE a als al Green-winged teal_____ CANAS SCE CCC Cees ee ee er ee 1.0 Gadwallaksn ess ANASISETED CTO aos oes Wa a ee aid Huropean widgeon____-_ ANGSy:DENClODC nasa = i Loe eee 2.0 Spot-billed duck_______ ANAS DOCCILOGNY NCH sas 3.2 Mallard duck______-_-_-- ING OCIS) FOKTRA VIR TOOL DG 60 Black duck2s222= 2-2 =. AEG Sie TO TLD CS eee ee re ens ee 6. 2 Greater scaup duck____ Aythya marila___.__-_-_---._---_------__-___ 5.0 Lesser scaup duck_--_--. AGEN YG TPES ee i eS ee eT a are 6.3 128 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 Family and common name Scientific name Numober Anatidae—Continued Redhead Baars Ayihye amenicang=-22 52s ee 1.0 Ring-necked duck_____-_ Aythya. Collanisis: (hee ee 7.0 Canvasback duck______~ TROT POO. OUMSULT RU 1.0 Indian cotton teal_____. Nettapus coromandelianus____--------~-----__~ 0.1 Rosy-billed pochard____ Metopiana peposaca__---___----__--~------~- walt American goldeneye___. Bucephala clangula_-____-------------------- 0.1 Baldpate2 ee Mareca wamericana2: 222 eee 5. 0 Hooded merganser__-_-_- Lophodytes, cwcullatus= = 1.0 Combiduck Sarkidiornis melanotos_-______--=-=="= "2-25 4,2 Ruddy shelduck__-_--~--_ OST RO i GRP OG HIG aa es 3,3) FALCONIFORMES Cathartidae: Andean condor_-___--- VALLLUY OT YDNWUS. ee ee ee ee 1.0 King vulture________-_ Sarcoramphus papa 222 eee if! Sagittariidae: Secretarybird __-__--_- Sagittarius serpentariis._____ __- eee il, al Accipitridae: Hooded vulture______- Necrosyntes Monachise = 22 1 Griffon vulture__-----~ Gyps fulvuseloe 2 ee iS ee 1 Riippell’s vulture____-_ Gyps rupp eliza ee ee 1 Red-winged hawk____- Heterospizias meridionalis__________________- all Red-tailed hawk_______ Buteo JAmMaiGensis=2 2 Eee 2 Swainson’s hawk __-_-- BUleOWSWANSONTEE See ee 1 Red-shouldered hawk_. Buteo lineatus__-----___--_-__-_-_--_-__----- 1 Manduyt’s hawk eagle. Spizaetus ornatus___________________________ ft Black-erested eagle.__._ Lophaetus occipitalis_______________-______-~_ 1 Golden eagle__________ Aguila chrysactoss= =) eee 5 Imperial eagle_________ Aquila (neliaga. 2242s 04 0 eee eee BD W hite-breasted sea Haliacetus leucogaster____________-_________- 1 eagle. Pallas’s eagle_..______ Haliaeetus leucoryphus________-=-~--—- = il BaldReagl ens aa Haliaeectus leucocephaius____________________ 8 Bateleur eagle______-- Terathopius ecaudatus 2 eee 1 Lammergeier_________- Gypactus arvatus= ee eee 1 Falconidae: Sparrow hawk____---- MGC} SPOTUCTINS=2 a2 2 2st. a es iD IDGOie Jaen s Falco peregrinus anatum_____-------_----_- 1 Red-footed faleon_____ OIC VESpertinuses. saa ee 1 Feilden’s faleonet______ Neohieran cinereiceps-—_+__ eee iL Forest faleon__________ Micrastur. semitorquatusa.__— se eee D Audubon’s caracara____ Polyborus cheriway_—--____________________~ 2 White-throated ecara- Phalcoboenus albogularis___________-________ 1 cara. GALLIFORMES Megapodiidae: Brushiturkey. 22 see ee Alectura Nathamiz = s=. e e e 1.0 Cracidae: Wattled curassow_--_- CrAZGLODULOS Es ae Eee OE eee nee ern 1.1 White-headed piping Pipile cumanemsis__-__-_-.___-__-------------~- 1.0 guan. Wattled guan______-_- Pipile: ssp s lee Pe eR eee 0.1 SECRETARY’S REPORT 129 Family and common name Scientific name Number Cracidae—Continued - Gambel’s quail_...___- LEON UO GLD RTO a 1.0 NValleyva quiailae Ss Lophortyg californica vallicola_______________ 2 Inertia. Oppel LEU TIVUD RON) ee etre em ee era eA SE LS aS Ve bln aa 11 Argus pheasant_______ ANI OUSCH EOI. CAG PUIS I Sas a 1.0 Golden pheasant_______ HE YSOUOM IS MUGS 0. 2 Black-backed kaleege Gennaeuws melanonotus_________________ | iy al pheasant. Silver pheasant_______ Gennaeus nycthemerus___-_--_-________ 1.0 Ring-necked pheasant__ Phasianus colchicus__....___________________ 1.2 Ring-necked pheasant, Phasianus colchicus__.._._._-_-_________ 0.1 albino. Ring-necked pheasant Phasianus colchicus X Phasianus versicolor... 1.0 xX Green pheasant, hybrid. Bhutan, or gray pea- Polyplectron bicalcaratum___._._______________ eal cock-pheasant. Palawan pheasant_____ LQUSOURCARO GO OMUOS — Teal Region) 2 OV OMCTUSE OGY Seite ies melas yal chr ar eSignal 3.3 Red junglefowl________ GQOUUSENG GUL Se AEE IE Mh so Peet ee Men aa aa es 1.0 Chukar partridge______ AN EC CUOTUSH OTC CCU Stents waree cass 2) Nise eae) a RU ear 1 Painted partridge_____ HPONCOUNRUS) DICLUS sn news ane a eee 1 Gray partridge________ Francolinus pondicerianus___________________ mea) Black partridge_______ JE RCH OF NG ROKID) US 3.4 Numididae: Vulturine guineafowl__ Acryllium vulturinum___._.-..______________ 1 GRUIFQRMES Gruidae: Siberian crane________ GUST LCU COG CTC TU US ae eine sree eyed a ee EO 1.0 European crane_______ GAS O TU SES A VL LL Oe eS 2 Sarus crane___________ GRUstOntig on cae Dian Ae Ee ee 1 Demoiselle crane______ AGO AOR ODDUGNKEAS: CHRD 2 4 African crowned crane. Balearica pavonina______-___________ 5 5 Rallidae: Cayenne; wood -rail-=__ Aramides) cajaneg2i soi oe ee eee 1 Purple gallinule_______ POT DRYTULO MORUiniCd sees Poa Indian moorhen_______ Gallinwias Chlorop usa ae a ee 9 Hurypygidae: Sunbittern== === t= LEROY UTS 1 Cariamidae: Cariama, or seriama_. Cariama cristata__.__--~_-~_____-~________._ 1 Otididae : Kori bustard___=______ SEU OGL OLA SGI O 1g ak esa ee Os eg 2.0 Senegal bustard_______ HOY DOUCHE. SAOGTUKAUSUS a 1.0 CHARADRIIFORMES Jacanidae: Common jacana_______ SECON S DINOS C22 ES Se eee 2 Pheasant-tailed jacana. Hydrophasianus chirurgus_..__-_-------______ 2 Charadriidae: AUsStraliane sb am died“ ZOontfer triColor as ae eek a a ea 2 plover. Gray plover___________ I ASI GORI: SORDID IOI RO pS 1 130 Family and common name Charadriidae—Continued European lapwing_____ South American lap- wing. Crocodile bird_________ Recurvirostridae: Black-necked stilt_____ Laridae: Ring-billed gull_______ Laughing gull_________ Herring gull__________ Great black-backed gull. Silver gullz2a ee = Columbidae: High-flying pigeon. Black-billed pigeon____ Triangular spotted pigeon. Imperial green pigeon__ Orange-breasted green pigeon. Crowned pigeon______- Blue ground dove_____. Budapest Ruddy ground dove____ Indian emerald- winged tree dove. Diamond dove_______- Plain-breasted ground dove. Ground dove__________ Ring-necked dove______ ‘Blue-headed ring dove White-winged dove____ Mourning dove________ Psittacidae: Keasparrots 252 sae Banksian cockatoo_____ White cockatoo________ Solomon Islands cock- atoo. Sulphur-crested cock- atoo. Bare-eyed cockatoo____ Great red-crested cock- atoo. Leadbeater’s cockatoo_ ‘Cockatiel. 22 *On deposit at another zoo or sanctuary. ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 Scientific name Number WManewusmvanellis= =a ee ee 3 Belonopterus cayennensis____---------------- 3 Rivvianusseegyptius ee eee Eee q Himantopus mewvicanus___------------------- 1 Larus delawarensis.__-__~________-=_=-=2 === BY DOrus Ctricila2 oe ee 2 a eee 3 horusvangentatss Se eee 1 GArus” marinus. 2h eee 1 Larus novaehollandiae_______ -__-_--____-____ 5 COLUMBIFORMES Columbawlivigl 222 ue. 2 ee eae 1 Columba nignirostris-——— eee 1 Columba, quinea i221 221 2 ease eee 2 Ducwla@enee2 a eee 2, Ereron \DiGinel ae 2 = 2 ee ee 2 Gourd: ViclOnigueia 22 oe eee 1 Clarauis pretiosa.— Ee 2 Chaemepelia rufipennis_________-_____-______ 1 Chaltcophaps, indice ee Eee 3 Geopelia cuneate Sa a ee 1 Columbigallina minuta____-__--______-______ 2 Columbigallina passerina____________-_______ 1 Sineplopeliandecaectos 2 = ae as eee 3 Streptopelia tranquebarica___________________ 2 LONCAG ASC LiC ae 1 LEN OAC U AA VO CrOUT Cee oe al D, PSITTACIFORMES Nestor notaviliss2 2 oe eee 1 Calyptorhynchus magnificus_________--_______ 1.0 KGKGt0e (100522 ee ee ee 1 Kakatoe ducrops= eS eee *i TER MRO COG RO 2 TEOUORTOG. SORTING os 1 TEGEELOG NIN OULCCEN'S 1S eee eh 1 Kakatoe leadbeateri_________._-__________-___ 5 Nymphicus hollandicus______.__.-_-_--_--_____ 1 Family and common name Psittacidae—Continued Yellow-and-blue ma- caw. Red-and-blue macaw_-_- Red - blue - and-yellow macaw. Illiger’s macaw______- Brown-throated con- ure. Petz’s parakeet______-_ Rusty-cheeked parrot__ Tovi parakeet_________ Yellow-naped parrot___ Blue-fronted parrot___ Double yellow-headed parrot. Black-headed, or Nan- day, parrot. Lineolated parakeet___ White-winged para- Keet. African gray parrot___ Red-sided eclectus_____ Greater ring-necked parakeet. Rose-breasted para- Keet. Moustached parakeet__ Lesser ring-necked parakeet. Blossom-headed para- keet. Malabar parakeet_____ Quaker parakeet______ Grass parakeet________ Red-faced lovebird____ Rosy-faced lovebird____ Masked lovebird_______ Black-headed caique, or seven-color parrot. Yellow-thighed caique_ Musophagidae: White-bellied go-away bird. White-cheeked turaco__ Purple-crested turaco__ Cuculidae: Red-winged crested cuckoo. 45-7125—65——10 SECRETARY’S REPORT Scientific name A OM OCU ON Oceanian eee Ananchlornopter;d se ALIN ING COO ee taints Ne Aratinga canicularis__..-_________ DM POOLS (CART HOUD Brotogeris jugularis__.___________ Amazona auropalliata_____________ Amazona aestiva__.__._.________2____ AWN OZONE OTOL ae Nandayus nanday____-__-__-______ Bolborhynchus lineolatus__________ Brotogeris versicolorus__.__________ Psittacus erithacus. = HEelectus pectoralis__...___________ Psitiacula eupatria________________ Psittacula alexwandri_______________ Psitiacula fasciata__._____________ PStLLOGUIG SKTAaMehia = ee Psittacula cynocephala____________ Psittacula columboides____________ Myiopsitta monacha_______________ Melopsittacus undulatus___._______ Agapornis pullaria ssp____________ Agapornis | roseicollis_ 222 Aganornis personata______________ Pionites melanocephala____________ Pionites leucogaster_______________ CUCULIFORMES Crinafer leucogaster_______-_____-_ Tauraco leucotis leucotis______.___ Galliriz porphyreolophus_____-_____ Hudynamys scolopacea____________ Geococcy2# californianus _~__________ Clamator coromandus_____________-_ ae EERE. Ne 5 131 Number Sea eee 8 eek eed leas 5 so ers eink 5 2 NHENHHEH me bk bo 132 Family and common name Tytonidae: IB army Owls i ee Strigidae: Sereech owl ~--------- Spectacled owl___----- Malay fishing owl__--- Snow yowlessoeet Se IBarredvowliaes2 22s eee Nepal brown wood owl_ Alcedinidae: Kookaburra White-breasted king- fisher. Coraciidae: Lilac-breasted roller___ Indian roller________-- Bucerotidae: Concavecasqued hornbill. Pied hornbill 22s Lesser pied hornbill___ Abyssinian ground hornbill. Leadbeater’s hornbill. Wreathed hornbill_____ Gray hornbill______--- Crowned hornbill______ Yellow-billed hornbill__ Great black-casqued hornbill. ground Capitonidae: Asiatie great barbet___ Blue-throated barbet ~~ Streaked barbet__~-__~_ Ramphastidae: Keel-billed toucan___-- Sulphur-and-white- breasted toucan. Curly-crested toucanet_ Razor-billed toucanet_-_ Picidae: Flicker Tyrannidae: Eastern kingbird______ Alaudidae: ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 STRIGIFORMES Scientific name Number Tay tO UO Gs a Ne I a ee 1 OLUSHASTO R22 OS DNs ee i eee 2 Pulsaine perspicilate.— eee 2 KCtupa elUup U2 ee ee ee 1 NYCtCO NY CICA AS. 2A ee eee 4 ENC BR V OCT ee Gs See Oa 5 Stria leptogrammica newarensis_____-------- 1 CORACIIFORMES TVGCEUO! GAGS ier UL Be a ee 12 EROLCYONS SMYTNENSIS2 == 2 eee 2 CORGCIaS, CAUCE 22a EE eer et 2 Ooracias benghalensis =e 2 BULCCT-O 8) OLCOT NSS Soe SE alee 2 Anthracoceros malabaricus____________----_-_ 4 Anthracoceros coronatus___=--_=_ 2 ee 2 IBUCOLUUS) COYSSINICUS= 22 ee eee 2 Bucorvuus leadveateri-2 = eee .0 ERYLCETOS UnduUetisS= Se eee 1 TOCKUS OINOSETIS oS a ea bal TOCKUSACUCOLERMINGtUS) = ae een 1 LOCKUSHLAUILOSEN IS a ok a ne Wee id eee yal Ceratiogyumna dinette Eee 0.1 PICIFORMES Megalaimar Viren S222 2a 2 Ee ae 1 Megalaimae asiaticg 22a) oe ee eee 4 Megalaima tncata ws sie Ee eee 7 hampnastos culminatus 222 ie eee 2 Ramphastos vitellinus____________----------- 1 Pteroglossus beauharnaesii________----------- 3 IPECTOGLOSSUS) CUSCONOLTS 22 Ue eee eee 2 COKOY KOH RAS) OOH ROR ETH apc 1 PASSERIFORMES Kiskadee flycatcher___. Pitangus sulphuratus_________--------_------ 3 LYK ONNUS CYLON So Se ee 1 Hremophila alpestnis 22222 ee 1 Formed Marks ces Family and commo Dicruridae: Racket-tailed d Corvidae: Magpie ______ n NaMNeEe rongo__- Yeliow-biiled magpie__ Asiatic tree pie____-_- Magpie jay__- Huropean jay_ African white-necked crow. American crow VAN ee Formosan red - billed pie. Occipital blue Hunting crow_ Paridae: Great tit_____ Sittidae: pie_____ Chestnut -beHied nut- hatch. Timaliidae: Scimitar babbler______ White - crested ing thrush. laugh- Black-headed sibia____ Silver-eared mesia____ Pekin robin..__ Pyenonotidae: Black-headed bulbul___ Red-vented bulbul_____ White-cheeked bulbul__ White-eared bulbul____ Red-whiskered White-throated Chloropseidae: bulbul_ bulbul_ Gold-fronted chlorop- Sis. Blue-winged fruitsuck- er. Blue - mantled bluebird. Turdidae: Robin, albino_ Blackbird ~___ Chiftichat2ea= thrush. Shama _ thrush Muscicapidae: Verditer flycatcher____ Muscicapa thalassina fairy SECRETARY’S REPORT Scientific name Dicrurus paradiseus-_.--—_______-_ Pica pica Crypsirina formosae Corvus brachyrhynchos____________ Corvus corax principalis Cissaxoccipitalis= aa eee CiSSQMiGhinensi(s== eae ee Pomatorhinus schisticeps__________ Gaorrnilacnoicolons ae ee ee Heterophasia capistrata____._______ MeCSTOROTO CNL CULTS 2 a ea IG QOMED VK See Pycnonotus atriceps_...-___ PU CRONOCU St CO) Ci ee Pycnonotus leucogenys_______-_____- BYCHONOLUS LEUCOLI S22 ae PYCNONOTUS JOCOSUS= oo = Criniger, flaveolus2s-— = Chlorupsis aurifrons_..______----- Chloropsis hardwickti___________==+ Irena puella malayensis____-------- Turdus nugratorius____._-_________ European song thrush_ Turdus ericetorum PAL OWS LIUCT ULC ee aa ee eee Thamnolaea cinnamomeiventris Orange-headed ground Geocichla citrina PA CURNAEEE OULTE MEAs EU ilies LUE ate, Calociitan formosa eee Garrulus glandarius__.-__-________ CORCUSOLOUS eae eae COMO GOIGPORIG a 133 Number Sone ee 9 NH He eH ole & w mI ow Pe Dp OHH DH 134 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 Family and common name Scientific name Number Bombycillidae: Cedar waxwing______-_ Bombycilla cedrorum___.___-_---_------------~ 1 Sturnidae: Rose-colored pastor____ Pastor roseus______------------------------- 1 Purple starling______~ Lamprocoltius purpurews_____________------.- 3 Burchell’s long-tailed Lamprotornis caudatus_____________---_---__ 1 starling. Amethyst starling____- Cinnyricinclus leucogaster_______-__--------~- 1 Tri-colored starling__._ Spreo superbus________________________----~- 1 Jungle mynah____---- ACTICOENEnES tnIStiSa ee =e eee 1 Lesser hill mynah_____ Gracula religiosa indica__._.______--_-__------- 3 Greater Indian hill Gracula religiosa intermedia______-_--------~ 2 mynah. Rothschild’s mynah_.. Lencopsar rothschildi___._._______--_---------- 2 Bali mynah______-_---- Sturnus contra jatia22 2 eee 3 Nectariniidae: Variable sunbird__---- Cimnyris venustus raceis______-__--=--====-2= 1 Searlet-tufted mala- WNectarinia johnstoni_______----------------- 1 chite sunbird. Purple sunbird__------ Nectanimia asiatican 222 2 eee 1 Zosteropidae: White-eye____________- Zosterops palpebvrosa = ss EEE pean 2 Coerebidae: Black-headed sugar- Chlorophanes spizga____.___------------------- 2} bird. Bananaquit__________~ Coereba flaveolat2s See 1 Parulidae: Kentucky warbler__--- OPOnornis fOLvMOsSuse 22 22s ee Oa eee 1 Redstart ee oe wee Setophaga nuticitia= aaa 1 Ovenbirdwet ssi ene oa Seiurus aurocapillus____________-_-__-__-_-__ 1 Ploceidae: Red-naped widowbird_ Coliuspasser laticauwda_____----------------- 4 Giant whydah_____-_-- Diatropura procne____-___-_- = =e 1 Baya weaver_____----- PLOCEWS DOU OL Ao ORE TEE 2 ann kA ee 3 Vitelline masked weav- Ploceus vitellinus__.______-_-_-__------------ 1 er. Red bishop weaver___. Huplectes orig______-______-___=-_=_ = ses 1 White-headed nun_-___- TL ONCKULG MNO] OS a See ee ee ee 2 Indian silverbill______ Lonchura malabarica__._____-____=__2 22 =2 1 Bengalese finch______- LONnCKUCE SSD is ase 2 Black-headed munia___ Lonchura malacca______-------------------- 3 Spotted munia________ Lonchuray punctuate 5 Redimunias eee Hstnitdavamandave2 222 eee 2 Cut-throat weaver, Amading {Osciatg 222 eee 1 finch. Lavender finch_______- LH Stila (COCTALLES CONS ee eee 1 Common waxbill______ HStrilaa trOoglodytes= 22 eee 1 Zebra finch __________ Poephila castanotis. a Eee 5 Gouldian finch________ POECDNUG GOULTTAE SOE EE Nias eens 1 Ieteridae: Yellow-headed black- Xanthocephalus xanthocephalus_____._____-__- 1 bird. Rice grackle__________ Psomocolax oryzivora._ 22 eee 2 Family and common name Icteridae—Continued Swainson’s grackle___-_ Glossy cowbird___----_ Brown-headed cOow- bird. Bay cowbird_____--_-- Colombian red-eyed cowbird. Red-winged blackbird__ Red-breasted marsh- bird. Thraupidae: Blue tanager______---- White-edged tanager_ Yellow-rumped tanager Passerini’s tanager__-_— Maroon, or silver-beak- ed, tanager. Fringillidae: Tropical seed finch____ Black-throated cardi- nal, HKuropean goldfinch__-_ Green finch__________-_ Lesser yellow finch____ Saffron finch___-______ White-lined finch______ Slate-colored junco____ Buff-throated saltator_ Tawny-bellied seed- eater. Song sparrow-__-_-__- IDO KIRA sae es White-crowned = spar- row. Yellowhammer _______ EKuropean bunting_____ Jacarini finch _________ Alligatoridae: Caiman eee American alligator____ Chinese alligator______ Crocodilidae: Broad-nosed crocodile_ African crocodile Narrow-nosed dile. Salt-water crocodile___ American crocodile____ Ccroco- SECRETARY’S REPORT 135 Scientific name Number Hotoquiscatus lugubris_..________§____--_ 1 Molothrus bonariensis__--_- = 2 VE OUO CII AU Siar C1 eR coc a a 1 WA OUDA MFO, WU 1 LOT EOOLS > CHAVET Ha 1 Agelaius phoeniceus____._______-____________ 2 TL CUSECS I OIUULUE UT Sm a a a Es US a au 4 4 MORROW OUD) AGU Re eee 1 RE GULDUSMLCUCO DL CT Ce 1 Ramphocelus iceteronotus___________________ 1 Ramphocelus passerinii_____ pT Se eo AN 1 ACM DNOGELUS JOCOD U2 =e = eee 1 ORVZOOCRUSHLOLGIO US = ee 2 ORO ORI GUL TUS ene er ae aie a ca UN 2 Canducnsicanduclish= ae 1 CRLOTESNCH ORT SE See a ee aL ines eee 1 SUCCES HUULEO LC Mea Sn Sa al ele 1 ISGCHS UT KD AOU A ee eee 3 Spermophita tineola_.-__--- 3 JUNCOL NY CINGUS ieee ene ee eee 1 SUROQP, CHORUTVUD Ls 1 Sporophila minuta—_— = - 5 Metospiza:melodige= 2) eS eee alt ISD US OMNOTVECTEUG CEC, ates ak tae Se, Rey es ee ee 3 Zonotrichia leucophrys__-_____-__----------_- 2 HMO CHi2G “CiLTInNell a sees eee 1 LH OGRE COCR = ee al V OURO OKC 2 REPTILES LORICATA Caimanscleropss=2 = ee eee 16 WMOHIOSHAKIS. DUPE as 3 Alligator, mississipiensis—___—— 14 VAN LUG OUOTASTIVCTUS 1 3 eee ae a a 7 OSKGOUKTOUIS “UGH RUG DIGS 2 CrOoCcodylisenilotiCy sa ee ee 3 Crocodylus cataphn7achis= = eee 1 OROCOCMMIS (HOTOSUS Rs 1 ORDO COUMS Se 1 136 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 Family and common name Scientific name Gavialidae: Indian gavial_________ Gavuiguscangeticusaee ee eee CHELONIA Chelydridae: Snapping turtle_______ Chelydraxsenpenting = 2a ae Alligator snapping Macrochelys temminckii____--_-------~---~-- turtle. Kinosternidae : PSM ETLI OTS YO) Ss SO aes SUCTNOCNETWSOCOTZOLUS= aaa ae a ee WY Goi Ls epee ee EQUI OSAGAHO OO: SORDIROR OOH De Tropical American mud turtle. Kinosternon spurreli____ = ee South American mud AKinosternon cruentatwm_______--__________ turtle. Hmydidae: Tropical American Geoemyda puncturia pointed-nosed turtle. JBXOS< [HOU ING ROHOG OG, GORD OC no Gulf Coast box turtle_. Terrapene carolina major ______-_____--_-_- Three-toed box turtle_. Terrapene carolina triunguis Florida box turtle_____ Terrapene carolina bauri Ornate box turtle_____ Terrapene ornata ornata Kura kura box turtle_. Cuora amboinensis Diamondback terrapin. Malaclemys terrapin MiB O), (apne Ee ae Graptemys geographica Barbour’s map turtle__ Graptemys barbouri Mississippi map turtle. Graptemys pseudogeographica kohni Painted turtle_________ Chrysemys picta Western painted turtle. Chrysemys picta belli Southern painted tur- Chrysemys picta dorsalis tle. Cumberland turtle_____ Pseudemys scripta troostit South American red- Pseudemys scripta callirostris lined turtle. Yellow-bellied turtle_._. Pseudemys scripta scripta Red-eared turtle______ Pseudemys scripta elegans_________--______ Red-bellied turtle______ Pseudemys rubriventrirs_________--_______- CWOOteT eM ia PSCUCEMYS flOTLdOnNG 22222 es Florida red-bellied Pseudemys nelsoni________________---_-____ turtle. Central American tur- Pseudemys ornata_____________-____-__--___ tle. Cuban water turtle_._._. Pseudemys decussata_______________-______ Chicken turtle______-- Detwrochelys reticularia_——-— 25 eae Spotted turtle_________ Clemmys OUtLAt Ce eee Wood turtles222 earn CLEMMYS) AS CULE aE eee Iberian pond turtle____ Clemmys leprosa________--____--___--_----- Huropean water terra- Clemmys caspica rivulata_______-_--------- pin. Huropean pond turtle_. Emys orbicularis_______-_-_---------------- Blanding’s turtle______ SHLOOIS OUCH aed Reeves’s turtle________ Chinemys reeves eee Number ke lop) SCwrhrRAIwrRoabd Fw bo kt as 2 SECRETARY’S REPORT Nai7 Family and common name Scientific name Number Testudinidae: Duncan Island tortoise. Testudo ephippiwm____________-____-_________ 2 Galapagos tortoise_____ Testudo elephantopus vicina_________--______ 2 Galapagos tortoise___-- MESEUDORELEDILGWTO DSS tees oye eee 2 Giant Aldabra tortoise. Testudo gigantea__________________________ 2 South American tor- TJestudo denticulata_________________________ 5 toise. Star tortoise________-- RESEUGOMELED CVS * metat aa a ue ee ae 2 Mountain tortoise_____ RE SEU OPAC IIVY Seimei MaMa se oll Pus Se 2 Gopher tortoise____--_ Gopherusipolyphenius 2s. es See ese 2 Texas tortoise_________ Gopherus berlandieri_2. _____ 1 Pelomedusidae : African water turtle___ Pelomedusa sinuata______________ 2 2 African black mud tur- Pelusios subniger________-_---_-___--____--__-_- 1 tle. Red-faced turtle_______ POQOCHEMASUCEIANGTi1yss ea i Sen ee ee il Amazon spotted turtle. Podocnemis unifilis_______-___-_--_----------_- 5 Chelydidae: South American side- Batrachemys nasuta___---_-----------_----~- 2 necked turtle. Australian side-necked Chelodina longicollis____._._.___________--_-_---- 3 turtle. Matamata turtle_______ Chelysximoniaglak ete ee ae Small side-necked tur- . Hydromedusa tectifera________-______-_----_- 2 tle. Large side-necked tur- Phrynops hilarii___-_______------------------- 4 tle. Krefft’s turtle_________ NY GUL GAC Tilly Ee 3 Murray turtle________- EVV ALT OT TUOUG UE OIG a eo nn 3 South American gibba Mesoclemmys gibba_-__-_----------------_--- 2 turtle. FWlat-headed turtle_____ Platemysplatycephalas se Seer eee 2 Trionychidae: Spiny softshell________ TOON Df CUO are Nv lier a Ae aay a rae 5 Texas softshell________ SUECOROMD GRO GLOOM aa 1 African softshell______ TRONYESUGUUN GATS ean ae oS eae 2 SAURIA Gekkonidae: Tokay gecko__________. Genhorgeeloe 252 tke ee ee eee Pal Daye SOCK sos Phetsuma cepedianum._-_—_= = ee 3 Wayeseckor se oy ETVCUSUT1U CGS SY ss ee ENO ee oe al Agamidae: Agamid lizard________- Fe GATT PLEA NNR AIA HAO Ss Pa ae Se 4 Agamid lizard_________ WL SHOT TED: TS} AS I ie SE aa ee a 1 Blood-sucker lizard__.. Catotes versicolor_______--_-~-_---__—-~-=___ 5 Iguanidae: Common iguana_______ NOWENE MM OUCN a eee 1 Swan Island iguana___. Iguana delicatissima____--_-_-_---_---_=_-___~ 1 Basilisk lizard________. BiG SUS CUS IS ee STi ial Sea eS Utrera eda 1 Rhinoceros iguana_____ CY CELT! CORNET EE ee sep eee 2 Carolina anole________. INGO DRESS (GLIA OXI ae eS 50 Fence lizard__________. SCeloponusnana lat sia ee eee aah 11 138 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 Family and common name Scientific name Number Iguanidae—Continued Fence lizard_________-. Sceloponus igpss 5) See ae ee ae 3 Phicalizard] 2203222555 PUICH DUGG oa eke, Bute UE so Le ae 1 Chuckwalla___________. Sauromalws Ovesusse ee 4 Scincidae: Mourning skink_______. LHGGOLID. UOKARODES Oo 2 White’s skink_________ Hoernia whitet.o 2 ee eee ® Skikteeb a tek ey Eumeces anthracinus_____----_-------------- 1 SS eatin kere ea ae a HUmMmeces, spies) Se 1 Five-lined skink_______ IHUMECES FAS CIUtIS= nee eee 1 Four-lined skink______- Humeces tetragrammus____-_-_-_-------_--=--= 10 Great Plains skink___-_. Humeces 0vsoletus= =) eee 2 Stump-tailed skink____. TiiQua Tug 0s G22 ae ee eee 1 Malayan skink________ Mabuya multifasciata______---_------------- 2 Gerrhosauridae: African plated lizard__. Zonosaurus sp_----------------------------- 1 Madagascar plated JZonosaurus madagascariensis_______--------- alt lizard. Plated lizard__________ Gerrhosaurus major__._-.-.-=_-~=--_ === 1 Lacertidae: HKuropean lizard_______ Lacerta strigata trilineata___________-------- 1 Teiidae: Ameiva lizard________- Ameiva ameiva praesignis_________--_-----_-~ 1 Caiman lizard________- Dracaena gquianensis2 == eee 1 Cordylidae: South African spiny Cordylus vandami perkoensis____.._-.-----___ 2 lizard. African spiny lizard___ Cordylus polyzonus_______--_---_------_-_____ 2 Varanidae: Komodo dragon______-. Viananws KOmodoensis2 22 eae 1 Indian monitor________ Varanus fiqvescens a UE us 1 Duméril’s monitor____-_ Varonus dimen) eee 1 Philippine monitor -__-_ Varanus nuchalis_________--_--_---_-§_-_---- 1 Malayan monitor___--~ Varanussalvato SS eee 7 Helodermatidae : Gila monster____-_-_-- Hetoderma suspectum=a22= 2-222 eee 4 Mexican beaded lizard_ Heloderma horridwm____------------_-_--_-_ 3 Beaded lizard, black Heloderma horridum alvernensis__._._.._----___ 1 phase. Anguidae: Eastern glass lizard___ Ophisaurus ventralig___.____.___-_-_________-_ 1 Huropean glass lizard__ Ophisaurus apodus__________----_-_--_- 4 HKuropean glass lizard, Anguis fragilis____._._____________-.-___-_--__ 8 or slow worm. San Diego alligator Gerrhonotus multicarinatus webbi________--__ 1 lizard. SERPENTES Boidae: Cook’s tree boa_______-_ BOW COOKE 2 au No nee lis s Sees 3 Boa constrictor ______- Constrictorn constrictions. 222 eee 4 Hmperor boa____-_____ Constrictor imperator_________________-_-___ 1 Cuban ground boa____- Tropidophis melanura________--------------- 1 Rainbow boa__--____-- Hpicrnates Cen cnrid= = eee 2 SECRETARY’S REPORT Family and common name Scientific name Number Boidae—Continued Riewaval [Xon) 455 es Hi DICON IC Ba ee mare ae a ee a Ballepythones=—2——=——— (PU CHONIREG TUS rn SER one ee ingianerock python.“ Python molurusss Soe Sos eee ee ee eee Regal python ~-------- IPYCNOMPCUCULC Saas a eee African python_------- Py ENOTORSEO WE aad: AA ya Colubridae : Eastern king snake____ Lampropeltis getulus getulus_____--__--__-__- Speckled king snake__- Lampropeltis getulus holbrooki____-___----__-- Florida king snake____ Lampropeltis getulus floridana______--_----~~ Sonora king snake_---- Lampropeltis getulus splendida___------------~ Searlet king snake__-_- Lampropeltis doliata doliata__-____--_------- Tropical king snake__- Lampropeltis doliata polyzonus____---------~- Eastern milk snake____ Lampropeltis doliata triangulum____--------~ Coastal Plain milk STIAKG ee eos ee Lampropeltis doliata temporalis______-------- Mole snake ~---------- Lampropeltis calligaster rhombomaculata_____ Hastern garter snake-- [hamnophis sirtalis sirtalis_____________-_-___ Garter snake, melan- [Thamnophis sirtalis___...____________-__--__ istic phase. Eastern hog-nosed Heterodon platyrhinos________----__----____- snake. Common water snake__ Wgtrix sipedon________-_--__-----------_____ Broad-banded water wWatriax sipedon confluens__________---------__ snake. Red-bellied water wNatrix erythrogaster erythrogaster__-___---_- snake. Blotched water snake_- Natrix erythrogaster transversa__-.. _-------- Yellow-bellied water wNatrix erythrogaster fllavigaster_.__ —------- snake. Huropean grass snake_- Natrix natriv natriv____-_-_-_-____- bys oe Huropean grass snake__ Natrig natriv bilineata___________----------- Diamondback water WNatrie rhombifera____________---------. ----- snake. Brown water snake_--- Natrix tavispilota___________-_--------------- Messellated awa Ler Netrio tessellatuss-— 0-9.) se snake. Hastern indigo snake-- Drymarchon corais couperi_____------------- Texas indigo snake---- Drymarchon corais erebennus__-------------- Mexican indigo snake-- Drymarchon corais ssp---------------------- Black rat snake_-_-__- Hilaphelopsoletaovsoleta==—2- = == ee Black rat snake, albino_ Elaphe obsoleta obsoleta_______-------------- Yellow rat snake__--~-. Elaphe obsoleta quadrivittata_____----------- Texas rat snake-___--- Elaphe obsoleta lindheimeri_____------------ Corn snake_____---~--- Elaphe guttata guttata____________---------- Great Plains rat snake_. Elaphe guttata emoryi_--------------------- Asiatic. Striped j rat) Mlaphe taeniura= 2222s: eee ental snake. Japanese rat snake___-. Elaphe cumacophora=2 ==) eee Chinese rat snake_____- GDN ehCOningigss. =) ee ee Aesculapian snake___-~_ HLApWElONngissim G2 22 ae a a ee Aesculapian snake____- Elaphe longissima subgrisea__-_-.----------- Bere be by bd bv BN w eH py OrRRNE RP OF HH Ewe 140 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 Family and common name Scientific name Number Colubridae—Continued Banded red snake_____- Dinodon rufozonatum__—_________-------_=== 4 Rainbow snake____---- Abastor erythrogrammus__—————------------~- 1 Northern black racer_.. Coluber constrictor constrictor_______-_------- a Huropean racer___----- Coluber jugularis caspiws_______-_---------+—~ 2 Rediracen2 22s waa neel Masticophis flagellum picews___------------~-- 1 Western coachwhip____ Masticophis flagetlum testaceus______------_~- 1 Northern ringneck Diadophis punctatus edwardsti_____-----_---- alt snake. Eastern worm snake__.. Carphophis amoenus aimoenus__-__--------~--- 1 Brown snake__-___---- Storenia dekqyit ss aw ee 1 Green vine snake___~_-. DryODNiS: Mrasinus2e ek ee 1 Bull snakes] is2sec2ees Pitwophis catenifernisayis2 222 eee 2 Great Basin gopher Pituophis catenifer deserticola________-_____- 1 snake. Kile snakes. so Simocephalus capensis_-----____-__ = 5 eee il Wolf snake_____.._-_-_. Lycodon flavomaculatus_________---_-__--=__ 1 Cat-eyed snake____--__. Eteirodipsas) spi ea eee ee 1 Green-headed tree Llepitophis mericanusli 22 ae 1 snake. Typhlopidae: Blind snake_—----- = = Tyuphiops vermicularis.) 2) 7 eee 3 Blind snake_______-__- Typhiops, olamiusas 22 Orne Se Sa VED iReld SE 3 Elapidae: Indian cobra___-__---_ NUP) OF OL Ce al Taiwan cobra___-1--_-. NGI NIG GEG Ss SE a eee 9 Kein S7c obras Ophiophagus hannah. eee 2 Many-banded krait___-. BUNGAUTUS MNULtiCinchWs. 2.2 ee eee 3 Banded krait_________- BUN UUs GS Cats ae eee 2 Acrochordidae: Hlephant trunk snake__ Acrochordus javanicus___________------------ 1 Crotalidae: Southern copperhead__. Ancistrodon contortrix contortrig__.-__----__ 12 Northern copperhead__. Ancistrodon contortriz mokeson__------------~ 4 Broad-banded copper- Ancisirodon contortria laticinctus_______--_-- 1 head Cottonmouth= =e Ancistrodon piscivorus 2 eee eee 3 Western cottonmouth__. Ancistrodon piscivorus lewcostoma________--- 3 Japanese pit viper_____ Ancistrodon halysa ee ae eee 1 Green palm viper____-_ = PTAIMeresSurus OnAMINeUS== =~ 2a eee al IMB yoeRbIS yi Trimeresurus elegans 2 eS eee 1 1 EN Gib PNA Ae Trimeresurus flavoviridis__.._____-_-- 4 B Okinawa habu_________ Trimeresurus okinavensis________-___________ 1 Taiwan habu__________ Trimeresurus mucrosquamaius_______- 1 Eastern diamondback Crotalus adamanteus________________________ al rattlesnake. Timber rattlesnake____. Crotalus hornidus: 2s ee eee 1 Western diamondback Crotalus atrow___._.__________----_-------_-_= 6 rattlesnake. Viperidae: Huropean viper_______ Vipera berus bosniensis__.___---__--__-____-_- 1 SECRETARY’S REPORT dollar. 141 AMPHIBIANS : CAUDATA Family and common name Scientific name Number Cryptobranchidae: Giant salamander_____ Megalobatrachus japonicus__._____________ 8 Amphiumidae: @ongoveelj a2 8! ee INTO OLOHTOO, COCUTOS 1 Ambystomatidae: Axolotl, white phase__. Ambystoma tigrinum______________________ D) JSS RONG) Ei a eae eae oes AMDYSEOMG LUG TANLIN ae ee 3 Spotted salamander___ Ambystoma maculatum_____________________ il Salamandridae: Japanese red-bellied Diemictylus pyrrhogaster____________________ 8 newt. Red-spotted newt______ Diemictylus viridescens viridescens__________ 14 Broken-striped newt___ Diemictylus viridescens dorsalis___________-__ % SALIENTIA Bufonidae: American toad________ IBULLOWLELEESETLS CINCTICONUS == ae 1 Fowler’s toad_________ Bufo woodhouset fowlert2._-2 2) eee 1 Blomberg’s toad_______ BALL ORO VOTO E RGU ne ee nie Eee a SE 1 Giant toads 2255 BAU ONIMNOTUVUS ee EL Ee 9 Cuban toad ~_________ IBORIO's (NARXGH NOCH aL a ee 6 Crested Central Ameri- Bufo typhoniws__---_--_-_-___---------_-_-__-__ 2 ean toad. South American point- Bufo granulosus_________-_---_-------------- 1 ed-nosed toad. Coloradapeiver. toad] BU Onglvyarnise een ee ee ee eee 2 Western toad_________ BU] OUD ORE 0: Sore Le eg Nice ee NE IE ed 1 Pipidae: Surinam toad______-_- ST BAW AIRY WOH EX) fae eae pes lan Se ne i Ue SON 6 Aimican clawed frog. Menopus laevissi_ oe Ve eee 3 Hylidae: Pacific tree frog______ MELA UPN CG VULNS SAE Utes 3 Gray tree frog_______- ELVIRA RSUGOUO as wp ee if! Microhylidae: Narrow-mouthed toad. Microhyla carolinensis_________-------------- 2 Ranidae: American bullfrog____-_ IRONIC), (ORHASOXG LOH 1 Greentirog ees 22 wa Rana clamitans melanota_____________---____ alt leopard frog___-______ EC GUE DUD UCTS His EL Reale ans Le as 25 FISHES NEOCERATODONTOIDEI Protopteridae : African lungfish_______ PT OLOPECT UWS KOTAVECL C1 Ses ee ee 3 OSTARIOPHYSOIDEI Characidae: Piramnas oe as ISGIRRESOHTT DOS COWIE a 1 Black) tetras22 222 2. Gymnocorymbus ternetzi_______-__-_-___ | ou il Metynnis, or silver Metynnis maculatus____-___--_______________ 1 142 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 Family and common name Scientific name Number Cyprinidae: Zebra danio___-----_-- Brachydanio ,eniol. = eee al TMser/ Dar eee ea Barbus partipentazona_______--------------- 1 White cloud mountain Tanichthys albonubes____-__----------------- 1 fish. Loricariidae: South American suck- Hypostomus plecostomus__------------------- 3 ing catfish. Black bullhead______- Tetanus melas 2 22.2222. 0 eee 1 Electrophoridae: Electric eel________-- Electrophorus electricus_____---------------- 6 CYPRINODONTOIDE! Poeciliidae: Flag-tailed guppy____ Lebistes reticulatus________-_-_--------------- 10 Guppy ea eer RED Lebvistes reticulatuss = eee 15 Black mollie__._______ Mollienesia latipinna_________-____-----_-___ 1 Platy, or moonfish____ Xiphophorus maculatus________________-____- 5 Green swordtail_____. XG PNOPhOTUs SPL ikee 2 2.2 eee 20 Red swordtail_______ Kiphophorus:, Spis222" 22 eee 40 PERCOMORPHOIDEI Anabantidae: Kissing gourami____-_. Helostoma temmincki___.__-_---_-----.----.---- 1 Centrarchidae: Common bluegill_____ Lepomis) macrochinus 223) eee 1 Cichlidae: Peacock cichlid______ Astronotus ocellatisi= | eee 1 Jack Dempsey fish___ Cichlasoma biocellatum___------------------- 3 Egyptian mouth- Haplochromis multicolor__.___________.___----_ 1 breeder. African mouth- Pelmatochromis guentheri___-._.__------_____ 1 breeder. An celfi sheen Ptierophyllumiemeket2 Eee 1 Gobiidae: Bumblebee fish______. Brachygobius dorices. Se 1 CRUSTACEANS Cenobitidae: Land hermit crab____- Coenobita clypeatus2_—_ = eee 29 Key West hermit crab- Coenobita diogenes__________________________ 13 ARANEIDA Aviculariidae: easter Gi] eae ee aes Hurypeima spoze se ee 1 ORTHOPTERA Blattidae: Tropical giant cock- Blaberus giganteus__________________________ 35 roach. MOLLUSKS Planorbidae: Pond snail____________ TEI AIEXOOLD HRB OQU DIS og ee 30 SECRETARY’S REPORT 143 REPORT OF THE VETERINARIAN Nikumba, the adult male gorilla, whose paraplegia was mentioned in last year’s Report, made an essentially complete recovery in 8 months. A tentative diagnosis was made of a selective spotty viral infection of the spinal cord. Nikumba was treated daily for approximately 3 months. Chloromycetin succinate and Bejectal, a vitamin-B complex, were injected intramuscularly, by the use of the projectile syringe and the Cap-Chur gun. Methylprednisolone was given orally in Coca Cola syrup. The most noteworthy progress was seen approximately 214 months after the onset of the paralytic attack when Nikumba was able to stand erect and take two or three steps before returning to a sitting position. His progress since that time has been slow and steady; he has regained his original weight and is moving in a normal manner. One of the most interesting things that occurred during the treat- ment period was the gorilla’s reaction to the use of the Cap-Chur gun equipment. One could enter the room with empty hands and Nikumba would come to the bars with a desire to hold your arm or your hand, and displayed every evidence of affection. As soon as the equipment was produced, however, Nikumba would retreat to a far corner of the cage or climb to the top of the shift cage. He became very nervous and would swing from the horizontal bars in the cage to escape the administration of the medication. Immediately following the injec- tion Nikumba would realize that the treatment had been completed and would then come forward to the bars and display his normal friendliness. His recovery has been observed with a great deal of interest because he is not only an excellent specimen of the male lowland gorilla but also a proven sire. The first baby, Tomoka, was born on September 9, 1961. Leonard, a second male, was born on January 10, 1964. The last observed mating of the parent gorillas took place on April 24 and 25, 1963, approximately 2 months before the onset of the paraplegia of the breeding male. It has been necessary for both babies to be raised by the wife of a keeper, since Moka had no milk following either birth. The entire staff is anxiously awaiting Moka’s return to a regular menstrual cycle to observe Nikumba’s ability to mate following his paralysis. On December 16, 1963, Deepali, an adult Indian rhinoceros and her baby were received by air from India. Eleven days following the arrival symptoms of an intestinal colic were noted in the adult at 1 p-m., and death occurred at 9 o’clock that evening. An immediate autopsy was performed and the cause of death was found to be a per- acute hemorrhagic gastroenteritis. Approximately 4 liters of free blood were found in the stomach and the anterior portion of the small 144 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 intestine. This problem was further complicated by the presence of a large number of fringed and diphyllobothrium tapeworms and in- testinal fiukes, as well as numerous strongyloides. Treatment was instituted immediately to relieve the parasitic infestation of the baby rhino, Rajkumari, with excellent results, and her growth has been quite satisfactory. On March 4, 1964, the director of the National Zoological Park returned from Djakarta, Indonesia, with a pair of Komodo dragons (Varanus komodoensis). The male dragon was 8 feet 11 inches long and weighed approximately 200 pounds. The smaller female was 6 feet long and weighed 75 pounds. The first fecal samples harvested following their arrival revealed a heavy infestation of protozoa with ameboid-like nuclei. On May 21 the large dragon became affected. with severe gastric cramps which were relieved by the injection of atropine sulfate, but it died the next day. An intensive autopsy was performed, and the cause of death was established as intestinal and extraintestinal amebiasis. Histopathological sections were made from tissues harvested during the autopsy. Outstanding degeneration was noted in the liver, in which no functional tissue could be found; it consisted entirely of a mass of ameboid-like cysts. This has been reported only once in literature and much more extensive studies are being conducted by the veterinary division in cooperation with the Parasitology Department of George Washington University Medical School and the staff of the Armed Forces Institute of Pathology to determine the incidence of such liver cyst occurrence in our available lizards. With the assistance of Dr. Thomas Sappington, an internal medicine specialist in Washington, a research program is being developed in the incidence and extent of tissue damage caused by amebae in lizards. This will include a study of the blood picture, parasite history, and possible liver damage caused by amebiasis in the monitor lizard. A 6-day treatment of the female Komodo dragon consisted of re- tention enemas of 200 cc. of physiological saline, containing 650 mg. of diodoquin, and intramuscular injections of 500 mg. of tetracycline. In the meantime, tests were being conducted on Varanus salvator to determine the lizard’s tolerance of 0.0325 mg. of intramuscular emetine hydrochloride as an effort to arrest the extraintestinal amebiasis. This test continued for 6 days with no apparent side effects. After estab- lishing the safety of the drug, the Komodo dragon then received the same dosage. The results were a marked reduction in the number of amebae and flagellates in the stool. Studies are continuing in the hope of finding a more satisfactory parasiticide for use in various species of mammals, birds, and reptiles. Ambutochloride has been used in canines, as well as reptiles; thiaben- SECRETARY’S REPORT : 145 dazole has been used in equines, rhinoceroses, tapirs, and several mon- keys; and a research product, called Alcopar, which contains the bephenium ion, shows a great deal of promise in selected species of animals. ‘To generalize, thiabendazole has been the first. product we have used in the zebras that has been so thorough that routine worm- ing has become unnecessary; and the use of Alcopar in the large cats has caused a reduction in the egg count of both ascarid and hookworm. Bird losses on the shipment arriving from India on December 16 were high, owing primarily to travel trauma. Among 69 waterfowl and pheasants quarantined at Clifton, N.J., 8 undiagnosed deaths occurred. Psittacine birds are required to be quarantined for a period of 90 days under the direction of the U.S. Public Health Service, and 101 birds were placed in a closed quarantine area. Quarantine pro- cedure consists of 45 days on tetracycline-treated seeds, and a further 45-day period of observation. Of the quarantined birds, 48 died and were sent to the Communicable Disease Center. Psittacosis virus was isolated in some of the birds. Every effort is being made to improve the effectivness of the veteri- nary division in the care of animal health in the Park. X-ray equip- ment purchased early in the year has been invaluable in the correction of several fractures. Equipment and supplies have been obtained to institute a system of bacteriological culturing in both living animals and autopsy specimens in an effort to establish the cause of death more definitely, and diagnose illnesses and infections in the living animals more rapidly. The veterinary division has been fortunate in having the cooperation and assistance of various specialists in the fields of clinical investiga- tion and medicine. Among these men were Dr. Henry Feffer, ortho- pedist ; Dr. Hugo Rizzoli, neurosurgeon; Dr. A. G. Karlsen of the Mayo Clinic in Rochester, Minn.; Dr. F. R. Lucas, director of the Livestock Sanitary Laboratory in Centerville, Md.; Dr. Anthony Morris of the National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md.; and Dr. Leonard Marcus and staff, of the Armed Forces Institute of Pathology. Dr. Clarence Hartman, Dr. William McCarten, and Miss Bessie Sonnen- berg, parasitologists on the staff of George Washington Medical School, connected with the Tropical Disease Program, have given assistance in the diagnosis of and identification of the parasites that we have encountered in the Zoo, and their advice on treatment has been most helpful. A Brahminy kite (Haliastur indus) collected for the National Zoological Park by the National Geographic Society-Smithsonian Institution Expedition to the East Indies, received September 28, 1937, died on April 18, 1964. This bird had been in the collection 26 years 5 months 21 days. 146 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 Following are autopsy statistics for the mortality which occurred at the National Zoological Park during the last fiscal year, and a table of comparison with the past 6 years: TABLE 1.— Autopsy statistics, 1958-64 Mortality, fiscal year 1964 Total mortality past 7 years Cause Reptiles! } Birds | Mammals No autopsy for sundry reasons ?__-__-- 126 27 17 | 1958___.550 Attrition (within 14 days after arrival) _- 1 26 20 | 1959____472 Systemic: diseases Ss) 4a seu e as eae 39 36 19 | 1960__--532 Imfectiousi@diseases420 (2 ue ee oe 5 1 | 1961____517 PAT ASE SS ae ernie zeae lone a una 9 3 1 | 1962____584 Injuries; accidents... ahaa PES 19 74 41 | 1963____636 DREW Ov WOR: Kops hel cree PO LDR yt Cen OO 2 (EB 2 6) erasure Miscellaneous (stillborn, old age, FEY GaN Ee) Yee a a A a OP Se ac Cig ree ge es VS. Wi 2 aera (Wndetermime dt sii Lae EE jee eee Oe 36 57 29) | 22S Motalirnt Give oe Soren see 237 230 152 | 1964____619 1 Included with reptile deaths are amphibians, fishes, and insects. 2 Reasons include preserving of intact specimen for museum and research, progressed decomposition, insufficient remains in case of predators, etc. 3 Systemic diseases include acute and chronic diseases of lung, liver, kidney and heart, and intestinal ailments other than parasite involvement, as well as CNS disorders. 4 Infectious diseases include TB, viremia, toxoplasmodis, etc. RESEARCH The National Zoological Park is expanding its scope in the field of animal behavioral studies to programs designed to develop a greater knowledge of animal husbandry as it applies to worldwide conserva- tion efforts. All possible efforts and means must immediately be turned to the task of preserving representative fauna from all parts of the world. International and national organizations of zoos and wildlife con- servators do consonantly strive to preserve those species which are threatened in the countries of habitat. To foster and breed such species is a task well within the capabilities of the zoos and conserva- tion societies of the world. It remains only to know enough about these vanishing animals to recreate at least minimum niches which may result in reversal and establishment of breeding units. To this end the National Zoological Park is participating and cooperating in the following projects: Group relationships and social niches of the Barbary ape, Macaca sylvanus; investigators, Dr. R. K. Lahiri, Director Alipore Zoo, Cal- cutta, India, and Dr. Charles Southwick, Director, School of Bio- medicine, Johns Hopkins University. Social behavior of titi monkeys, Callicebus ; investigator, Dr. Martin Moynihan, Canal Zone Biological Area, Balboa, Panama. SECRETARY’S REPORT 147 Ecology and behavior of Suncus murinus; investigator, Dr. Kyle Barbehenn. This work is continuing with emphasis on captive be- havior at the National Zoological Park. The arrangement and structure of the genetic complex in wild animals is an active project in which the National Zoological Park is contributing culture bases to Dr. Kurt Benirschke, department of genetics, Dartmouth University. A great deal of information, which should lead to better understanding of breeding programs, is anticipated. The National Zoological Park will continue to devote, within the organization, as much time and effort as possible to increase the knowl- edge of the requirements of wild animals both captive and free. To this end, the zoo plans, at the first opportunity, to activate a section of Animal Research and Behavior. VISITORS The 16th International Congress of Zoology was held in Washington from August 20 to 26, and many of the delegates visited the National Zoo. On the night of August 20 approximately 2,000 were taken on a night tour and served refreshments. Members of the American Association of Zoological Parks and Aquariums, meeting in Wash- ington from September 28 to 26, visited the Park frequently and on September 24 were taken on a late-afternoon tour of the Zoo. The annual meeting of the Virginia Herpetological Society was held in the reptile house on December 28 and was attended by 62 members. On June 6, 1964, the same society met again in the reptile house and heard an illustrated lecture on the snakes of Taiwan, given by Dr. R. K. Kuntz. About 2 p.m. each day the cars then parked in the Zoo are counted and listed according to the State or country from which they come. This is, of course, not a census of the cars coming to the Zoo but is valuable in showing the percentage of attendance by States of people In private automobiles. Many District of Columbia, Maryland, and Virginia cars come to the Zoo to bring guests from other States. The tabulation for fiscal year 1964 is as follows: Sse - Percentage Percentage Niceville teehee SOHO! COMMECEL CU eee eee ee NG AVeI ears oo ea NS 244) South (Caroling @ i=. 220 ss .6 District of Columbia____---___-_ TSH tS} MOP Mab Roy Bani .6 Rennsylvanian ee ee 443 (InOis: 222-2 ee Oe ee .5 ING WaViOT Kereta a Aes Gy LY OG abigegen Mee eee ee ee .D Nord Chrahiin ss eee a Ui hl cls Deb es Wyse mele ee Saale a .5 ING WHRIGES CV te ae 4 Georgia shies eel Eee anaes .4 (ONG), © AR See i se ee ee ee a ee LSD ela ware ae eis ae eee eae .4 Wiest Virginia Sess te ee E325 | Terai eh 10 5, ew a aN, Be EE 4 TRNYUOETCG I SRN, aE Re tne pha ea 1.0 =e Massachusetts ______--__-_---- 5) To tallies ic sake ee eves ae 96. 0 PREMMNESSC@, ee 6 745-725—65——11 148 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 The remaining 4 percent came from other States, Belgium, Canada, Canal Zone, England, France, Germany, Honduras, Japan, Mexico, Puerto Rico, Thailand, and Turkey. On the days of even small at- tendance there are cars parked in the Zoo from at least 15 States, Territories, the District of Columbia, and foreign countries. Owing to the construction work in progress in the Zoo in connection with the redevelopment program, the number of available parking spaces fluctuates between 650 and 1,100. TaBLE 2.—Numober of bus groups visiting the Zoo in fiscal year 1964 Locality Number Number Locality Number Number of groups in groups of groups | in groups JMO Wwene eS 17 616 || Mississippi-_------- 2 46 AT CANS AG yams 1 383 || Missouri___._---_- 1 32 Californias. 2255" 2 49 || New Hampshire___ 3 107 Connecticut___-_-__- 11 339 || New Jersey-—----- 29 1, 288 District of New York___---__- 203 7, 532 Columbia_------ 286 9,978 || North Carolina____ 203 6, 484 Delaware_-_------- 12 42.2 )) Ohio ie 2st syne ieN 29 1, 025 Onid as se = eee 32 1,139 || Pennsylvania_____- 392 14, 079 Georgia eee ees 15 554 |) Rhode Island_____- 12 389 TMlimois 22.41 Laie 17 578 || South Carolina-_--- 55 2, 022 Inqianaese= == ee 10 330 || Tennessee__._____- 53 1, 808 A Oy aaa he 2 SOM bexass ea pee oe 9 203 Ian sagt eos 1 IES A Wabyeab ove oe 894 | 35, 227 Kentucky___------ 13 433 || Vermont_________- 1 39 Massachusetts-_-_ -- 20 727 || Washington___---- 1 29 Maryland! *s32220 1,161 | 44,028 || West Virginia_-_--- 51 1, 977 Miaim et ite a eres 2 80 || Wisconsin______--_- 5 197 Michivan=22 Ss 4 132 a Minnesota-__-_----- 4 174 Totalssevis 3, 553 | 132, 191 PERSONNEL Eppie Bell was transferred from the Smithsonian Institution to become maintenance general foreman of the National Zoological Park on May 24, 1964. John Monday, transferred from the District of Columbia Government Water Department, was appointed gardener foreman on March 15, 1964. Wilbur Banner, formerly with the Navy Department in Norfolk, Va., was appointed mason lead foreman on December 31, 1962. During the year only three employees left the Zoo. Dr. W. T. Roth, general curator since August 7, 1961, resigned on June 380, 1964. Pvt. George McLeod, a member of the police force since September 1, 1928, retired on December 31, 1963. Lt. Earl King, appointed to the police force on August 4, 1944, retired because of disability on January 14, 1964. SECRETARY’S REPORT 149 The director attended the annual meeting of the International Union of Directors of Zoological Gardens in Chester, England, from Septem- ber 9 to 18. At the annual conference of the American Association of Zoological Parks and Aquariums, held in Washington September 23 to 26, the director was elected president of the Association. He attended the meetings of the executive board of the American Institute of Park Executives, held in New York January 17 to 20, and a com- mittee meeting of the AAZPA in New York on February 7. From October 30 to November 3, he was in Sumter, S.C., as consultant to city officials who plan to build a zoo in that city. On May 17, he was present at the dedication of a new feline house in City Park Zoo, Denver, Colo., and on the following 3 days he attended the Western Regional Zoo Conference in Salt Lake City, Utah. On June 21 he left for London, England, as a delegate to a symposium on the role of zoos in animal conservation. Following the conference in London he visited zoos in Munich, Turin, and Barcelona. The director gave three radio talks and made three television appear- ances. He addressed the College Park (Md.) Rotary Club and also spoke at a meeting of the D.C. Veterinary Medical Association. J. Lear Grimmer, associate director, on January 20 made a sound film to be broadcast in India over the Voice of America. On April 3 he gave a half-hour talk over WETA-—TYV, an educational channel, and on June 27 appeared on a film for the U.S. Information Agency. He spoke on a radio program about new animals at the Zoo (June 10) and addressed the Virginia Herpetological Society on June 6. While in India he had an opportunity to visit zoos in Delhi, Calcutta, and Guahati, as well as wildlife sanctuaries in Assam and in Sundarbans bordering the Bay of Bengal. On May 14 and 15 he attended meet- ings of the Inland Field Conference at the National Science Founda- tion, Washington, D.C. In June Travis K. Fauntleroy, assistant to the director, visited zoos in Buffalo, Detroit, Milwaukee, Chicago, Indianapolis, Cincinnati, Columbus, Toledo, and Cleveland, observing children’s zoos in particu- lar and management operations in general. Keeper H. Stroman appeared on a television program for the U.S. Information Agency on May 18, showing a European brown bear cub and a baby pygmy hippopotamus. Tn the fiscal year 1964 the Zoo had 211 authorized positions: office of the director, 11; operations and maintenance department, which in- cludes the mechanical division, police division, grounds division, and services division, 122; animal department, 77 (an increase of 1 night keeper) ; and scientific research department, 1. 150 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 POLICE DIVISION Alterations to the topography of the Park during the past year created problems for the Zoo police, but they have made the necessary adjustments to meet the changes in flow of traffic, congested areas, dangerous locations, and changed sites of parking lots. Four new members joined the force to replace men who retired or transferred. A new police cruiser replaced the old one, and two more horses were acquired for patrolling remote parts of the Park. Addi- tional walkie-talkie sets facilitate direct communication between men working in widely scattered locations. The police locker room and improved kitchen facilities were relo- cated to eliminate congestion in the police station and add to the comfort of the division. AFGE Lodge No. 185 was recognized by the Smithsonian Institu- tion as the official bargaining agent in disputes and discussion between the police department and management. Eight letters of commendation were received, citing various officers for the courtesy, kindness, and assistance to the public. Twenty-five officers qualified on the pistol range. The division now has seven experts, nine sharpshooters, and nine marksmen. Lieutenant Wolfe attended the President’s Conference on Occupa- tional Safety. Captain Brink attended a seminar on management and employee relations, held at the Civil Service Commission. Lt. D. B. Bell conducted a refresher course in law enforcement. Sgt. A. L. Canter and Pvt. D. R. Bowman held classes in first aid. During the year at the Zoo there were 1,501 traffic violations, 131 juvenile arrests, 62 criminal arrests, 106 truant children, 295 lost chil- dren, 585 minor first-aid cases, and 47 serious first-aid cases. A total of 9,395 visitors asked for information or assistance at the police station. Through the efforts of Lieutenant Wolfe, blood procurement officer, 38 pints of blood were donated to the Red Cross Blood Bank. Thirty- seven pairs of eyeglasses, found and unclaimed, were donated to the D.C. Chapter of the Society for the Prevention of Blindness; 12 bags of clothing and miscellaneous articles, found and unclaimed, were turned over to Goodwill Industries. Nine groups of handicapped children and 11 busloads of patients from St. Elizabeth’s Hospital were escorted through the Zoo by var- lous police officers throughout the year. On May 9 a total of 7,378 School Safety Patrol children, transported in 190 buses, visited the Park after the annual parade. Buses were parked and dispersed efficiently by the police in the limited parking areas available. SECRETARY'S REPORT 151 MAINTENANCE, CONSTRUCTION, AND GROUNDS _ The mechanical division has the responsibility for the maintenance and repair of the buildings and facilities of the National Zoological Park. This responsibility is met by the heating and ventilating sec- tion and by the building section which, in addition to continuing - maintenance, constructs new shelters, paddocks, and cages for the animals. Considerable work was done on the monkey house this year. The wooden partitions and floors in the inside cages were rebuilt, new shifting doors installed, and inside and outside cages painted. New doors were built and installed at the building’s entrance. The reloca- tion of the Connecticut Avenue-Harvard Street road necessitated the installation of fences for visitor safety and animal protection. The small stone house for hoofed stock, back of the small mammal house, was remodeled to make it suitable for camels. One of the large alliga- tor cages on the north end of the reptile house was remodeled and now is provided with radiant heat in the floor to make it more com- fortable for the Komodo dragon. ‘The small waterfowl pond behind the main bear line was remodeled as an exhibit area for the Komodo dragon and the Malayan monitors during the summer months. Plumbers, electricians, carpenters, and painters are constantly at work keeping the old buildings in a decent state of repair. One of the year’s tasks was to build a crate for a full-grown giraffe. Work of the grounds division included the planting of 107 trees (some of them flowering), 63 shrubs, 78 evergreens, and various bulbs and annuals. ‘These were planted along the new road, on banks near the shop, and throughout the Zoo lawns. Other projects included seeding new areas where contractors had been working on the road; seeding of deer paddocks, which had never before had grass; making several new flowerbeds; renewing the soil and preparing a special me- dium for the Komodo dragon’s outdoor cage; gathering forage and grass clippings for animal food; filling in holes in lawns and walk- ways; and cutting of perches desired for birds and animals. The ground division also cut back branches overhanging bridle paths and cleared horse trails along the fence line; removed dead wood from 195 trees over walks, roads, and public areas; felled 92 trees that were dead or in bad condition; cut 49 unsightly stumps from Zoo lawns with the aid of a stump chipper borrowed from the U.S. Army, Cameron Station, Va.; moved snow and ice from sidewalks and build- ing steps; sprayed bees’ nests to protect the public from stings; and helped other departments in the Zoo with the Skyworker. Gifts of plants were received from the District Waterworks, Botanical Gar- den, Bureau of Standards, Glendale Nursery, Walter Reed Hospital, Naval Hospital, St. Elizabeth’s Hospital, and the management of the annual Flower and Garden Show. 152 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 INFORMATION AND EDUCATION The major activity of the information-education department was the continuation of signing and relabeling. During the year a total of 457 animal identification labels were completed; since the program began in October 1962, a total of eight buildings and units of the Zoo have been relabeled—the puma house, main bear dens, short bear line and ring cages, elephant house, reptile house, lion house, beaver valley, and all outdoor hoofed stock. Also produced were 221 supporting informational signs (safety signs, building signs, directional maps, etc.) and 181 other visual information projects such as maps, charts, and graphs. Four scale models were produced in conjunction with the renovation plans for the Zoo. The mechanical department as- sisted in framing and erecting the information signs on cages and exhibits throughout the Park. Additional department activities during the year included dissemi- nation of animal information by telephone and correspondence, library maintenance, and five special guided tours for groups of handi- capped children, visiting schools and colleges, and foreign guests. Two such groups of interest were delegates of the Foreign Museum Professionals, sponsored by the American Association of Museums in cooperation with the Department of State, and children from the United Cerebral Palsy of Northern Virginia. To study educational programs, labeling-exhibit techniques, and children’s zoos, the zoologist visited zoos, aquariums, and museums in Texas (Dallas and Fort Worth), Arizona (Tucson), and California (San Diego, Los Angeles, and San Francisco), from October 27 to November 18. From May 20 to May 28, the zoologist toured zoos and museums in Atlanta, Ga., and Tampa and Miami, Fla., for the same purpose. SAFETY SUBCOMMITTEE The National Zoological Park’s safety subcommittee consists of Lt. John R. Wolfe, chairman; Capt. C. E. Brink, police division; F. M. Dellar, administration office; Bert J. Barker, animal depart- ment; Reily Straw, maintenance and construction; John Monday, grounds department; and Mrs. W. M. Holden, secretary. Monthly meetings were held to suggest, discuss, and make recommendations to the director on safety improvements. The safety subcommittee is constantly on the alert for dangers that might arise due to the construction program. ‘Three contractors are working on separate projects at the present time. Committee mem- SECRETARY’S REPORT 153 bers are also vigilant in seeing that previous recommendations for safety measures are carried out. Safety precautions taken included paving 600 feet of sidewalk, re- pairing potholes in roadways, installation of handrails at front and rear entrances of administration building, extending the step on the loading platform at the shop, and putting guards on power mowers. FINANCES Funds for the operation of the National Zoological Park are appro- priated annually under the District of Columbia Appropriation Act. The operation and maintenance appropriation for the fiscal year 1964 totaled $1,597,356, which was $127,156 more than for the preceding year. The increase consisted of $25,010 to cover salary increases for general-schedule employees in accordance with Public Law 87-793; $43,260 to cover salary increases for wage-board employees; $18,560 for within-grade salary advancements for both general-schedule and wage-board employees; $21,030 to cover costs of reallocations; $8,750 for annualization of five positions established in fiscal year 1963; $4,841 to employ temporary police; $3,505 to establish one position for one-half of the year; $1,200 for miscellaneous supplies; and $1,000 for the purchase of new equipment. Of the total appropriation, 84.5 percent ($1,349,407) was used for salaries and related personnel costs, and 15.5 percent ($247,949) for the maintenance and operation of the Zoo. Included in the latter fig- ure were $85,150 for animal food; $23,700 for fuel for heating ; $24,188 for materials for building construction and repairs; $12,473 for elec- tricity; $12,119 for the purchase of animals; $6,933 for telephone, postal, and telegraph services; and $7,660 for veterinarian equipment and supplies. The balance of $75,726 in operational funds was ex- pended for other items, including freight, sundry supplies, uniforms, gasoline, road repairs, equipment replacement, and new equipment. COOPERATION At all times special efforts are made to maintain friendly contacts with other Federal and State agencies, private concerns and individ- uals, and scientific workers for mutual assistance. As a result, the Zoo receives much help and advice and many valuable animals, and in turn it furnishes information and, whenever possible, animals it does not need. Special acknowledgement is due William Taback and John Pulaski, in the office of the Dispatch Agent in New York City, and Stephen E. Lato, Dispatch Agent in San Francisco, who are frequently called upon to clear shipments of animals coming from abroad, often at times of personal inconvenience. 154 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 When it is necessary to quarantine animals coming into this country, they are taken to the U.S. Department of Agriculture’s station in Clifton, N.J. During the past year Dr. H. A. Waters and Andy Goodel, two of the officials stationed there, were most cooperative in keeping the National Zoological Park informed as to the well-being of animals and birds being held there for quarantine. Animals that die in the Zoo are offered to the U.S. National Museum. If the Museum does not need them, either as study specimens or as ex- hibits, they are sent on request to research workers in other institutions. Specialists at the Museum are always willing to be of help in identify- ing rare specimens acquired at the Zoo. The National Zoological Park cooperated with the National Capital Parks and lent smali animals to Park naturalists and to the Nature Center in Rock Creek Park for demonstration. A Taiwan cobra was lent to the New England Aquarium in Boston, Mass., for a television showing. Ces FRIENDS OF THE NATIONAL ZOO The Board of Governors of the Friends of the National Zoo, at their regular monthly meeting in April, passed the following resolution : Resolved: That the Board of Governors of the Friends of the National Zoo does hereby designate the Society’s primary purpose and function to be the encourage- ment of a broader zoological interest and knowledge, formed particularly in the National Zoological Park. To achieve this goal, we propose that the Society pro- mote the development of an educational service which would utilize all effective contemporary media. Therefore, the President is authorized to establish an Educational Steering Committee, not necessarily limited in membership to present members of the Society, which would formulate and recommend to the Board programs designed to achieve these above-mentioned ends. Since the 10-year program of capital improvements is so well under way, physically and financially, it was felt that the urgency of work- ing in behalf of the physical rehabilitation of the Zoo was no longer great, and that the Friends could turn their energies toward develop- ing various programs aimed at increasing and strengthening the edu- cational potential of the National Zoological Park. In March of this year the Friends published the first issue of their newsletter, called Spots and Stripes, which elicited much favorable comment. Present plans are for it to be published quarterly. The Zoo has long felt the need for this sort of publication, and staff mem- bers were glad to cooperate with the Friends in getting out the first two issues. The annual Zoo Night was held on June 12, 1964. Approximately 250 members, with their families, were taken on a tour of the buildings, which were illuminated for the evening. SECRETARY’S REPORT 155 CAPITAL IMPROVEMENTS Money in this year’s Smithsonian Institution Appropriation Act amounted to $1,275,000 for the capital improvement program at the National Zoological Park. A portion of this is being used for the ad- vance planning of the multiclimate house and aquatic mammal exhibit, preliminary studies of the sewage system, and detailed planning for the Connecticut Avenue entrance, hardy hoofed-stock and delicate hoofed-stock enclosures, and additional parking lots. A portion of the remainder is being used to construct new deer pens and new parking lots near the Connecticut Avenue entrance. The balance will be com- bined with fiscal 1965 money to construct the hardy hoofed-stock and delicate hoofed-stock exhibits. A portion of the money was used to build an incinerator between the shop and the heating plant. Con- struction of the Connecticut Avenue entrance and the hardy hoofed- stock exhibit have been combined with the delicate hoofed stock in 1965 because of delays in design due to refinements and improvements sug- gested by the Fine Arts Commission. During this fiscal year work continued on the remodeling of the birdhouse and construction of a new flight cage. It is hoped that con- struction will be finished and the house stocked and opened to the pub- lic in late December or early January. The relocation of the east-west access road from Connecticut Avenue to Beach Drive was completed and opened to the public. The elephant house parking lot is utilized by the visitors. Through traffic in the center of the Zoo has been completely eliminated except for Zoo vehi- cles. The removal of intrusive and dangerous automobile traffic has created a more leisurely and parklike atmosphere in the heart of the Zoo. As with any change, there have been some objections from the public; however, it is gratifying that many more compliments have been received than complaints. The incinerator was constructed by the Edrow Engineering Co. It is now possible for the National Zoological Park to destroy com- pletely all combustible waste material on the Zoo grounds. A long- standing source of embarrassingly poor housekeeping has been eliminated. National Capital Parks, Department of the Interior, has com- pleted the first phase of the relocation of Beach Drive, which consists of a tunnel under “Administration Hill,” retaining walls, a roadbed, and new bridle trail on the east side of Rock Creek. The Department of Sanitary Engineering of the District of Co- lumbia installed a new 60-inch relief interceptor sewer beginning in the Zoo downstream from the wolves, near “Purcell Rock,” and con- tinuing along the west bank of the creek adjacent to an already existing sewer line crossing Beach Drive within the Zoo just below the lower 156 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 ford and continuing down through Rock Creek Park. This is part of a program of sewage improvement of the District of Columbia. Unfortunately the installation of such a large sewer necessitated the removal of most of the trees along the west bank of Rock Creek, and also the closing of the fords for many more days this year than is normal. At various times during the year there was construction going on in five different areas of the Zoo. This caused some inconvenience to visitors and necessitated changes in their parking and established traffic patterns. ‘These changes, however, were met with ready ac- ceptance by the visiting public and a great deal of friendly interest by local citizens. There was a drop in the number of organized bus groups visiting the Zoo because of the difficulty of parking buses during the con- struction program. All redevelopment work is being done under the direction of the District of Columbia Department of Buildings and Grounds. Spe- cial acknowledgment is due the director of that department and his able staff. Respectfully submitted. Tueopore H. Resp, Director. S. Ditton Riptery, Secretary, Smithsonian Institution. Report on the Astrophysical Observatory Sir: I have the honor to submit the following report on the opera- tions of the Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1964: DIVISION OF ASTROPHYSICAL RESEARCH The Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory’s broad research pro- gram* this past year embraced six major areas—planetary science, meteoritic studies, cometary science, solar observation, stellar cbserva- tion, and stellar theory. This division of the research program is wholly arbitrary, and the six areas are strongly interrelated. A recent work of the director of the Observatory is an example of the amalgamation of several of these topics. For the 100th anni- versary of the U.S. National Academy of Sciences, held in Wash- ington in October 1963, Dr. Whipple was invited to present a critical summary on the history of the solar system. This lecture, consider- ably expanded to present his interpretation of the present state of theory of the evolution of the solar system, is now in press for the Academy’s Proceedings. In preparing this summary, Dr. Whipple reviewed critically a number of the processes visualized as opera- tive in the earlier stages of the evolution of our solar system. In the coming years Observatory scientists will expand their explorations in these areas. A strong feature of the Observatory’s scientific program is the ease with which a scientist investigating a particular topic may draw on experience and techniques generated by others pursuing different topics. Thus the expertise developed by the Baker-Nunn network for tracking satellites has been applied to an enlarged program of comet and flare star observations. Planetary sciences—With each year of mounting space activity, the other planets seem less remote. Popular response and scientific attention to planetary studies seem destined to increase as we approach the ultimate objective of manned exploration. The current studies of the earth, facilitated and stimulated by satellite observations, will eventually be repeated for the other planets. At present these geo- *Unless otherwise noted, research is supported from Federal funds appropriated to Smithsonian Institution. The Observatory, by paying scientists’ salaries, shares in the support of all research. Support from outside sources is detailed in footnotes 1-17 (p. 177), 157 158 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 physical investigations predominate in the planetary research activ- ities of the Observatory and much of the scientific community. Scientists of the Observatory, using precise satellite-tracking data from the network of Baker-Nunn cameras, investigate three major geophysical topics: the detailed representation of the earth’s gravi- tational field; the geometrical relation between points on the earth’s surface; and the density and temperature of the upper atmosphere and their variations. ‘These topics are interrelated in a way that requires that they be investigated concurrently. The director of the Observatory is responsible for initiating the coordinated attack on these problems and for monitoring their interaction with national and international programs. As a satellite moves in its orbit, the details of its motion reflect the many irregularities in the gravitational field corresponding to the nonuniform mass distribution within the earth. The gravitational potential is conventionally represented mathematically as a series ex- pansion in spherical harmonics. Imre G. Izsak has used a total of 26,447 precisely reduced Baker-Nunn observations of 11 objects to obtain least-squares estimates for the coefficients of tesseral and sec- torial harmonics of the geopotential.1_ The method yields estimates of geophysical significance for harmonics up to the sixth degree. Evaluations of zonal-harmonics coefficients in the earth’s gravita- tional potential up to the 14th order have been made by Dr. Y. Kozai,1 who used precisely reduced Baker-Nunn observations of 1959 al, 1959 Eta, 1960 .2, 1961 Nu, 1961 o1 and 2, 1961 «81, and 1962 ae, inclina- tions of which are between 28° and 95°. A basic computer program used in all analyses of satellite motions is the Differential Orbit Improvement program (DOI), which has been extended by Mr. Izsak, M. J. Davies, and E. M. Gaposchkin to incorporate the effects of the tesseral harmonics in the geopotential. Dr. Walter Kohnlein has analyzed the geometrical structure of the earth’s gravitational field in the harmonic representation.1 Of particular interest were the shapes of the surfaces of constant po- tential (geoid) and constant gravity, their Gaussian and mean curva- tures, and the curvature and torsion of the plumb lines. Theoretical studies by Dr. Chi-yuen Wang on the correlation be- tween the satellite-derived geoid and the heat flow distribution on the surface of the earth have justified the hypothesis that the irregu- lar undulations of the satellite geoid can be explained as the conse- quence of uneven thermal expansion of the earth’s mantle, result- ing from some heating process, perhaps an inhomogeneous distribution of radioactive heat sources.1. Computation of variations of temperature corresponding to several proposed models of distribution of heat See footnotes, p. 177. SECRETARY’S REPORT 159 sources has led to the following conclusions: 1. The inhomogeneous _layer is extended from the top of the mantle to a depth of approxi- mately 100 to 200 km. 2. The isothermal surfaces are not simple geometrical surfaces. Temperatures on a “level surface” near the top mantle have fluctuations with amplitude of about 100° C. The Satellite-Tracking Program is now at fruition in its geodetic objectives, not only for the earth’s geopotential but also in the area of geodetic positions and the establishment of a much more precise worldwide geodetic system.1 Several independent calculations of im- proved coordinates of the Baker-Nunn stations have been made dur- ing the past year. When all detailed questions in these different approaches to the problems have been resolved, a consolidated, con- sistent result is expected. Over 45,000 observations from the 12 Baker-Nunn Stations were analyzed by Dr. George Veis, with the assistance of Mrs. Elizabeth Wombwell, to derive the coordinates of the stations and the absolute deflection of the vertical for seven datums.1 Although these results are preliminary, a value of 6,378,169 meters for the semimajor axis of the earth’s ellipsoid is obtained from the above derived deflections. A total of 26,447 precisely reduced photographic observations of 11 objects were analyzed by Mr. Izsak to obtain least-squares estimates for the corrections to the coordinates of the 12 camera stations. The latter calculation was made in conjunction with determinations of the coefficients for the tesseral and sectorial harmonics of the geopotential. Using simultaneous observations of satellites from pairs of the five Baker-Nunn cameras in the Americas, Dr. Veis and Antanas Girnius have determined the directions of the lines connecting the stations with an accuracy of better than 1 second of arc. More data from simultaneous observations are now under analysis. These will allow the determination of directions in both the North American and the European datums and will permit a connection between them. Dr. K6hnlein also devised several computer programs for the adjust- ment of space triangulations. By using the correlation of already adjusted coordinate values, he combines a pure geometrical method and a dynamical method for a joint adjustment computation of the station coordinates.? Although instrumented satellites are beginning to be important, satellite drag determined from tracking data continues to be the most productive source of information concerning the atmosphere above 200 km. Recent work at the Observatory, made possible by the Injun 3 and Explorer 17 satellites, includes the study of the atmos- phere under conditions of low solar activity and at low heights and See footnotes, p. 177. 160 |§ ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 high latitudes.1 Atmospheric density variations, which directly in- fluence satellite drag, are interpreted as the result of temperature changes in the atmosphere. Dr. Luigi G. Jacchia generated a com- prehensive model of the major temperature variations—diurnal, with solar activity, with geomagnetic activity and semiannual—for presen- tation at the fifth International Space Science Symposium in Florence in May. Dr. Jacchia and Jack W. Slowey found that the heating accompanying geomagnetic disturbances was greater in the auroral zones than at middle latitudes; on quiet days, however, there is no detectable latitude effect. The relation between atmospheric heating and the geomagnetic index A,, which had been found to be nearly linear during magnetic storms, was found to depart very markedly from linearity on near-quiet days. This finding implies greater heat- ing from this source than had been suspected before. Plans are being drafted for a construction of quasi-static atmospheric models to be followed by dynamic models to fit the observed density data. Techniques other than satellite tracking are also useful in high- atmosphere studies by Observatory scientists. Instrumentation aug- menting the Radio Meteor Project has been developed by Dr. Mario D. Grossi to measure wind velocities at altitudes about 90 km. above ground level by collecting and processing doppler information con- tained in radar returns from meteor trails.?- A network of three sta- tions about 50 km. apart will allow at least two determinations per hour of the three components of the wind velocity vector with an accuracy of a few m sec™. Dr. N. P. Carleton conducts a program of research that includes laboratory study of certain atomic collision processes and analysis of phenomena of the aurora and airglow in terms of the collision processes involved.? In the laboratory Dr. Carleton and Dr. Charles H. Dugan have been continuing study of excitation of metastable states of N., O2, CO, and O by electron impact, combined with a study of subsequent collision processes involving these metastable atoms and molecules. Dr. Carleton has modified computer programs to examine the solution of two new problems: (1) the exact heating effects of the input of energetic photoelectrons into the ionosphere during the day, with application to the excitation of the dayglow, and (2) the calculation of the heating effects that could be produced in the ionosphere by a rocket-borne transmitter. Dr. Carl Sagan and his colleagues considered several phenomena and properties of the planet Venus. The 8-13 micron limb-darkening observations of Venus from Afariner IJ and other observations have been shown to be consistent with a wide variety of models of the See footnotes, p. 177. SECRETARY’S REPORT __ 161 Cytherean clouds and atmosphere, including semi-infinite, purely ab- _sorbing atmospheres in radiative or convective equilibrium, and multiple-scattering cloud layers with a range of single-scattering al- bedos, again in radiative or convective equilibrium. Calculations in another paper show that the microwave phase effect can be explained in terms of the thermal and electrical properties of certain geochem- ically abundant materials at the temperatures of Venus’s surface, assuming very slow planetary rotation. Conditions on Mars have also been studied by Dr. Sagan, who has found that the wave of darkening is preferentially localized in times and locales on Mars when the mean daytime temperatures in the nuclei of the dark areas are above the freezing point of water. This result is consistent with the hypothesis that the wave of darkening is a bio- logical response to local increases in humidity and temperature. From investigations of the question of nitrogen oxides on Mars, Dr. Sagan and his associates find that previously published observations of Mars in the infrared, visible, and ultraviolet set an upper limit to the NO, abundance there of about 1mm-atm. If there is no water on Mars, the theoretical upper limit obtained from photochemical and thermo- dynamic equilibrium is also 1 mm-atm. With 10 microns of precipi- table water in the Martian atmosphere, the NO, upper limit is reduced by an order of magnitude. These quantities of NO, are so small that it seems unlikely that the nitrogen oxides play a significant role in any observable on Mars, except possibly the blue haze. Life may have evolved on other planets of this or other solar systems as it has on the planet earth. Dr. Sagan and his colleagues have reported the laboratory synthesis of one of the key molecules impli- cated in the origin of life. The molecule, adenosine triphosphate (ATP), supplies most of the energy for chemical processes in all terrestrial organisms. The work was performed in collaboration with Cyril Ponnamperuma and Ruth Mariner, at NASA’s Ames Research Center. The ATP was synthesized by shining ultraviolet light on a solution of adenine, ribose, and a phosphorus compound. Adenine and ribose have previously been synthesized in similar experiments; phosphates are thought to have been present in the primitive oceans. Because of the absence of ozone from the primitive atmosphere of the earth, ultraviolet light is thought to have penetrated to the primitive oceans. The efficiency with which ATP was produced in these experi- ments suggests the possibility that the first organisms on earth ob- tained most of their energy from ATP synthesized abiologically by ultraviolet solar radiation, instead of from metabolically produced ATP, as contemporary organisms do. Drs. Fred Franklin and Allan F. Cook have continued their study 162 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 of the structure of Saturn’s rings. The dynamics of the rings are considered in a rediscussion of Maxwell’s Adams Prize Essay on the stability of the rings. Photometry of rings A and B has been used to derive the optical thickness of five representative portions of the rings and the phase variation and albedo of the ring particles. The theory of diffuse reflection from scattering layers based on the equations of radiative transfer breaks down for dense dispersions of scattered particles very large relative to the wavelength. Dr. William M. Irvine’s recent examinations of the necessary correction to the usual multiple-scattering theory may relate to the situation of Saturn’s rings. Disturbances to the motion of Neptune previously attributed to the planet Pluto have been reexamined by Dr. Whipple. Other evidence indicates that Pluto is too small to produce the observed effects. Dr. Whipple has shown that a belt of comets outside the orbit of Neptune can account for the disturbances. A long-range project of Mr. Izsak’s concerns the utilization of digital computers for the complex algebraic manipulations required by analytical perturbation theories in celestial mechanics. A com- puter program for the analytical development of the planetary dis- turbing function has just been completed.1_ With the help of this program the duplication of Leverrier’s classical development for Jupiter and Saturn takes about one minute of computing time. Meteoritic science—Many rich clues to the origin and workings of the solar system are provided by meteorites, meteoroids, interplane- tary dust, and the wide range of phenomena related to them. These phenomena must be contained comfortably in any satisfactory picture of the evolution of the solar system. To exploit the diverse informa- tion offered by these bits and fragments of solid matter, the research program of the Observatory is correspondingly broad. Fiscal year 1964 was particularly noteworthy for the meteoritic science program, because several important instrumentation complexes were completed. Large-trough antennas were added to all five remain- ing sites of the Radio Meteor Project ‘+; the full 16-station Prairie Meteorite Network > went into operation; the simultaneous optical and radar networks for observing artificial meteors from Wallops Island became operational*®; and the mass spectrometer for stable-isotope analyses of meteorites was finished.’ Since observational data are the backbone of any scientific program, the availability of these new facilities holds promise of many productive investigations. The addition of large-trough antennas to all the sites of the Har- vard-Smithsonian Radio Meteor Project permitted the collection of reliable data on meteors smaller than any we have previously been See footnotes, p. 177. SECRETARY’S REPORT 163 able to study. Thus a long-standing objective has been met, and major results from the operation of the improved network are imminent. Using data selected from that obtained over the past several years, Drs. Gerald S. Hawkins and Richard B. Southworth have examined the physical characteristics of the small radio meteors; they find that the majority of the faint radio meteors show total fragmentation. The decrease in average velocity as the size of the bodies decreases, originally reported by Drs. Hawkins, Southworth, and B. A. Lind- blad, was studied further by Kenneth Baker.* The relationship between the flux of meteors incident on the earth and the observed rate of radio meteors has been determined by Dr. W. G. Elford‘ in terms of (1) the distribution law as a function of magnitude; (2) the density of meteor radiants over the celestial sphere; (3) the parameters of the radio equipment; and (4) a simple form for the ionized trail. The theory has been applied to the Har- vard-Smithsonian Radio Meteor system at Havana, Illinois, and an estimate has been made of the average flux over the earth of meteors of magnitude =+12. A provisional value of 80 km~hr* has been obtained. The analysis is being extended to determine the relative density of meteor radiants over the celestial sphere.* A new analysis of 413 precisely reduced meteors photographed some years ago with the Super-Schmidt cameras has been made by Dr. Jacchia, Dr. Franco Verniani, and Robert Briggs. Several physical characteristics of meteor bodies, together with their interdependences, have been determined more accurately than has hitherto been possible. Dr. Verniani’s investigations of the luminous and ionizing efficiencies of meteors have been completed. These two quantities are essential for the determination of meteor masses and densities. The photo- graphic luminous efficiency r,, measured with respect to kinetic energy, has been rederived from Super-Schmidt photographic data, taking fragmentation into account. The dependence of +, on the meteor velocity v is found to take the form 7»~v". ‘The exponent n turns out to be 1.0-+0.15 for both faint and bright photographic meteors. ‘The present evaluation of 7, has also allowed the determination of the ionizing efficiency rz. Drs. Verniani and Hawkins * have found tq~v. The comparison of the rates of photographic and radio meteors of about the same magnitude confirms this relation. The Observatory has established a field operation to observe the luminosity and ionization produced by artificial meteors fired from rockets launched at Wallops Island, Virginia.* The Observatory now operates two Super-Schmidt cameras for this program. A third camera site will be built, and a prism will be added to an additional Super-Schmidt at the Wallops Island site. Four radar-receiving See footnotes, p. 177. 745-725—65——12 164 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 systems have been established at sites along the coast of North Carolina. These receivers, together with a transmitter and receiver on an ocean-going vessel, can make measurements of the ionization of artificial meteors simultaneously with the optical observations. Dr. Richard E. McCrosky is responsible for analysis of the optical data, and Drs. Hawkins and Southworth, for the radar data. The entire 16-station Prairie Meteorite Network * has been in full operation since early May 1964. Dr. McCrosky is principal investi- gator. During the first months of operation the network obtained double-station photographs of two extremely bright objects. With magnitudes of the order of —12 and —15, both these meteors far exceed in luminosity any object on which data have previously been acquired. Their analysis is expected to yield interesting results. In each case, unfortunately, the terminal mass was judged to be too small to justify a search for the meteorite. Dr. Cook has continued work ® with Dr. Peter M. Millman of the National Research Council, Ottawa, and Dr. Ian Halliday of the Dominion Observatory, Ottawa, on three Perseid meteor spectra ob- tained at the Springhill Meteor Observatory at Springhill, Ontario, in 1957. Dr. Cook has also worked on the physics of meteors to generate a criterion for the mode of ablation, i.e., to determine whether vaporization does or does not occur and then to seek observational evidence for the action of this criterion. During its long life the earth’s surface has been hit many times by large meteorites, which have produced craters. Only a limited num- ber of these have been recognized and studied. It is clear that appro- priate effort can extend this number significantly, and the Observatory has been involved in occasional studies of craters or possible craters. Dr. Paul W. Hodge visited the Henbury Meteorite Craters and the Boxhole Crater in Australia to study the meteoritic debris in the soil surrounding them. A field party > made up of Ursula B. Marvin, T. C. Marvin, and Walter A. Munn spent 16 days in August 1963 mapping and collecting samples at the site of an unusual craterlike formation in the San Luis Valley, Colo., to test the possibility that it could have resulted from the impact of a small meteorite or comet. The plane-table map shows that the “crater” is not a bowl-shaped depression in the landscape, but that the rim is a positive feature surrounding a floor that is concordant with the slope of the alluvial fan on which it lies. The search through the samples for meteorite strippings, nickel-iron spherules, or such impact products as glass or shock-produced silica minerals has not been completed, but results to date are negative. See footnotes, p. 177. SECRETARY’S REPORT 165 The tentative conclusions are that the feature is probably not an impact site but an uncommon type of sand-dune formation. Tektites, their distribution, and possible associated impactites and earth craters pose interesting questions. Are tektites terrestrial or extraterrestrial in origin? If they are terrestrial, are there associated impact craters? Dr. Whipple has suggested that a large crater, on the order of 15 miles in diameter, may exist in the Far East area of tektite-strewn fields. Therefore Don W. Farnsworth has begun a map search for such an impact structure. He has so far examined nearly 1,000 topographic maps of Sumatra, Java, Borneo, and nearby islands. Maps showing depth to ocean bottom have been examined and contoured. Search for an impact crater continues as maps be- come available. Very small particles striking the high atmosphere are stopped by atmospheric drag before they are destroyed. Larger bodies may fragment or ablate on striking the atmosphere, generating many smaller particles. Hence a rain of small particles from outside the earth is constantly falling through the atmosphere to the surface. The identification and analysis of these particles is a challenging problem. The use of radio isotope techniques offers one means to identify material as extraterrestrial. For this purpose Dr. Edward L. Fire- man, working with Chester C. Langway of the Army Cold Regions Research Laboratories, has collected and analyzed dust from melted snow deep within the Greenland ice sheet. Results from this study indicate that the exposure age of silicates in dust is less than 10,000 years.® Mrs. Ursula B. Marvin has made comparative studies of the miner- alogy, chemical composition, and physical properties of black spher- ules from the Greenland ice cap and industrial black spherules produced by welding operations.’? Results showed that weld spatter sometimes duplicates a type of black spherule, consisting of iron oxide (magnetite) with less than 1 percent of manganese, that is found in the Greenland ice and has been reported from many other environ- ments where researchers have sought extraterrestrial dust. ‘The most common weld spatter, however, is metallic iron or nickel-iron that can be distinguished from cosmic dust by a high content of chromium. This work was done in collaboration with Mr. Langway. Collections of small particles have also been made on Observatory collectors flown on a U-2 at high altitudes by the U.S. Air Force, and on a B-52 by the NASA Flight Research Center, both at Edwards Air Force Base, California. These collections have been analyzed by Dr. Frances Wright and Dr. Hodge. They have also examined See footnotes, p. 177. 166 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 material from polar ice cores in search for extraterrestrial particles and have collected particles on the slopes of the Arizona Meteorite Crater for analysis and comparison with other matter that now seems to be extraterrestrial. A particular problem has been the isolation of volcanic particles, which may be confused with extraterrestrial material. To better characterize volcanic particles, Dr. Wright is examining collections made by personnel from the Baker-Nunn Stations: samples from Kilauea Iki 1959 eruption, collected by D. V. Mechau; samples from Irazu 1963 eruption, collected by Ron La Count; and samples from Ubinas 1954 eruption, collected by A. Oakes. Drs. Wright and Hodge have sampled these volcanic dust deposits to search for and analyze microscopic spherules that might possibly be similar to the supposed meteoritic spherules found in polar ice sediments. In the size range of 10 to 100u, approximately 2X 10- of volcanic particles are perfect or nearly perfect spherules, and 2107 are rough magnetic spheroids. In composition they are similar to only a few of the polar glacier particles the two have analyzed. They have concluded that since the numerical ratio of spherules to irregular particles for the volcanic dust is so much different from that for the ice sediments, a volcanic origin for the latter seems impossible. Therefore a meteoroidal origin for the arctic and antarctic spherules is the most reasonable hypothesis. Another place where cosmic dust might be expected to accumulate is the sediment on the ocean floor. Dr. Craig M. Merrihue is explor- ing this possibility. A mass-spectrometric search for extraterrestrial material in a magnetic separate from a modern Pacific red clay revealed the presence of He*® and an argon isotope anomaly, suggest- ing the presence of cosmic dust. The cosmic gases are not cosmogenic because the isotope pattern does not resemble that expected from cosmic-ray-induced reactions. It appears that the most abundant magnetic component of cosmic dust is saturated with gases picked up from the solar wind. A computer program has been assembled to solve the diffusion equation for gases from spheres, assuming an arbi- trary nonuniform initial gas profile. This program will permit accu- rate determinations of diffusion constants and activation energies for meteoritic minerals. The Observatory’s interest in dust goes beyond the earth’s atmos- phere. The joint research of Drs. Giuseppe Colombo and Don A. Lautman, with Irving Shapiro of the M.I.T. Lincoln Laboratory, concerning the concentration of cosmic dust around the earth has established that the density of dust in the vicinity of the earth can be enhanced by a factor of nearly 10* over that in the zodiacal cloud, SECRETARY’S REPORT 167 provided that the initial velocities with respect to the earth are small (about 1.5 km sec). The trapping mechanism consists of an initial encounter with the earth’s atmosphere followed by conversion to a long-lifetime orbit by radiation pressure. Drs. Colombo and Laut- man have found that long-lifetime orbits of particles ejected from the moon cannot contribute significantly to the cloud, nor can particle breakup, since the drag pressure at the relatively high capture altitudes is not high enough to break the particles. The particles responsible for the zodiacal light are concentrated near the plane of the ecliptic. Dr. Southworth has performed a cal- culation combining the space-density distribution of the zodiacal dust particles (as observed in the zodiacal light, and as theoretically pre- dicted from the Poynting-Robertson effect) with the observed redden- ing of the Fraunhofer corona (which is sunlight diffracted by the par- ticles), showing that the mean radius of the observed particles exceeds 15 microns. Some invisible submicron particles may also be present, but their total mass will be negligible compared to that of the larger particles. Dr. Charles Whitney has obtained laboratory evidence confirming the suggestion that interstellar bands are produced by resonant absorp- tion in small grains. Experimental work confirms the presence of the band for Na grains, and theory shows that such grains, when coated with ordinary ice, will produce an absorption just at the astronomi- cally observed wavelength. Meteorites, solid bodies from space that survive the plunge through the earth’s atmosphere, warrant careful attention, since they are the only samples yet available of extraterrestrial material. It is fruitful to study their mineralogy, crystal structure, metallurgy, chemical composition, isotope distribution, and other physical properties. In her continuing mineralogical studies Mrs. Marvin has estab- lished zircon as a meteoritic mineral by its positive identification in the Vaca Muerta mesosiderite and the Toluca iron meteorite.’° Zir- con, because it concentrates uranium, thorium, hafnium, and rare earths, is a mineral of choice for age determinations and measure- ments of Zr/Hf ratios and rare-earth distribution in meteorites. The character and mode of occurrence of zircon in Vaca Muerta and Toluca were studied in detail in collaboration with Cornelis Klein, of the Harvard University Department of Geological Sciences, who determined chemical compositions by means of electron-probe microanalyses. During the past year Dr. Joseph I. Goldstein completed a metallur- gical study of Widmanstitten patterns in metallic meteorites. The object of the project was to establish the roles of pressure, tempera- See footnotes, p. 177. 168 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 ture, and time in the formation of these patterns. A method of analy- sis using the method of finite differences was developed for the diffusion-controlled growth of the Widmanstitten patterns. As nec- essary inputs to the growth analysis, the interdiffusion coefficients for the Fe-Ni system, as a function of pressure, temperature, and compo- sition, were measured, as were the diffusion coefficients in both the « and y phases. The Fe-Ni phase diagram was also redetermined at temperatures above 500° C. Dr. Goldstein proposes two alternative models for the origin of meteorites in which the Widmanstatten pattern formed at low pressures. Dr. Matthias F. Comerford has initiated a program to investigate defect structures in meteorites and micrometeorites. An attempt is being made to relate the substructure observed in extraterrestrial ob- jects to the thermomechanical procedures required to produce simi- lar structures in laboratory alloys. The environmental effects of both pressure and temperature upon the kinetics of nucleation and growth of these defect structures can be examined in some detail. Prelimi- nary results indicate that both effects are present and may act in opposing ways. Dr. Fireman and his associates conduct a broad program of re- search to measure cosmic-ray-produced radioactive and stable isotopes in meteorites, in recovered satellites, in dust collections from the polar regions, and in deep-sea sediments. In this program one must con- stantly improve and maintain low-level counting equipment and other types of analytical apparatus. The group has determined the time various meteorites were exposed to cosmic rays. The youngest is the Farmington meteorite, which was exposed for only 10,000 years; the oldest stony meteorite is Norton County, exposed for about 400,000,000 years. Results on recovered satellites indicate that in addition to cosmic rays there are isotope effects produced by Van Allen particles and solar flares. These effects are quite different from cosmic-ray effects. An important advance was made during the past year when James C. DeFelice and Dr. Fireman obtained sufficient material to measure the short-lived argon-37 in the whole-rock, magnetic, and nonmagnetic phases of the recently fallen chondrite Peace River. Although the radioactive contents are similar to those of other newly fallen chon- drites, the ratio of argon-37 to argon-39 is somewhat lower than they have previously observed. Also, its carbon-14 is lower. In another analysis, the cosmic-ray exposure age of the Pribram meteorite was found to be identical to the value of the exposure age obtained for the Bruderheim fall, which is typical for chondrites. The tritium, argon- SECRETARY’S REPORT ' 169 39, and carbon-14 contents are similar to those obtained for other stony meteoroids. Earlier measurements of tritium in satellite fragments have been extended by Dr. David Tilles and Mr. DeFelice, who have obtained upper limits for the tritium content of Discoverer 14 and for the amount of tritium in a trapped state in August 1960. These measure- ments, combined with measurements previously reported in other satellites, have given evidence for an increase of at least an order of magnitude in trapped tritium fiux in less than 4 months and a decrease of at least an order of magnitude in less than 7 months. Such time variations are believed to have been caused by direct injection of solar- flare tritons into the Van Allen belts in November 1960. Dr. Merrihue’s analysis of data on xenon and krypton from minerals and chondrules from the Bruderheim meteorite indicates that chon- drules, enriched in Xe?”® yet depleted in xenon, are the most primitive material yet studied and reflect an early high-temperature origin. Based on a Xe'”*-xenon correlation, the minerals appear to be an equi- librum aggregation. The difference between meteoritic and terrestrial xenon can be attributed to a fast proton irradiation of meteoritic mate- rial and the accumulation in meteorites of fission xenon, possibly from Pu?** spontaneous fission. Dr. Merrihue has devised a method of trace-element determinations by mass spectrometry of neutron-irradiated samples. Preliminary results, based on data collected at Berkeley, were obtained for U”**, Se, Te, I, Br, and Cl, and also for the Br®/Br* ratio, which appears to be anomalous in meteorites. Also, a new method of potassium-argon dating, applicable to minute samples, has been established, based on A*/A®* ratios in neutron-irradiated samples in which A* is produced by the K*(n,p) reaction. Thus both potassium and radiogenic argon are determined in the same sample, and a correction for air contamina- tion can be applied using the measured A**. This represents a con- siderable improvement over conventional methods. The rare-gas mass spectrometer has been completed by Dr. Tilles and his associates.” As a first application of the instrument, the group plans searches of deep-sea sediment for evidence of material of extraterrestrial origin. Similar searches are planned in particulate matter from Greenland ice, collected by Dr. Fireman and Mr. Lang- way. The major research emphasis with this spectrometer will be on studies of meteoritic samples—isotopic composition and amounts of all noble gases in separated phases of meteorites. From the theoretical aspect, Dr. Henri E. Mitler is studying the effects of cosmic-ray bombardment on meteorites. Quantitative analy- sis of radionuclides produced can lead to estimates of the preatmos- See footnotes, p. 177. 170 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 pheric size of the meteorite and of the proton flux to which it has been subjected. Cometary science.—Comets and their associated phenomena are inti- mately related to other aspects of the solar system, such as zodiacal dust, micrometeorites, and evolution of the planets. Cometary in- vestigations hence constitute a vital link in the Observatory’s overall research program. A study by Dr. Whipple of the secular variation in the absolute brightnesses of comets leads to the possibility that several of the known periodic comets may disappear within the coming decade. The ob- servational rediscoveries of the periodic comets suggest that these cal- culations are more pessimistic with regard to the lifetimes of comets than is justified; nevertheless, the predictions should serve a useful purpose in stimulating search for the rediscovery of old comets and in clarifying the question concerning the actual decay processes whereby comets do, indeed, cease to be visible. Dr. Whipple, in the study mentioned earlier, has also discussed the evidence that a thin belt of comets probably remains in a plane not far from the mean plane of the planets, but outside the orbit of Neptune. Such a belt of comets can account for disturbances of Neptune’s motion. The utilization of the Baker-Nunn cameras for comet observations has been expanded.’” + Using photographs thus obtained, the Ob- servatory is pursuing three objectives: determination and understand- ing of the motion of comet tails; photometry of comets; and time-lapse motion pictures to document the changes in a comet and its tail with time. The research on tail motions is guided by Daniel Malaise,“ who has previously observed that the direction of the tail of a comet may oscillate significantly about the line directed through the comet away from the sun. The explanation of this phenomenon is not clear, but it may be related to some characteristic of the solar wind. Baker- Nunn photographs are an excellent source of the observational data required to pursue this topic. Data obtained during the past year are being analyzed. The photometric investigations are the responsibility of Dr. Southworth. For this purpose, defocusing lenses have been sent to a number of the stations. An unresolved question in cometary astronomy is whether comet magnitudes do indeed change in correla- tion with solar activity, as some investigators have reported. A study of this question is one of several investigations based on the photo- metric data. See footnotes, p. 177. SECRETARY’S REPORT (All In conjunction with the icy-conglomerate model of a comet, Dr. _ Whitney reexamined the theory of heat transfer within glaciers. He showed that radioactive transfer can be appreciable and can signifi- cantly influence measured temperatures in glaciers. Dr. Whitney, Dr. Charles A. Lundquist, and Douglas Pitman have initiated labora- tory work to elucidate the transfer of heat and mass within porous, subliming matrices such as snow or frosty sand. Preliminary experi- ments confirm that this work will be highly valuable for insight into comet phenomena. Solar observations—Information about solar phenomena may be acquired by relatively direct or by indirect observational techniques. Heating of the earth’s atmosphere or oscillations in the direction of a comet’s tail are examples of indirect means of gleaning solar data. The Observatory is also involved in more direct measurements. Dr. Leo Goldberg directs a broad program of solar-oriented re- search, mostly under the auspices of Harvard College Observatory, but partly within the research program of the Astrophysical Observatory. An important part of Dr. Goldberg’s program concerns the prepara- tion of solar spectrometers for rocket and satellite flights. A model of the Harvard spectrometer for Orbiting Solar Observa- tory B was flown in an Aerobee high rocket from White Sands, New Mexico, on September 6, 1963. Three full scans and part of a fourth were obtained of the solar spectrum between 1350 and 500 A. Good records were obtained of the emission lines and of the Lyman con- tinuum. Dr. Robert W. Noyes of the Astrophysical Observatory as- sisted in the reduction of the data from this experiment. The flight model for the OSO-B spectrometer was integrated into the spacecraft at Ball Brothers Research Corporation in Colorado and subsequently delivered to Cape Kennedy for final testing and preparation for flight. A disastrous accident during spin-balance testing, in which the third stage of the rocket to which the satellite was attached ignited, caused the destruction of the entire payload. A spare instrument now being calibrated will be integrated into a new spacecraft during the next fiscal year. Dr. Noyes supervised the set- ting up of a “Quick Look” Data System, by which data from experi- ments aboard the Orbiting Solar Observatories will be acquired by Harvard-SAO in decoded, legible form within a short time of the satellite’s pass over a ground station, thus permitting near-real-time control of the experiment. Designs are currently being prepared * for an improved version of the spectrometer capable of one arc minute resolution on the disk, which will probably be flown about 1966. See footnotes, p. 177. 172 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 Observations made at the Kitt Peak National Observatory concern- ing magnetic fields in the solar photosphere have been analyzed by Dr. Noyes. These observations yielded a definite correlation between photospheric velocities and magnetic fields, in the sense that the highest magnetic fields (about 50-75 gauss) found in quiet regions tend to occur in regions where material is moving downward (with velocities of about 0.2 km sec). This has been interpreted as a result of con- vective sweeping of magnetic fields toward the downward-descending periphery of the large convective cells (supergranulation) which cover the surface of the quiet sun. Dr. Giovanni Fazio has reduced gamma-ray detector data from 1,000 orbits of Orbiting Solar Observatory I.1° These reductions have shown no evidence of gamma rays with energy greater than 50 million ev from the sun, even during solar flares, with an upper limit of the order of 10-* photons/cm? sec. Likewise, no evidence was found for celestial sources of primary gamma rays. The sensitivity of the detec- tor was limited by background radiation. The possibility of detecting neutrinos from the sun is a lively topic of discussion in astrophysical circles. Some authors suggest that this can be accomplished by using the reaction in which a solar ve combines with a Cl* nucleus to give Ar®? and an electron. The radioactive gas Ar®* may be detected by counting techniques. The Observatory has laboratories equipped to do this counting, as Ar*’ is one of the radio- active isotopes analyzed in meteorites. Since the v, reaction cross sec- tion with Ar*’ is extremely low, vast quantities of Cl®? must be used. Since Ar** can also be generated by cosmic-ray-induced rections, the experiment must be performed under conditions of extreme radiation shielding—say deep in the earth. Dr. Lundquist has suggested that commercially pumped brine wells might meet these requirements, if the Ar*? from the chlorine-rich brine could be measured. Dr. Mitler has made a study of the relative amounts of Ar*’ generated by the solar neutrino reaction and by other undesired reactions. The practical implementation of the experiment is being studied. Stellar observations —A feature of current astrophysics is the rapid expansion of observational possibilities into previously inaccessible parts of the electromagnetic spectrum and to radiation other than electromagnetic. This has been accomplished in part by carrying instruments above the absorption of the atmosphere. New technology has also contributed to the enlarged observational capabilities. Com- parison and correlation of data from widely spaced frequencies have also proved to be powerful procedures. An example of correlated observations at quite different frequencies is the study of flare stars.1 During preagreed time intervals, the See footnotes, p. 177. SECRETARY'S REPORT 173 Observatory employs its network of Baker-Nunn cameras to photo- graph a flare star repeatedly. The probability of successful observa- tion is good since several of the cameras can be used simultaneously. During the same interval, one of several radio telescopes cooperating in the program continuously observes the same flare star. The resulting records are searched for nearly simultaneous optical flares and sudden increases in radio signal. During the past year about 180 hours of combined observations have been made. Correlations previously found to exist between faint optical flares and radio events were con- firmed by several major events. The continuing cooperative effort with Sir Bernard Lovell of the Jodrell Bank Experimental Station, England, and Dr. Whipple and Leonard H. Solomon of the Astrophysical Observatory has led to further new evidence concerning optical flares and radio flares on peculiar dwarf stars, such as UV Ceti. A distinction between two types of event has been made, with at least one analogy to solar phe- nomena being drawn. Further, the coincidence in time between optical and radio flares shows that the velocity of light is constant to better than one part in 2X 10° over a range in wavelength exceeding a factor of 210°. Similar joint programs are being pursued with the Division of Radiophysics, Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organization, Sydney, Australia, and the Arecibo Iono- spheric Observatory of Cornell University. Project Celescope," the satellite project to use television techniques to survey the ultraviolet magnitude of stars, has finished its develop- mental phase with completion of the prototype instrument. The proj- ect next enters the critical phase during which the prototype undergoes extensive environmental testing, and the instrument for flight on an Orbiting Astronomical Observatory is fabricated to the proven proto- type design. Overall aspects of this challenging undertaking have engaged the attention of Dr. Whipple, Dr. Lundquist, and Project Scientist Dr. Robert Davis. The procedures for absolute calibration of the four ultraviolet television photometers have been established by Dr. Davis and Mr. Malaise. Preparations for automated data reduc- tion and analysis are coordinated by Dr. Owen Gingerich. At wavelengths still shorter than ultraviolet light, projects are underway at the Observatory to measure X-rays and y-rays from astronomical sources. ‘The most exciting experiment now in progress is an attempt by Dr. Fazio and Dr. Henry Helmken of the Observatory and Dr. D. Hill of M.L.T. to detect y-rays with energy greater than 10” ev from the radio galaxy Cygnus A and from the quasi-stellar radio sources. A large (28 ft. square) fixed parabolic mirror in conjunction with a steerable plane mirror (40 ft. square) is being used to detect the See footnotes, p. 177. 174. ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 Cerenkov light resulting from charged-particle showers in the atmos- phere. One possible origin of these showers is extraterrestrial gamma radiation. In the experiment an increase in the number of showers as a source transits the sensitive cone of the mirror would indicate the emission of gamma radiation by the source. In preliminary trials Cerenkov light was detected, and results indicate that this device should provide the most sensitive detector thus far in the search for gamma radiation. The mirror system is part of the solar furnace at the U.S. Army Laboratories, Natick, Mass. The Army has provided use of the instrument and technicians during these experiments. The feasibility of using a spark chamber in conjunction with a tele- vision recording system to detect primary gamma rays was exhibited in the laboratory, and a high-altitude balloon experiment using this detector is in preparation. A series of spark chambers was con- structed and evaluated, and a final design was chosen. A television camera (vidicon) was used to observe spark patterns of cosmic-ray particles in the chambers. The vidicon picture was recorded on 16 mm film by a kinescope recorder and also transmitted by radio and recorded. In its ultimate form, this instrumentation can be adapted for satellite use to measure the flux of primary gamma rays and to determine their arrival direction and energy. Dr. Comerford and Dr. Fazio are using laboratory X-ray apparatus to evaluate techniques such as reflection and scattering for the collec- tion and detection of radiation from distant sources and to aid in the design and construction of devices to implement these techniques. Currently, the aim is not to map the sky, but to look carefully at dis- crete sources in the hope of resolving some of the uncertainties about their nature. Returning to the less exotic but ever-important visible portion of the spectrum, Drs. Wright and Hodge have completed the Atlas of the Large Magellanic Cloud. Heretofore it has been the custom for scientists who have identified and studied certain objects in the Large Magellanic Clouds to publish identifications in the form of coordi- nates on one of three different coordinate systems. The experience of most scientists with this method of identification has been very unsatisfactory, as the coordinates are inadequate, especially for stellar objects. Ambiguity arises because of the crowded nature of the star fields and the difficulty of establishing the coordinate systems on dif- ferent plates with different scales and distortions. A further hin- drance to progress in the study of the Magellanic Clouds is the lack of any central source of information on objects that have been iden- tified and studied. There have been much confusion and duplication in identification of variable stars, star clusters, and emission regions. See footnotes, p. 177. cesar AL die Daal SECRETARY’S REPORT 175 Hence this Atlas presents a photographic bibliography of past dis- coveries so that identification can be made quickly and accurately. ‘The photographic plates taken expressly for the Atlas have now been completed. They were taken with the Schmidt telescopes at the Boyden and Mt. Stromlo Observatories. Two sets of plates were taken, one with a yellow filter and one with a blue filter. From these, 160 charts size 11 by 11 inches have been made. The charts made from plates taken with a blue filter have identified on them all published verifiable variable stars, over 2,000 in number, while the other charts have identified on them all of the NGC objects, all star clusters, and all emission objects for which positions have been published. In the process of identifying past discoveries, 500 new star clusters were identified. The SAO Star Catalog, initially reduced in the FK-3 system, has been converted to the FK-4. All the preparatory work for publica- tion in book form has been completed.t_ Dr. Veis and Mrs. Katherine Haramundanis have begun the groundwork for a possible future en- largement by compiling a bibliography of star catalogs and references pertaining to them; determining approximate orientation angles for 1,231 galaxies; and compiling a catalog of about 2,500 discrete radio sources. Stellar theory—The Astrophysical Observatory has become a rec- ognized leader in the application of modern electronic computers to stellar models. In January 1964 the Observatory was host to an in- formal 3-day international Conference on Model Stellar Atmospheres, which provided an opportunity for workers in this field to discuss their current researches. 'The conference was convened by Dr. Whit- ney and his associates. Extensive calculations of model stellar atmospheres are being con- tinued by Drs. Eugene H. Avrett and Stephen E. Strom. The grid of models calculated during the past year has been very successful in establishing an improved effective temperature scale for early-type stars. The effects of individual lines and of line blanketing are now being incorporated into the computer program. The first phase of investigation of line formation under conditions of noncoherent scat- tering has been completed. Solutions were obtained for the fre- quency-independent line source function for a two-level atom. Of greater importance, the necessary mathematical techniques have been developed for the solution of a wide variety of line-transfer problems. Dr. Strom has investigated the validity of model stellar atmo- spheres by means of comparing predicted continuous fluxes and spec- tral lines with the corresponding observed quantities. He obtained See footnotes, p. 177. 176 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 many of the observations at Harvard’s Agassiz Station. The con- tinuous flux and H8, Hy, and Hf profiles for Vega were predicted remarkably well by a model atmosphere that included opacities caused by the blended wings of the higher Balmer and Lyman lines. The effective temperature of the model that best reproduced the observa- tions matched that derived from recent measurements of this star’s radius. Dr. Gingerich has investigated the role of opacities from metals in stellar atmospheres, finding good agreement between a predicted model and the solar rocket ultraviolet observations, and also showing that such opacities must be considered even in much hotter stars, such as Sirius, which probably has anomalously high metal abundances. In the work with S. S. Kumar on cool stars, with effective tempera- tures from 2,500 to 4,500°, he found unusually sharp maxima in the infrared spectrum near 16,500 A, which have been partially confirmed by the Princeton Stratoscope balloon observations. Electron and Rayleigh scattering has been incorporated into a stellar atmosphere computer program, both for the cool stars and for hotter stars. With this program David Latham has been able to show that the introduc- tion of convection into a consistent nongray solar model has little effect on the overlying temperature structure, and no effect on the visible spectrum. Dr. Wolfgang Kalkofen is developing a model whose aim is to predict the radiation from variable stars.1! This involves the cal- culation of the radiation field emerging from a medium that departs from local thermodynamic equilibrium, and that is in motion, with a velocity dependent upon position in the medium. Drs. Colombo and Whitney are studying a nonlinear autonomous system with two or three degrees of freedom. This system is chosen to simulate the mechanics of a pulsating star. Dr. Mitler has made theoretical study of the isotope abundances of the light elements. He shows that the observed abundances of Li, Be, and B can be explained by their spallation in small, prototerres- trial bodies. He considers spheres of arbitrary composition and radius irradiated by protons and finds that the present-day proton flux is too soft to give the desired results reasonably, and that a mean proton energy of 300 mev is necessary to get the observed isotopic ratios. The results are not sensitive to the composition, and he can obtain the measured Li, Be, and B abundances by taking dry silicate spheres of about 14 m radius for the prototerrestrial bodies, 140 m for the protoasteroidal bodies. See footnotes, p. 177. SECRETARY’S REPORT 767i PUBLICATIONS The following papers by staff members of the Astrophysical Ob- servatory appeared in various journals: AvrRETT, E. H., AnD Strom, 8S. H. Calculation of early-type model stellar atmos- pheres (abstract). Astron. Journ., vol. 69, p. 150, 1964. Baxer, K. Additional data on the velocity of faint meteors. Harvard Radio Meteor Project Research Report No. 4, December, 19638. Influx of Gemini meteors relative to the sporadic background at mag- nitudes +4 and +8. Harvard Radio Meteor Project Research Report No. 6, June, 1964. Carterton, N. P., AND MeEciILL, L. R. Excitation by local electric fields in the aurora and airglow. Journ. Geophys. Res., vol. 69, pp. 101-122, 1964. CoxtomsBo, G., AND F1occo, G. Optical radar results and meteoric fragmentation. Journ. Geophys. Res., vol. 69, pp. 1795-1803, 1964. Cook, A. F., AND FRANKLIN, F. A. Rediscussion of Maxwell’s Adams prize essay on the stability of Saturn’s rings. Astron. Journ., vol. 69, pp. 173-200, 1964. Desus, K. H.; JouHnson, W. G.; Hemsres, R. V.; anpD LUNDQUIST, C. A. A pre- liminary review of the upper atmosphere observations made during the Saturn high water experiment. Proc. 13th Int. Astronaut. Congress, pp. 182-196, Springer-Verlag, 1964. DEF Etics, J.; Fazio, G. G.; AND FIREMAN, E. L. Cosmic-ray exposure age of the Farmington meteorite from radioactive isotopes. Science, vol. 142, pp. 673- 674, 1963. See aiso Fireman and DeFelice; Tilles and DeFelice; Tilles, DeFelice, and Fireman. DrEFEtIcE, J.; FrreMAN, E. L.; anp Tittes, D. Tritium, argon—37 and man- ganese—54 radioactivities in a fragment of Sputnik 4. Journ. Geophys. Res., vol. 68, pp. 5289-5296, 1963. 1 Supported by grant NsG 87/60 from the National Aeronautics and Space Administration. 2 Supported by contract AF 19(628)-8248 with the U.S. Air Force. 3 Supported by contracts AF 19(628)—2949 (now completed) and AF 19(628)—4203 with the U.S. Air Force. 4Supported by grants G 20135 and GP 388 from the National Science Foundation to Harvard University and by contract NASr—-158 between the National Aeronautics and Space Administration and Harvard University. 5 Supported by grant NsG 291-62 from the National Aeronautics and Space Adminis- tration. 6 Supported by research grant NsG 536 from the National Aeronautics and Space Admin- istration. 7 Supported by grant NsK 16067 from the National Science Foundation. 8 Supported by contract AF 19(604)—5196 between the U.S. Air Force and Harvard University. ® Supported in part by grant NsF 16067 from the National Science Foundation. 1o Supported in part by grant NsG 282-63 from the National Aeronautics and Space Administration to Dr. Clifford Frondel of Harvard University. 11 Supported by grant GP 940 from the National Science Foundation. 12 Supported by grant GP 2999 from the National Science Foundation. 13 Research sponsored by fellowships from NASA, Fonds National de la Recherche Scien- tifique, Belgium, and European Preparatory Commission for Space Research. 14 Supported by contract NASw 184 between the National Aeronautics and Space Admin- istration and Harvard University. 4 Supported by grant NsG 438 from the National Aeronautics and Space Administration to Harvard University. 16 Supported by grant NAS5-3255 from the National Aeronautics and Space Adminis- tration. 17 Supported by contract NAS5—1535 with the National Aeronautics and Space Adminis- tration. 178 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 Duean, C. H. Experimental studies of metastable atoms and molecules. Dis- sertation, Harvard University, 1963. Fazio, G. G. See DeFelice, Fazio, and Fireman; Pollack and Fazio. FIREMAN, E. L. Radioactivities in meteorites and in recovered satellites. Proc. Int. Conf. on Cosmic Rays (Jaipur), vol. 1, 1963. FrireMAN, E. L., AND DEFELIcE, J. Tritium and argon—39 in the Pribram meteo- rite. Bull. Astron. Inst. Czechoslovakia, vol. 15, p. 118, 1964. Radioactive nuclides in the Peace River meteorite. Trans. Amer. Geophys. Union, vol. 25, pp. 89-90, 1964. See also DeFelice, Fireman, and Tilles; DeFelice, Fazio, and Fireman ; Tilles, DeFelice, and Fireman. FRANKLIN, F. A. See Cook and Franklin. GineEricH, O. Studies in nongray stellar atmospheres. I. Computer procedures and iteration techniques. Astrophys. Journ., vol. 188, pp. 576-586, 1963. Investigations of a model solar atmosphere (abstract). Astron. Journ., vol. 69, p. 139, 1964. Laboratory exercises in astronomy—the moon’s orbit. Sky and Tel. vol. 27, p. 220, 1964. . The computer versus Kepler. Amer. Scientist, vol. 52, pp. 218-226, 1964. Introduction to the astrophysics of stars. Translation, J. Dufay, Dover Press, 1964. GINGERICH, O., AND KuMar, S. 8S. Calculations of low-temperature model stellar atmospheres (abstract). ‘Astron. Journ., vol. 69, p. 139, 1964. GotpBerG, L. Solar spectroscopy. Journ. Quant. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transfer, vol. 3, pp. 519-528, 1963. GOLDBERG, L.; DUPREE, A. K.; AND Kopp, R. A. Abundance of iron derived from faint Fraunhofer lines (abstract). Astron. Journ., vol. 69, p. 189, 1963. GOLDBERG, L.; PARKINSON, W. H.; REEVES, H. M.; AnD Noyes, R. W. Preliminary results of a rocket flight of the Harvard OSO-B spectrometer (abstract). Astron. Journ., vol. 69, p. 140, 1963. GoLpsTEIN, J. I. The growth of the Widmanstiétten pattern in metallic mete orites. Dissertation, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1964. GoLpsTEIN, J. I., AnD OaiLviz, R. HE. Electron microanalysis of metallic mete- orites. Geochim. et Cosmochim. Acta, vol. 27, pp. 623-637, 1963. Grossi, M. D. A technique for wind measurements in the lower ionosphere by collection and processing of doppler information contained in VHF radar returns from meteor trails. Proc. Conf. on Aeronomic Measurements in the Lower Ionosphere, pp. 82-88, University of Illinois, 19638. Aeronomic measurements in the lower ionosphere. Report to USAF on Contract AF 19(628)-3248, Smithsonian Astrophys. Obs., September, 19638. Bee ome Hawkins, G. 8. The meteor population. Harvard Radio Meteor Project Re- search Report No. 3, August, 1963. Stonehenge decoded. Nature, vol. 200, pp. 306-308, 1963. Stonehenge: a neolithic computer. Nature, vol. 202, pp. 1258-1261, 1964. HawkIns, G. S.; MEuNrIER, P.; AND ROSENTHAL, S. The plume over a meterorite crater. Geochim. et Cosmochim. Acta., vol. 28, pp. 1011-1014, 1964. HawKINs, G. S., AND SoUTHWORTH, R. B. The physical characteristics of mete- ors. Harvard Radio Meteor Project Research Report No. 2, July, 1963. See also Verniani and Hawkins. HELMKEN, H. F. Galactic gamma radiation. Dissertation, Massachusetts Insti- tute of Technology, 1964. SECRETARY’S REPORT 179 Hopes, P. W. Distribution of stars in Leo I dwarf galaxy. Astron. Journ., vol. 68, pp. 470-474, 1963. Honce, P. W., AND WricuHtT, F. W. Studies of particles for extraterrestrial origin. 2. A comparison of microscopic spherules of meteoritic and volcanic origin. Journ. Geophys. Res., vol. 69, pp. 2449-2454, 1964. See also Wright, Hodge, and Langway. TRvINE, W. M. Formation of absorption bands in a scattering atmosphere (abstract). Astron. Journ., vol. 68, p. 538, 1963. The asymmetry of the scattering diagram of a spherical particle. Bull. Astron. Inst. Netherlands, vol. 17, pp. 176-184, 1963. The shadowing effect in diffuse reflection (abstract). Trans. Amer. Geophys. Union, vol. 44, p. 873, 1963. The formation of absorption bands and the distribution of photon opti- cal paths in a scattering atmosphere. Bull. Astron. Inst. Netherlands, vol. 17, pp. 266-279, 1964. Electrodynamics in a rotating system of reference. Physica, vol. 30, pp. 1160-1170, 1964. IzsaK, I. G. A note on perturbation theory. Astron. Journ., vol. 68, pp. 59-61, 1963. Tesseral harmonics in ‘the geopotential. Nature, vol. 199, pp. 187-139, 1963. Tesseral harmonics of the geopotential and corrections to station co- ordinates. Journ. Geophys. Res., vol. 69 pp. 2621-2630, 1964. JaccHia, L. G. Variations in the earth’s upper atmosphere as revealed by satellite drag. Rev. Mod. Phys., vol. 35, pp. 973-991, 1963. Influence of solar activity on the earth’s upper atmosphere. Planet. Space Sci., vol. 12, pp. 355-378, 1964. JaccHtis, L. G., AND SLowEy, J. Atmospheric heating in the auroral zones from the drag analysis of the Injun III satellite. Astron. Journ., vol 68, pp. 538-539, 1963. An analysis of the atmospheric drag of the Hxplorer IX satellite from precisely reduced photographic observations. Jn P. Muller, ed., Space Re- search IV, pp. 257-270, North-Hollard Publ., Amsterdam, 1964. Atmospheric heating in the auroral zones: A preliminary analysis of the drag of the Injun IIT satellite. Journ. Geophys. Res., vol. 69, 905-910, 1964. LAUTMAN, D. A. On the distribution of the perihelia of the asteroids (abstract). Astron. Journ., vol. 68, p. 539, 1963. LoveELL, B.; WHIPPLE, F. L.; AND Sotomon, L.H. Observation of a solar type radio burst from a flare star. Nature, vol. 201, pp. 1013-1014, 1964. Relative velocity of light and radio waves in space. Nature, vol. 202, p. 377, 1964. LuNpDaQuIstT, C. A. See Debus, Johnson, Hembree, and Lundquist. Matalse, D. Photographic observations of the tail activity of comet Burnham 1966 If. Astron. Journ., vol. 68, pp. 561-565, 19638. Marvin, U. B. Mineralogy of the oxidation products of the Sputnik 4 fragment and of iron meteorites. Journ. Geophys. Res., vol. 68, pp. 5059-5068, 1963. Marvin, U. B., AND KLEIN, C. Meteoritic zircon (abstract). Trans. Amer. Geo- phys. Union, vol. 45, p. 86, 1964. MeErRRIHUE, C. M. On the origin of I” in meteorites (abstract). Trans. Amer. Geoph) s. Union, vol. 45, p. 90, 1964. Mirter, H. E. He’ in planetesimals. Journ. Geophys. Res., vol. 68, pp. 4587— 4594, 1968. 745- 725—65——_13 180° ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 Noyes, R. W., See Goldberg, Parkinson, Reeves, and Noyes. Noyes, R. W., anv LeicHtTon, R. Velocity fields in the solar atmosphere. II. The oscillatory field. Astrophys. Journ., vol. 138, pp. 631-647, 1963. Packer, E.; Scuer, S.; anp Sagan, C. Biological contamination of Mars. II. Cold and aridity as constraints on the survival of terrestrial microorganisms in simulated Martian environments. Icarus, vol. 2, pp. 293-316, 1963. PoLiack, J. B., AND Fazio, G. G. Production of 7-mesons and gamma radiation in the galaxy by cosmic rays. Phys. Rev., vol. 131, pp. 2684-2691, 1963. RosENTHAL, S. See Hawkins, Meunier, and Rosenthal. SaGan, C. Microwave properties of the atmosphere and cloud layer of Venus. In B.-C. Jordan, ed., Electromagnetic Theory and Antennas, vol. 2, p. 771, Pergamon Press, 1963. Biological exploration of Mars. Ady. Astronaut. Sci., vol. 15, p. 571-581, 1963. Interstellar communication (book review). Planet. Space Sci., vol. 12, p: 259, 1964. Exobiology: a critical review. In M. Florkin and A. Dollfus, eds., Life Sciences and Space Research IJ, North-Holland Publ., Amsterdam, 1964. See also Packer, Scher, and Sagan; Scher, Packer, and Sagan. Sagan, C., AND KELLoGG, W. W. The terrestrial planets. Ann. Rev. Astron. and Astrophys., vol. 1, p. 285-266, 1963. ScHer, S.;. PackER, H.; AND SaGAn, C. Biological contamination of Mars: I. Survival of terrestrial microorganisms in simulated martian environments. In M. Florkin and A. Dollifus, eds., Life Sciences and Space Research II, pp. 352-356. North-Holland Publ., Amsterdam, 1964. SKaLaFruris, A. J. See Whitney and Skalafuris. SLEE, O. B.; Sotomon, L. H.; anp Patston, G. E. Radio emission from flare star V371 Orionis. Nature, vol. 199, pp. 991-993, 1964. SLowEY, J...See Jacchia and Slowey. Sotomon, L. H. See Lovell, Whipple, and Solomon; Slee, Solomon, and Patston. SouTHWoRTH, R. B. See Hawkins and Southworth. Strom, 8S. E. Comparison between model atmospheres and observations of early- type stars. Dissertation, Harvard University, 1964. . See also Avrett and Strom. TILLES, D. Tritium retention in iron meteorites. Nature, vol. 200, p. 563, 1963. Meteoritic tritium and diffusion in a- and y-iron. Nature, vol. 201, p. 808, 1964. Stable silicon isotope ratios in tektites. Geochim. et Cosmochim. Acta, vol..28, pp. 1015-1017, 1964. See also DeFelice, Fireman, and Tilles. TILLES, D., AND DEFELIcE, J. Time variations of abundance of geomagnetically trapped tritium. Trans. Amer. Geophys. Union, vol. 45, p. 351, 1964. TILLES, D.; DEFELIcE, J.; AND FIREMAN, E. L. Measurements of tritium in satel- lite and_rocket material, 1960-1961. Icarus, vol. 2, pp. 258-279, 1963. VEIS, G. Optical tracking of artificial satellites. Space Sci. Rev., vol. II, pp. 250-296, 1963. VERNIANI, F., AND HAWKINS, G. S. On the ionizing efficiency of meteors. Har- vard Radio Meteor Project Research Report No. 5, February, 1964. Wane, C. Y. On the correlation between the fluctuations of heat flow and gravi- tational potential of the earth (abstract). Trans. Amer. Geophys. Union, vol. 45, p. 36, 1964. Wane, C. Y. Figure of the earth as obtained from satellite data and its geo- physical implications. Dissertation, Harvard University, 1964. SECRETARY’S REPORT 181 WuipPte, F. L. Earth, moon, and planets. 2d ed., 278 pp. Harvard Univer- sity Press, 19638. On meteoroids and penetration. Journ. Geophys. Res., vol. 68, pp. 4929— 4939, 1963. The history of the solar system. Space Sci., XIII, vol. 5, pp. 2-6, 1964. ———., Disintegrating comets. Sky and Tel., vol. 3, pp. 148-149, 1964. Brightness changes in periodic comets (abstract). Astron. Journ., vol. 69, p. 152, 1964. Evidence of a comet belt beyond Neptune. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci., vol. 51, pp. 711-718, 1964. See also Lovell, Whipple, and Solomon. Wuirtney, C. A. Thermal response of the solar atmosphere. Astrophys. Journ., vol. 138, pp. 587-551, 19638. Wuitney, C. A., AND SKALAFURIS, A. J. The structure of shock fronts in atomic hydrogen. I. The effect of precursor radiation in the Lyman continuum. Astrophys. Journ., vol. 188, pp. 200-215, 1963. Woop, J. A. On the origin of chondrules and chondrites. Icarus, vol. 2, pp. 337- 401, 19638. WricHt, KF. W. See Hodge and Wright. Wricut, F. W.; Hope, P. W.; AND LANGway, ©. C., Jr. Studies of particles for extraterrestrial origin. I. Chemical analyses of 118 particles. Journ. Geophys. Res., vol. 68, pp. 5575-5587, 1963. The Special Reports of the Astrophysical Observatory distribute catalogs of satellite observations, orbital data, and preliminary results of data analysis prior to journal publication. Numbers 127 through 156, issued during the year, contain the following material : No. 127, July 8, 1963 Attitude determination from specular and diffuse reflection by cylindrical ar- tificial satellites, by R. H. Giese. No. 128, July 10, 1963 Ultraviolet synthesis of adenosine triphospha'te under possible primitive earth conditions, by C. Ponnamperuma, C. Sagan, and R. Mariner. No. 129, July 15, 1963: Laplace coefficients and their Newcomb derivatives, by I. G. Izsak. No. 130, July 17, 19638 Catalogue of satellite observations: Satellites 1958 « (Haplorer 1), 1959 a1 (Vanguard 2), 1959 n (Vanguard 3), and 1959 «1 (Hxplorer 7), for July 1- Dee. 31, 1962; Satellite 1958 B2 (Vanguard 1) for Sept. 22—Oct. 18, 1962; and Satellite 1960 y2 (Transit 1B) for Sept. 29-Oct. 24, 1962, prepared by B. Miller. No. 131, July 18, 1963 Catalogue of satellite observations: Satellites 1960 «1 (Hcho 1), 1960 12 (Echo 1 rocket), and 1960 £1 (Haplorer 8) for July 1—Dec. 31, 1962, prepared by B. Miller. No. 132, July 19, 1963 Catalogue of satellite observations: Satellites 1961 61 (H«plorer 9), 1961 o1 (Transit 44), and 1961 02 (Injun Solar Radiation 3) for July 1—Dee. 31, 1962; Satellite 1962 «el (Telstar 1) for July 10-Dee. 31, 1962; Satellite 1962 B\1 (Haplorer 15) for Nov. 2—Dec. 20, 1962; Satellite 1962 Bul (Anna 1B) for Noy. 1—Dec. 31, 1962; Satellite 1962 Bul (Relay 1) for Dec. 15-31, 1962; and Satellite 1962 By1 (Heplorer 16) for Dec. 16-21, 1962, prepared by B. Miller. 182 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 No. 133, August 16, 1963 The determination of absolute directions in space with artificial satellites, by G. Veis. No. 134, September 12, 1963 On the distribution of surface heat flows and the second order variations in the external gravitational field, by C. Y. Wang. No. 135, September 16, 1963 Formulae and tables for the computation of lifetimes of artificial satellites, by L. G. Jacchia and J. Slowey. No. 136, September 17, 1963 Atmospheric heating in the auroral zones: A preliminary analysis of the atmospheric drag of the Injun IIT satellite, by L. G. Jacchia and J. Slowey. No. 137, September 30, 1963 Catalog of precisely reduced observations: Satellite 1960 72 (Transit 1B) for May 7-19, 1960; Satellite 1960 11 (Hcho 1) for Aug. 12-31, 1960; and Satellite 1961 61 (Haplorer 9) for July 1—Dec. 31, 1961, prepared by P. Stern. i No. 188, October 1, 1963 Catalog of precisely reduced observations: Satellites 1959 «1 (Vanguard 2), 1959 y (Vanguard 3), 1960 .2 (Hcho 1 rocket), and 1961 61 (Ezplorer 9) for Jan. 1-June 30, 1962, prepared by P. Stern. Uae No. 139, October 15, 1963 2 Optical radar results and meteoric fragmentation, by G. Colombo and G. Fiocco. No. 140, January 24, 1964 Construction of Newcomb operators on a digital computer, by I. G. Izsak, J. M. Gerard, R. Efimba, and M. P. Barnett. No. 141, January 30, 1964 Satellite orbital data: Satellites 1959 a1 (Vanguard 2), 1959 » (Vanguard 3), 1960 1.2 (Hecho 1 rocket), and 1961 51 (Hz«plorer 9) for Jan. 1-June 30, 1962; Satellite 1960 61 (Tiros 1 rocket) for Apr. 12—May 26, 1960; Satellite 1960 62 (Tiros 1) for Apr. 12-Sept. 15, 1960; Satellite 1960 11 (Hecho 1) for Aug. 14-30, 1960; Satellite 1961 01 (Transit 4A) for Aug. 11, 1961—June 25, 1962; and Satellite 1961 02 (Injun 3), for Aug. 11, 1961-June 29, 1962, pre- pared by I. G. Izsak. No. 142, January 31, 1964 Satellite orbital data: Satellites 1958 « (Hxplorer 1), 1959 «1 (Vanguard 2), 1959 » (Vanguard 8), 1959 11 (Hzplorer 7), 1960 1 (Echo 1), 1960 £1 (Hxplorer 8), and 1961 61 (Hzplorer 9) for Jan. 1—-Apr. 1, 1963, prepared by I. G. Izsak. No. 1438, February 3, 1964 Inhomogeneous distribution of the radioactive heat sources. I. Theory, by Cc. Y. Wang. No. 144, February 10, 1964 Geodesics on an equipotential surface of revolution, by W. Koéhulein. No. 145, February 17, 1964 On the luminous efficiency of meteors, by F. Verniani. No. 146, February 24, 1964 On the visual tracking of two bright satellites from C-130-type aircraft, by R. C. Vanderburgh. No. 147, February 27, 1964 Catalog of precisely reduced observations: Satellite 1960 81 (Tiros 1 rocket) for Apr. 5-June 1, 1960; Satellite 1960 82 (Tiros 1) for Apr. 5—Sept. 21, 1960; SECRETARY'S REPORT __ 183 and Satellites 1961 01 (Transit 44) and 1961 02 (Injun Solar Radiation 3) for Aug. 5, 1961—Dec. 31, 1962, prepared by P. Stern. No. 148, February 28, 1964 Catalog of precisely reduced observations: Satellites 1959 a1 (Vanguard 2), 1959 » (Vanguard 3), 1960 .2 (Hecho 1 rocket), and 1961 61 (Hzplorer 9) for July 1—Dec. 31, 1962; Satellite 1961 61 (Midas 4) for Mar. 9—Dee. 31. 1962; and Satellite 1962 ael (Telstar 1) for July 13—Dec. 31, 1962, prepared py P. Stern. No. 149, April 15, 1964 Long-period effects in nearly commensurable cases of the restricted three- body problem, by J. Schubart. No. 150, April 22, 1964 The temperature ‘above the thermopause, by L. G. Jacchia. No. 151, May 5, 1964 A eatalog of positions and proper motions of: 258,997 stars for the epoch and equinox of 1950.0, by the Staff of the Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory. No. 152, June 15, 1964 Temperature variations in the upper atmosphere during geomagnetically quiet intervals, by L. G. Jacchia and J. Slowey. No. 153, June 16, 1964 Catalogue of satellite observations: Satellites 1958 a1 (Haplorer 1), 1959 a1 (Vanguard 2), 1959 71 (Vanguard 3), and 1959 11 (Haplorer 7) for Jan. 1—- June 30, 1968, prepared by B. Miller. No. 154, June 17, 1964 Catalogue of satellite observations: Satellites 1960 1 (Hecho 1), 1960 .2 (Hecho 1 rocket), 1960 ¢1 (Hzplorer 8), and 1961 51 (Hgplorer 9) for Jan. 1-June 30, 1963, prepared by P. Stern. No. 155, June 18, 1964 Catalogue of satellite observations: Satellites 1961 01 (Transit 4A), 1961 02 (Injun Solar Radiation 8), 1962 wel (Telstar 1), and 1962 Bul (Anna 1B) for Jan. 1—-June 30, 1963; Satellite 1962 vl (Cosmos 5) for Mar. 11—Apr. 30, 1968; Satellite 1962 Br2 (Injun 3) for Jan. 16-June 30, 1963; Satellite 1962 Bul (Relay 1) for Jan. 4-June 30, 1963; Satellite 1963 9A (Haplorer 17) for Apr. 6—June 24, 1963; and Satellite 1963 18A (Telstar 2) for May 11- June 30, 1963, prepared by B. Miller. No. 156, June 25, 1964 Baker-Nunn photography of the Syncom IT fourth-stage ignition, by R. Citron and L. H. Solomon; and Tracking of Centaur (AC-2), by L. H. Solomon. STAFF CHANGES Scientists who joined the Observatory staff during the year are Dr. Henry F. Helmken, Dr. Craig Merrihue, and Dr. William G. Elford, physicists; Dr. Richard R. Haefner, supervisor of computa- tions operations; Douglas T. Pitman, chemist; Leendert Aardoom, geodesist; Carlton G. Lehr and Yasushi Nozawa, electronic engineers; and Dr. P. L. Bhatnagar, astrophysicist. Resignations during the year included those of Dr. Morton J. Davies, Dr. Wolfgang Kalkofen, and Dr. Max Krook, physicists; Dr. Joachim Schubart, celestial mechanician; Richard C. Bruck, chief 184 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 of station operations; and Col. Olcott M. Brown (now serving as con- sultant), station coordinator of Moonwatch. Consultants at the Observatory during the year were Dr. Pol Swings, Dr. John A. Wood, Sir A. C. B. Lovell, Mr. Thomas C. Marvin, Dr. George Murray, and Dr. Om P. Rustgi. On June 30, 1964, the Observatory employed 404 persons. DIVISION OF RADIATION AND ORGANISMS Prepared by W. H. Kien, Chief of the Division Research of the Division of Radiation and Organisms is directed toward those areas of investigation in which radiation affects or controls, directly and indirectly, the functions of living organisms. Specific areas which have been investigated intensively by the division include the control of regulatory mechanisms by nonionizing radiation such as photomorphogenesis, phototropism, the induction of photo- synthetic activity and the interaction of ionizing radiation with syn- thetic and morphological systems, such as the effects of X-rays and gamma rays at the cellular and subcellular levels. Research has con- tinued on the storage of energy in and synthesis of macromolecules in such diverse systems as higher plants and marine algae. The service activity of the carbon-dating laboratory has been expanded, and the division also conducts basic research in developing and ex- tending dating techniques. Investigation of the mechanism by which chloramphenicol, an anti- biotic protein inhibitor, inhibits lght-dependent development of photosynthetic activity of bean leaves has been continued. The chloramphenicol prevents formation of a normal chloroplast struc- ture, the absence of which is correlated with a larger percentage of water-soluble plastid protein. Investigations by serological tech- niques of differences between water-soluble proteins of plastids from treated and untreated leaves are in progress. The results indicate that there are different proteins in the soluble fractions from the two sources. The plastids from treated and untreated leaves differ in ability to generate antibodies, indicating differences in arrange- ment of proteins in the two types of plastids. Although diatoms grown in the dark synthesize photosynthetic pigments, less chlorophyll is produced than in the light. Some evi- dence indicating a difference in the ratio of chlorophylls to carot- enoids in light- and dark-grown cells has been obtained. Changes in the absorption spectrum of diatom cells brought about by heating also occur on treatment with chemicals known to bring about changes in the configuration of protein molecules. Studies on the changes of the absorption spectra of the diatom cells that occur on heating SECRETARY’S REPORT , 185 suggest a different molecular environment for carotenoids and chlorophylls. Tn the area of phosphorus metabolism the structure and physiology of ribonucleic acid-polyphosphates in algae have been studied. Ex- tracts have been obtained from synchronous algal cultures, and poly- mers have been hydrolyzed by various means; the low molecular- weight products have been investigated to ascertain the linkage group which connects the ribonucleic acid to polyphosphates. In December 1963 through February 1964, an extensive Antarctic collecting trip aboard the U.S.S. Hltanin was made. Algal and diatom collections were made in the Humboldt current off the coast of Chile and in a great circle arc from Valparaiso to Peter I Island. From these plank- ton, sample determinations were made on total phosphorus and organic nitrogen. The distribution of phosphorus within certain compounds and relative rates of radioactive phosphate incorporation into various fractions were determined. Concurrently, sea-water samples were obtained at the same sites at which organisms were collected to determine the major nutrients to which the plankton were exposed. A glycopeptide was isolated, purified, and characterized from the green alea Chlorella pyrenoidosa. This glycopeptide contains sialic acid, a sugar derivative which has not previously been reported in any photosynthetic organisms. Sialic acid confers antigenic speci- ficity upon such macromolecules as blood-group substances and bac- terial cell-wall sheaths. The continued investigation of intracellular, phytochrome-mediated responses in corn-leaf sections has demonstrated a light catalyzed utilization of carbohydrates more closely associated with the radiant- energy stimulus than any other phytochrome-mediated biochemical response reported heretofore. Increase in utilization occurs well be- fore any growth response is detectable. Total sugar loss is the first change observable, preceding starch disappearance. Specific sugar changes occurring during the first hours immediately following the light pretreatment reveal major changes in both nonreducing and reducing sugars. Continuation of the studies on the correlation between measured in vivo changes in phytochrome pigment concentrations and observed physiological responses induced by red or far-red irradiation show that the iogarithmic change in pigment concentration correlates ex- actly with the physiological dose-response curve for initial light treatments. The time rate of bean hypocotyl hook opening has been measured by time-lapse photography. The rate of hook opening is directly proportional to the intial dose of red light. The onset of opening occurs after about 5 hours and is the same for all exposures. 186 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 The fact that the opening rate remains linear for as long as 20 hours suggests that the magnitude of the final opening is directly propor- tional to the amount of phytochrome produced by the initial red-light exposure. However, any subsequent light treatments after the initial ones show no correlation between the physiological system and the measured in vivo pigment changes. Possible explanations for these results are that only a small amount of the phytochrome is active, that there is another form of the pigment as yet undetected, or that the amount of phytochrome required to initiate the physiological re- sponse cannot be detected by available instrumentation. At present, our experimental data indicate that current theories are deficient and need revision or modification. The action spectra for growth and tropic responses in Phycomyces blakesleeanus have been extended into the near ultraviolet. The spectra in this range indicate that either a second pigment system is involved or that bleaching of the photoreceptor occurs. Experiments measuring the activity of extracts of sporangiophores in the luciferin-luciferase assay system indicated that a 50-percent change of activity occurs within 30 seconds after a blue-light stimulus. There is no correlation between luciferin-luciferase activity and the level of adaptation of sporangiophores. The activity is constant for all levels of adaptation. Comparison between growing and nongrow- ing samples indicated that all of the luciferin-luciferase activity changes occur in the growing zones. These experiments show that one of the early metabolic systems affected by blue-light stimuli involves high-energy phosphate compounds such as adenosine triphosphate which are active in the luciferin-luciferase assay. The blue fluorescing unknown which was reported previously to be present in large amounts in light-sensitive stages of sporangiophore development has been isolated in large enough amounts to be identi- fied. This material is a derivative of gallic acid and can be prepared directly from gallic acid in the laboratory. Gallic acid is known to occur at near-saturation concentrations in the sporangiophore, and it is surprising that a material which correlates with the light- sensitivity of sporangiophores is derived from material present in such large amounts. To date, 80 samples of archeological, geological, and hydrological interest have been analyzed by the carbon-dating laboratory, most of them having been submitted in connection with research at the Smithsonian. Carbon-14 determinations on the dissolved bicarbonate in ground water have permitted estimates to be made on the flow rates in certain mountain areas in Arizona. Such high-resolution age determination is possible in certain situations owing to the rapid rise in atmospheric SECRETARY'S REPORT 187 _ carbon-14 produced by thermonuclear devices. It is assumed that the carbon dioxide in the water as it entered the ground-water system was in isotopic equilibrium with the atmosphere, and that the carbon dioxide the water picked up as it percolated into the ground-water system was from recently decayed organic material. Thus, the re- charge water would have acarbon-14 age of less than two years. Measurement of the carbon-14 content of water near the recharge area bears out this assumption. It is further assumed that exchange of carbon dioxide with older carbonate in the system is insignificant. The resultant data for water from a particular locality will be the average travel time of the water from the recharge areas to the sample locality. In the cases studied, water requires less than 10 years to get from the top of the mountain as rain to the main ground-water system at the base of the mountain. The simultaneous measurement of spectral quality regions of sun and sky radiation as perceived by a horizontal flat receiver is progress- ing. Technical difficulties encountered in automating the recording system have been largely overcome or corrected by modification and adaptation. We expect to achieve a continuous operation by early fall. Preliminary experimental data from plant material have been obtained, primarily to test the operation of the growth rooms and greenhouse. These results indicate that, within specified limits, the growing rooms and greenhouse area can be controlled and made uni- form with each other in respect to light intensity, temperature, carbon- dioxide content, and day length. The photosynthetic rates of the plant material in the three areas, as measured by dry-weight production, are uniform, indicating that the physical control system operates effectively. PUBLICATIONS KLEIN, WILLIAM H.; Price, L.; AND MirraKos K. Light stimulated starch de- gradation in plastids and leaf morphogenesis. Photochemistry and Photo- biology, vol. 2, pp. 233-240, 1963. MitTrakos, K. Chlorophyll metabolism and its relationship to photoperiodism, endogenous daily rhythm and red, far-red reaction system. Photochemistry and Photobiology, vol. 2, pp. 223-231, 1963. Price, Leonarp; Mirrakos, K.; AnD KLEIN, W. H. Photomorphogenesis and carbohydrate changes in etiolated leaf tissue. Quart. Rev. Biol., vol. 39, pp. 11-18, 1964. SIGALOVE, JOEL J.. AND Lone, A. Smithsonian Institution radiocarbon measure- ments I. Radiocarbon, vol. 6, pp. 182-188, 1964. OTHER ACTIVITIES The division was represented during the year at a number of sci- entific meetings. In attendance at the American Institute of Bio- logical Sciences meeting in August at the University of Massachusetts, Amherst, Mass., were J. L. Edwards, R. H. Gettens, Dr. W. H. Klein, 188 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 Dr. R. LL. Latterell, Dr. M. M. Margulies, Dr. K. Mitrakos, L. Price, and Dr. W. A. Shropshire. Papers presented at the meetings included “Light-induced Biochemical Changes in Phycomyces Sporangio- phores,” by Miss Gettens and Dr. Shropshire; “Red, Far-red System and Phytochrome,” by Mr. Edwards and Dr. Klein; “Chloroplasts from Chloramphenicol Treated leaves,” by Dr. Margulies; and “Phy- tochrome Mediated Carbohydrate Responses in Etiolated Corn Leaf Sections,” by Dr. Mitrakos, Mr. Price, and Dr. Klein. Dr. Klein attended the executive committee sessions of the American Society of Plant Physiologists and was chairman of a session. J. H. Harrison attended the Intermediate Seminar for Scientific Glass Blowers held in July at the State University of New York, Alfred, N.Y. Joel J. Sigalove traveled to Tucson, Ariz., in September to collect water samples to determine flow rates of ground water in certain mountain areas of Arizona. In October Dr. Margulies was a par- ticipant in a symposium on “Photosynthetic Mechanisms of Green Plants” sponsored by the Photobiology Committees of the National Academy of Science—National Research Council at Warrenton, Va. Mr. Sigalove and Austin Long attended the Geological Society of America meeting held in New York City in November. Mr. Goldberg and Mr. Harrison attended a 2-week training course in programing computers given by the Control Data Corporation in Rockville, Md. In December Dr. D. L. Correll participated in a 3-month Antarctic collecting trip aboard the National Science Foundation vessel, the U.S.S. Hltanin. The party sailed from Valparaiso, Chile, on Decem- ber 17 and spent 2 months collecting in the Antarctic Ocean. Dr. Shropshire attended the annual meetings of the Biophysical Society in Chicago in February. Dr. Klein spent a week in March in San Juan and Mayaguez, Puerto Rico, consulting with staff scien- tists of the U.S. Atomic Energy Commission installations. Dr. Cor- rell attended the regional meetings of the American Chemical Society in April at the University of Maryland, College Park. In May Dr. Klein was a visiting lecturer at the University of Texas in Austin. Dr. Correll attended meetings of the American Society of Limnology and Oceanography in Miami, Fla., June 14-20, and presented his paper ‘Pelagic Phosphorus Metabolism in the Antarctic.” Dr. Margulies presented a lecture at the Research Institute of Advanced Studies in Baltimore on June 10. Dr. Shropshire traveled in. June to Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. to confer with Dr. John Cairns at the biological laboratory. SECRETARY’S REPORT | 189 STAFF CHANGES Scientists who joined the staff during the year are Austin Long, geochemist in the carbon-14 laboratory, and Dr. Adolf Steiner, visit- ing plant physiologist from the University of Freiburg, Germany. Dr. Peter A. J. deLint, visiting plant physiologist, returned to Wageningen, Holland. Resignations: Dr. R. L. Latterell, cytogeneti- cist, and J. Sigalove, geochemist. On June 30, 1964, the Division staff numbered 32 members. Respectfully submitted. Frep L. Wuiprte, Director. S. Ditton Rrerey, Secretary, Smithsonian Institution. Report on the National Collection of Fine Arts Sir: I have the honor to submit the following report on the activi- ties of the National Collection of Fine Arts for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1963: SMITHSONIAN ART COMMISSION The 41st annual meeting of the Smithsonian Art Commission was held in Washington on Tuesday, December 3, 1963. Members present were Paul Manship, chairman; Leonard Carmichael, secretary; Gil- more D. Clarke, David E. Finley, Lloyd Goodrich, Walker Hancock, Bartlett H. Hayes, Jr., Henry P. McIlhenny, Paul Mellon, Ogden M. Pleissner, Edgar P. Richardson, Charles H. Sawyer, and Andrew Wyeth. Also present were James C. Bradley, Assistant Secretary ; Theodore W. Taylor, Assistant to the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution; Thomas M. Beggs, Director, National Collection of Fine Arts, and David W. Scott, Assistant Director. The Commission recommended the appointment of Page Cross to fill the vacancy caused by the resignation of Douglas Orr. Recommendations were made for the reappointment of Lloyd Good- rich, Bartlett H. Hayes, Jr., and Walker Hancock for the usual 4-year period. Dr. Leonard Carmichael, who was to retire as Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution on January 31, 1964, was elected Member Emeritus of the Commission. The following officers were elected for the ensuing year: Paul Man- ship, chairman; Gilmore D. Clarke, vice chairman; and Leonard Car- michael, secretary (to be succeeded by S. Dillon Ripley upon his assumption of duties as Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution). The following were elected members of the executive committee for the ensuing year: David E. Finley, chairman; Gilmore D. Clarke; Ogden M. Pleissner; Edgar P. Richardson; with Paul Manship and Leonard Carmichael, ex officio (to be succeeded by S. Dillon Ripley upon his assumption of duties as Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution). Dr. Carmichael reviewed the purpose of the National Collection of Fine Arts for the Commission and indicated the current status of the development on the proposed new gallery in the Old Patent Office 190 SECRETARY’S REPORT 191 Building. He noted the passage of the fiscal year 1964 appropriation bill providing $5,465,000 for renovation of this building. The Commission recommended acceptance of the following for the National Collection of Fine Arts: Oil, Group Portrait of Anna Maria Mabie, John Henry Mabie, and George Winfield Mabie, by Undetermined Artist. Offered by Mr. and Mrs. William A. Sturm, Bladensburg, Md. Fifty-eight pen-and-ink drawings by H. C. Peixotto (1869-1940). Offered by Fortunato Porotto, Washington, D.C. Two miniatures, watercolor on ivory, Hmilia Field Brewer, possibly by John Henry Brown (1818-1891), and Portrait of a Child, by Undetermined Artist. Offered by Mrs. David Karrick, Washington, D.C. A miniature, watercolor on ivory, Unknown Gentleman, by Undetermined Artist. Offered by Mrs. C. H. Roper, Austin, Tex. The Commission recommended that the following be added to the Study Collection: Pastel, The New Moon, by George Randolph Barse, Jr. (1861-— ). Offered by Eugene W. Bolling, Upper Montclair, N.J. Miniature, oil on porcelain, Two Girls in a Garden, by Undetermined Artist. Offered by Mrs. David Karrick, Washington, D. C. The Commission recommended that the following be held for sub- mission to the National Portrait Gallery Commission : Two sculptures, bronze, William Howard Taft (1857-1930), and terracotta, Cordell Hull (1871-1955), by Bryant Baker (1881-— ). Offered by the sculp- tor, New York City. Oil, General John J. Pershing (1860-1948), by Leopold Seyffert (1887-1956). Offered by Mr. and Mrs. Dudley Cooper, Norfolk, Va. The Commission recommended that the following be added to the Lending Collection: Oil, 3:00 a.m., by Adelaide Morris Gardner. Offered by Mrs. Fred Gardner, Sarasota, Fla. THE CATHERINE WALDEN MYER FUND The following miniatures, watercolor on ivory, were acquired from the fund established through the bequest of Catherine Walden Myer: No. 150. Barnabus Bates, attributed to Thomas Sully (1783-1872). Ac- quired from Mrs. Eva W. Chadbourne, Washington, D.C. No. 151. Betsy Goodrich, by Sarah Goodridge (1788-1858). No. 152. RK. M. Copeland, by Thomas Edwards (ac. 1822-1856, Boston). No. 153. Child, attributed to Edward Greene Malbone (1777-1802). No. 154. James Morris, by Henry Colton Shumway (1807-1884). No. 155. Mrs. James Morris, by Henry Colton Shumway (1807-1884). No. 156. Lewis Gaylord Clark, attributed to Charles Loring Elliot (1842- 1868). No. 157. Gentleman, by Undetermined Artist (resembling the style of Copley). No. 158. Lady, by Bernard Lens (1682-1740). Nos. 151-158 acquired from Edwin C. Buxbaum, Wilmington, Del. 192 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 STUDY COLLECTION The Director and curatorial staff accepted the following for the Study Collection: Four ‘silhouettes and a miniature, by Undetermined Artist. Offered by the Misses Gatchell, Washington, D.C. One miniature, by Undetermined Artist, and other related material. Offered by Miss Mary Schaff, Washington, D.C. Watercolor, Williamburg Post Office, by Dwight Williams. Offered by Felix Stapleton, Washington, D.C. WORKS OF ART LENT AND RETURNED, PERMANENT COLLECTION Institutions Loans Loans returned American Wederation of Arts. - e287 2) oe ee ee 2 ps Bow dorm Coulee ese eae a ee Sa es a Re 1 ex Bureauiokithes Budget 222 ois ae eee a ea 27 re General Services Administration__________________________ 3 1 Nadia Clarm SCO ma SST Ory ee ee ee ep ae wits 1 Interior, Department of thes 2.2 ui) se ae 1 at International Business Machines Corporation_________ ____- Interstate Commerce Commission________________________- JoslynwArteMiuse ime wees Ae Pe ee ae 1 eo 0 ! 1 Justice, Department of2ss sree nal Wien a eee ee 2 es Muse mm of Hun GyATsES 1S OS tO rie ee es eae 1 1 Portland Museum Maines 22 2222 en ee ee ee 1 1 PEC hey i) Dyer ofl ete cae MY BON essence eat ie ea ae ee aL he University of Arizona Art Gallery_________________________ 1 1 WSS vA tare tiG) SPO] CC ES Meee ee ae Ne 1 ne U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia_____________ 2% eae USS District Court, Richmond, Wass = 2 eee 12 Bias U:SsinformationeAe en cys 225 Seek pees Ped eine ee 1 1 WSS ema tee siya ee ee ie is a ee 1 aps Washington County Museum of Fine Arts__________________ 14 14 hve (Wah ite VET OMS G2: det ON ed OP 3 2 The White House (Plans for Progress Office) _______________ 10 ee The White House (Office of Special Representative for Trade IN S200 GHG ts 10'S) ae Te a op ect ee reales NN y pies Whitney Museum of American Art________________________ 1 1 100 27 SECRETARY’S REPORT ' 193 WORKS OF ART LENT AND RETURNED, LENDING COLLECTION Institutions Loans Loans returned Barney Neighborhood Housel= 222222 ee 12 2 BUTevIFOle Che Bude eben. ao eee a ee ee ee 16 a HOXCTOLEH SCHOO] A es = eee BAe ee RS A 1 1 Health, Education, and Welfare, Department of____________ 2 ane IOWA TOMO TVCLST bya a oe a eh 19 16 Mount eleasanty il rary. 20 Vos ee eee ee 2 pas President’s Advisory Committee on Science________________ 6 es MuSkeseenMn stitutes = — ee Dee es a CRN es eee oes 1 U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia__-_________ 5 ae ER Caste ME OUSe eas See Dee eee ee ee 2 v4 The White House (Office of Special Representative for Trade INES O beileats ORNS) vases eters epee es A a 8 73 22 ALICE PIKE BARNEY MEMORIAL FUND Additions to the principal during the year amounting to $2,088.06 increased the total invested sums in the Alice Pike Barney Memorial Fund to $47,512.55. THE HENRY WARD RANGER FUND According to a provision of the Henry Ward Ranger bequest, that paintings purchased by the Council of the National Academy of Design from the fund provided by the bequest and assigned to Amer- ican art institutions may be claimed during the 5-year period begin- ning 10 years after the death of the artist represented, the following paintings were recalled for action of the Smithsonian Art Commis- sion at its meeting December 3, 1968: No. 140. Tide Water Creek, Oregon (watercolor), by Theodore Kautzky (1896-1953), was accepted to become a permanent accession. No. 179. The Eviction (pastel), by Everett Shinn (1876-1953), was accepted to become a permanent accession. 194 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 The following paintings, purchased by the Council of the National Academy of Design since the last report, have been assigned as follows: 278. 279. 280. 281. 282, 283. 284. 285. 286. 287. 288. 289. 290. 291. 292. 293. 294. 295. 296. 297. 298. Title and artist Milestone (oil), by Philip B. White (1935- ). Interior with Figure (oil), by Sarah Blakes- lee (1912- ). The Beach (oil), by Hughie Lee-Smith, (1915- Vo From my Window (oil), by Jacques Hniz- dovsky (1915- ). Portrait of Susan B. Stewart (oil), by Wal- ter Stuempfig (1914— Ne Connemara (oil), by Colleen Browning (1925-— ). The New Tent (oil), by Sperry Andrews (1917- ). The Wait (watercolor), by Doris White (1924— ). Reunion (oil), by Richard Wynn (1928- ). The High City (watercolor), by Betty Bowes (1911- ). Landscape (watercolor), by Douglas Gors- line (1913- ). Mountain Glen (watercolor), by Henry C. Pitz (1895- ). EHapressway Site (watercolor), by Charles Taylor (1910- ). Roof Tops, Ste. Agnes (watercolor), by Stuart Garrett (1922- Ne Ludlow Snow (watercolor), by David M. Checkley (1917-— ). Hmbankment, III (watercolor), by Glenn R. Bradshaw (1922-— ). North of Truro (watercolor), by Saraga P. Saffer (1927- ). Studio Interior (watercolor), Knaus (1928— ). Beach at Quoque (watercolor), by Joseph W. Arcier (1909- - Gathering Storm (watercolor), by Forrest Orr (1895-— ). Viaduct (watercolor), by Fred B. Marshall (1904— ) by Wick Assignment Assignment pending. Hackley Art Gallery, Mus- kegon, Mich. Assignment pending. University of Delaware, Newark, Del. Birmingham Museum of Art, Birmingham, Ala. Assignment pending. Pomona College, Clare- mont, Calif. Assignment pending. Assignment pending. University of Southern California, Los Angeles, Calif. Rollins College, Park, Fla. Fine Arts Gallery, versity of Boulder, Colo. Assignment pending. Winter Uni- Colorado, Assignment pending. The University Guild, Northwestern Univer- sity, Hvanston, Ill. Fine Arts Gallery of San Diego, San Diego, Calif. Museum of New Mexico, Santa Fe, N. Mex. Assignment pending. Sioux City Art Center, Sioux City, Iowa. Assignment pending. Assignment pending. SECRETARY’S REPORT 195 SMITHSONIAN TRAVELING EXHIBITION SERVICE Mrs. Dorothy T. Van Arsdale was appointed Acting Chief to re- place Mrs. Annemarie Pope, who was named Special Assistant to the Secretary for Traveling Exhibition Study in May of this year. In addition to 99 exhibits held over from previous years as indicated below, 37 new shows were introduced. The total of 139 shows was circulated to 297 museums in the United States. Two exhibitions were delivered to the U.S. Information Service for circulation abroad. EXHIBITS CONTINUED FROM PRIOR YEARS 1956-57 : Japan II by Werner Bischof. 1957-58: The American City in the 19th Century ; Theatrical Posters of the Gay Nineties ; Japanese Dolls. 1958-59: Advertising in 19th Century America; Religious Subjects in Modern Graphie Arts; Our Town; Shaker Craftsmanship. 1959-60: American Prints Today; Brazilian Printmakers; Arts and Cultural Centers; Photographs by Robert Capa II; Prints and Drawings by Jacques Villon; Portraits of Greatness by Yousuf Karsh; Paintings by Young Africans; Japan I. 1960-61: The Technique of Fresco Painting; The America of Currier and Ives; Drawings by Sculptors; Eskimo Graphic Art; American Art Nouveau Post- ers; Japan by Werner Bischof; The Spirit of the Japanese Print; Ameri- cans—A view from the East; Contemporary Swedish Architecture; Mies van der Rohe; Irish Architecture of the Georgian Period; Brasilia—A New Capital; Design in Germany Today ; Designed for Silver; American Textiles; The Seasons, color photographs by Eliot Porter; The World of Werner Bischof; The Image of Physics; Charles Darwin: The Evolution of an - Evolutionist ; The Beginning of Flight; The Magnificent Enterprise—Educa- tion Opens the Door; The New Theatre in Germany; Tropical Africa I; Tropical Africa II; Symphony in Color; Paintings and Pastels by Children of Tokyo; Children’s Art from Italy; Hawaiian Children’s Art; Designs by Children of Ceylon. 1961-62: Tutankhamun’s Treasures: Fourteen Americans in France; George Catlin, Paintings and Prints; Physics and Painting; UNESCO Watercolor Reproductions ; Belgian Drawings; The Lithographs of Childe Hassam ; Con- temporary Italian Drawings; John Baptist Jackson; Contemporary Swedish Prints; Japanese Posters; The Face of Viet Nam; Architectural Photog- raphy (New Hditions) ; Le Corbusier—Chapel at Ronchamp; The Family, The Neighborhood, the City ; One Hundred Books from the Grabhorn Press; Wisconsin Designer-Craftsmen; Caribbean Journey; The Swedish Film; The Story of a Winery; This is the American Earth; The Hidden World of Crystals; Hummingbirds; Brazilian Children’s Art; Children Look at UNESCO; My Friends. 1962-638: The Daniells in India; Eskimo Carvings; Holland: The New Genera- tion; John Sloan; Contemporary Japanese Sumi Paintings; American Prints Today, 1962; Contemporary American Drawings; Work by Ernst Barlach ; Old Master Drawings from Chatsworth; English Watercolors and Drawings; Eskimo Graphic Art II; Pakistan Stone Rubbings; Contem- porary Canadian Architecture; Twelve Churches; Pre-Hispanic Mexico; 745—725—-65——_14 196 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 Today’s American Wall-Coverings; Craftmen of the City; The Tradition of French Fabrics; A Child’s World of Nature; West German Students’ Art; Historic Annapolis ; The Old Navy, 1776-1860. EXHIBITIONS INITIATED IN 1964 Archeology 7000 Years of Iranian PaNTid Binaeael cbse, Sh AN a SA ed Iranian Government; Archaeological Museum in Tehran; Madam Foroughi. Paintings and Sculpture The Bird That Never WAGED Sey au tot tf peers be Musée National d’Art Moderne in Paris; Artist. Indian Miniatures_____~~ India Library, London, Mrs. Mildred Archer; P & O Lines. Religious Themes by Old Maistersiiee rk os cunt Inter Nationes, Bonn; German Hmbassy. Turner Watercolors_-_-_-_- British Museum, Mr. EK. Croft-Murray. Drawings and Prints Fifty Years of American PIES ie ee ns eas Pennell Fund Collection, Library of Congress, Wash- ington, D.C. Antonio Frasconi 1952- EGGS te Nas RS ay eee The Artist. Prints by Mary Cassatt__ The National Gallery of Art, Washington, D.C. Graphics (632222235 ss" 4 Mr. Richard Freeman, University of Kentucky. Treasures from the Plantin-Moretus Mu- SOU he Re Plantin-Moretus Museum, Antwerp. Kighteenth Century Ve- netian Drawings______ Correr Museum, Venice, Dr. Terisio Pignatti. Design and Crafts Albers: Interaction of COlOR gee eee Ba ae Yale University Press. American Costumes_-. —- Index of American Design, National Gallery of Art, Washington, D.C. Eugene Berman—New Stage Designs________ Artist; M. Knoedler & Company, New York City. Craftsmen of the East- ern: -Statesvaenes jeu Museum of Contemporary Crafts, New York City, Mr. Paul Smith. Eskimo Carvings________ Hskimo Art, Inc. Ann Arbor, Mich., Mr. Eugene Powell. Finnish Rugs and Tapes- tries by Oili Maki_.____ Artist. Masters of Ballet Design. Spreckels Collection, California Palace of the Legion of Honor, San Francisco, Calif. Swedish Design Today_.__ Svensk Form-Design Center, Stockholm, Ake Huldt, Managing Director. SECRETARY'S REPORT . 197 Swedish Folk Art_______ Nordiska Museset, Stockholm; Dr. Eskerod, Swedish Embassy. Swiss Posters________-_- Pro Helvetia, Zurich; Embassy of Switzerland. Architecture Alvar Aaltos == 2-822 ae Traveling Hxhibition Service, Mr. E. Kidder-Smith, Photographer. Contemporary American Landscape Archi- Lechwirer = 22 2a Hubbard Educational Trust; American NSociety of Landscape Architects. Recent American Syna- gogue Architecture___._ Mr. Richard Meier, Architect; Jewish Museum in New York. Hero Saarinen__________. Public Relations Department, TWA, New York; Ezra Stoller, Photographer. Historic Annapolis______. Historie Annapolis, Ine. History The American Flag______ Library of Congress, Washington, D.C. Hearts and Flowers___-_-. Hallmark Historical Collection, Hallmark Cards, Inc., Kansas City, Mo. World HMairs=—--------__. Prints and Photographs Division, Library of Congress, Washington, D.C. Children’s Art American Kindergarten INT esis Bee cpr ae Rts 8) Na'tional Kindergarten Association. Paintings by Young PB Aline Gey ae ek Collection of Mrs. Gordon Wiles, Encino, Calif. Washington—My City___. District Art Department, Washington, D.C. Natural History and Science BirdsOf Asia e222 Loke Wan Thos, Chinese Photographer. Photography Africa, Antarctica, The AImalzony ss. 2822 aS IBM Gallery, New York City. African Folkways of An- gola and Mozambique. National Geographic Society; Museum of Primitive Art, New York City. The Eloquent Light— Ansel Adams__________ Mrs. Nancy Newhall, George Eastman House, Roches- ter, N.Y. MMieyNiesoet st Rie yee Eliot Elisofon, Photographer. LIBRARY During the year the library accessioned 784 publications, 416 of which were obtained through exchange or gift. In all, 178 books and 36 subscriptions to periodicals were purchased. 198 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 The slide collection was greatly augmented. A checklist of slides was instituted; 2,537 slides were accessioned. The Carnegie Corpora- tion aided in the purchase of the Carnegie Survey, Arts of the United States. STAFF ACTIVITIES Thomas M. Beggs, Director of the National Collection of Fine Arts for 17 years, was appointed Special Assistant to the Secretary for Fine Arts. David W. Scott was appointed Assistant Director, and subsequently, Acting Director. During the past year the following were added to the staff: Val Lewton, museum technician; Robin Bolton-Smith, research asistant; Judith Chance, clerk-typist. The office handled approximately 1,800 personal inquiries, in addi- tion to about 22,000 requests for information by mail and telephone; 437 works of art were examined by the curatorial staff and the director. The reserve, permanent, and the lending collections were installed in a new screen storage area, and the foyer gallery was refurbished. Physical inventory of paintings, sculpture, prints, and miniatures in the collection has been completed and an inventory of the decorative arts collection was begun by staff members. ‘Two preliminary cata- log listings, one of paintings, drawings, and sculpture, the other of graphic arts, were completed by Robin Bolton-Smith, Donald McClel- land, and David W. Scott. A survey of W.P.A. paintings at the De- partment of Labor was carried on by Val Lewton. Thomas M. Beggs wrote the catalog introductions to the Washing- ton County Museum exhibition Old Masters and the Department of State exhibition American Indian and Eskimo Arts and Crafis. An article on Ralph Earl was published in Antiques Journal by Rowland Lyon. Staff members served as jurors for local art exhibitions and lectured on the collection. A survey concerning the development of the collection was com- pleted by John Kerr. Special services with reference to cataloging were performed by Keyes Porter. Delight Hall prepared a text on the Alice Pike Barney Memorial Collection and began an inventory of the paintings. The inventory was completed by Jean Lawton. A survey of art in Government buildings was undertaken by Miss Hall, but was interrupted by the unfortunate accident which caused her death. Henri G. Courtais restored and repaired the following paintings: John Gellatly, by Irving R. Wiles (1861-1948) ; Lord Mulgrave, by Thomas Gainsborough (1727-1788) ; Mary Hopkinson, by Benjamin West (1738-1820) ; Edinburgh—A Painting of Sunlight and Air, by Joseph M. W. Turner (1775- 1851) ; Water Carriers, Venice, by Frank Duveneck (1848-1919) ; Joseph Head, by Gilbert Stuart (1755-1828) ; Madonna and Child with St. John and an Angel, SECRETARY'S REPORT 199 by Sebastiano Mainardi (1466-1513) ; At Nature’s Mirror, by Ralph Albert Blake- lock (1847-1919) ; Moonrise, by Ralph Albert Blakelock (1847-1919) ; Man with a Large Hat, by Rembrandt van Rijn (1606-1669) ; The Prince of Wales, by Sir John Watson Gordon (1790-1864) ; The Great Western, by William Marsh (fl. 1844-1858) ; Pomona, by Childe Hassam (1859-1935) ; Young Girl in a Green Bonnet, by Mary Cassatt (1845-1926). Harold F. Cross restored and repaired the following paintings: Natalie with a Violin, by Alice Pike Barney (1857-1931) ; Sundown, by George Inness (1825-1894); The Brass Kettle, by Alice Pike Barney (1857-19381) ; Hippolyte Dreyfus, by Alice Pike Barney (1857-1931) ; Lord Abercorn, by Sir Thomas Lawrence (1769-1830) ; The Mystic Marriage of St. Catherine of Alea- andria, by Giacomo Francia (1486-1557) ; View in Rome with the Church of Ara Coeli, by School of Canaletto; L’Automne, by Pierre Puvis de Chavannes (1824— 1898) ; Feldama, by George Fuller (1822-1884) ; Westward the Course of Em- pire Takes its Way, by Emanuel Leutze (1816-1868) ; Gentleman, by Sir Godfrey Kneller (1646-1723) ; The Doctor’s Visit, by Jan Steen (1626-1679) ; Dutch Landscape with Figures, by Jacobus van Strij (1756-1815). Repairs and regilding were done to 88 frames for paintings, prints, and watercolors by Val Lewton, Linwood Lucas, and Istvan Pfeiffer. SPECIAL EXHIBITIONS AND EVENTS July 3-August 1, 1963. Tenth Interservice Photography Contest, sponsored by the Department of Defense. August 10-—September 2, 1968. Sixteenth International Congress of Zoology, sponsored by the United States National Museum. September 8-29, 1963. Pakistan Stone Rubbings, circulated by the Smithso- nian Institution Traveling Exhibition, together with Pakistan textiles and jewelry lent by Mrs. H. J. W. Bunting, and miscellaneous objects from the Division of Ethnology, USNM. A catalogue was privately printed. September 8—October 10, 1963. Ninth International Exhibition of Ceramic Art, sponsored by the Kiln Club of Washington, D.C. An illustrated catalogue was privately printed. October 5-24, 1963. Seventieth Annual Exhibition of the Society of Washing- ton Artists. A catalogue was privately printed. November 3-24, 1963. American Artists Professional League under the au- spices of the New Jersey Chapter. Memorial to Frederick Ballard Williams. A catalogue and brochure were privately printed. December 8—January 2, 1964. Twenty-sixth Anniversary of the Metropolitan Art Exhibition, sponsored by the American Art League. A brochure was printed privately. December 8, 1963—January 2, 1964. Hearts and Flowers, a history of the greeting card from the 18th century to 1910, circulated by the Smithsonian Insti- tution Traveling Hxhibition Service, from Hallmark Historical Collection, Kansas City, Mo. January 11-February 2, 1964. Ninth Annual Painting of the Year Exhibition, sponsored by the Mead Corporation. A special catalogue was privately printed. January 12-30, 1964. African Folkways in Angola and Mozambique, photo- graphs by Volkmar Wentzel, under the auspices of the National Geographic Society and the Museum of Primitive Art. January 20, 1964. Images of Hawaii—from Captain Cook to Contemporary Crossroads—a lecture on the development of Hawaiian art by Ben Norris, profes- 200 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 sor of art at the University of Hawaii, sponsored by the Hawaii State Society of Washington, D.C. February 8-March 1, 1964. Twenty-fifth National Exhibition of the Society of Washington Printmakers. A catalogue was privately printed. February 8—March 1, 1964. Prints by Antonio Frasconi, 1952-1963, circulated by the Smithsonian Institution Traveling Exhibition Service. A special bro- chure was privately printed. February 10-—March 8, 1964. An oil painting, “The Range Burial,” by Harry Jackson, together with related sculptures and studies, sponsored by the Honor- able Milward Lee Simpson, Senator from Wyoming, the Wyoming State Society of Washington, D.C., and the Coe Foundation. An illustrated catalogue was privately printed. March 7-29, 1964. Craftsmen of the Eastern States, an exhibit of textiles, ceramics, jewelry, metalwork, and furniture, circulated by the Smithsonian Insti- tution Traveling Exhibition Service. A special catalogue was privately printed. April 5-23, 1964. The twenty-second Biennial Art Exhibition, sponsored by the National League of American Pen Women. A catalogue was privately printed. April 4-26, 1964. Graphics ’68, sponsored by the University of Kentucky and circulated by the Smithsonian Institution Traveling Exhibition Service. A catalogue was privately printed. May 3-21, 1964. Sixty-seventh Annual National Exhibition of the Washington Watercolor Association. May 3-21, 1964. Thirty-first Annual Exhibition of the Miniature Painters, Sculptors, and Gravers Society of Washington, D.C.. A special catalogue was privately printed. May 2-24, 1964. The Nile, photographs by Eliot Elisofon, circulated by the Smithsonian Institution Traveling Exhibition Service. A special book was printed. May 11—June 14, 1964. Sculpture and Drawings by Juan de Avalos, spon- sored by the Ambassador of Spain. A catalogue was privately printed. June 27-July 19, 1964. Tuscany in the 19th Century, an exhibition of paint- ings, Sponsored by the American Federation of Art and the Ambassador of Italy. Respectfully submitted. Davi W. Scorr, Acting Director. S. Ditton Riprey. Secretary, Smithsonian Institution. Report on the Freer Gallery of Art Str: I have the honor to submit the 44th annual report on the Freer Gallery of Art, for the year ended June 30, 1964. THE COLLECTIONS Twenty-two objects were added to the collections by purchase as follows: METALWORK 63.15. Persian, Achaemenid, 6th/5th century B.C. Wild goat, rearing, with front legs bent double. Gold, hollow; a band of fine gold wire over center of body. Originally one of two handles of an amphora- shaped vase. Cf. 64.6. Three small holes. Height: 0.196; weight: 50z. (Illustrated.) 64.3. Persian, Sasanian, 6th/7th century A.D. Vase, silver, partially gilded ; triangular notched design repeated three times; tri-lobed leaf mold- ing around neck. Height: 0.175; diameter (at rim) : 0.057; weight: 1 lb. 64% oz. 64.6. Persian, Achaemenid, 6th/5th century B.C. Wild goat, rearing, with front legs bent double, standing on a tube-like support with chevron pattern and a central rib in relief. Gold, hollow; a band of fine gold wire over center of body. Originally one of two handles of an amphora-shaped vase. Cf. 63.15. Cracks in front of neck and ears. Length : 0.226; weight: 41%4 oz. (MTllustrated.) PAINTING 64.2. Chinese, Ming, by Liu Chiieh (1410-72). Landscape, with bamboo grove. Five inscriptions and 10 seals on the painting; 1 seal on the mounting preceding the painting ; colophon with 1 seal following the painting. Label on outside mount. Height: 0.336; width: 0.578. (Illustrated. ) 64.5. Chinese, Ch’ing, Yang-chou school, by Lo P’ing (1733-99). Album of 12 leaves: landscapes and figures; dated 1774. Painted in ink and colors on paper. Title on outside mount; artist’s inscription and seal on each leaf; collector’s inscription and two seals on mount- ing beside last leaf. Height: 0.241; width: 0.305. 63.4. Indian, Mughal, ea. 1588 (996 H.), attributed to ’Abdl al-Samad Shirin Qalam. Leaf from the Jahangir album: Verso: Jamshid writing on a rock, retainers in landscape; border of gold flowers and colored birds. Recto: calligraphy (nasta‘lig by Mir ‘Ali) ; marginal design with small human figures in gold landscape. Small areas of pig- ments chipped off. Height: 0.420; width: 0.265. 63.2. Japanese, Ashikaga, Muromachi Suiboku school, by Oguri Soritsu (16th century). Willows and birds; suwmi on paper. Kakemono’ height : 1.105; width: 0.520. 201 202 63.3. 63.5. 63.6. 63.11. 63.12-13. 63.14. 63.16. 63.8. 63.9. 63.10. 64.1. 64.4. 64.7. ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 Japanese, Edo, Individualist school, by Mori Sosen (1747-1821). Monkeys and waterfall; suwmi and slight color on paper. Kakemono: height : 0.885 ; width: 0.310. Japanese, Ashikaga, early 15th century, Muromachi Suiboku school, attributed to Shtbun. Landscape; ink on paper. Kakemono: height: 0.905; width: 0.350. Japanese, Heian period, 12th century, Buddhist school. The Bodhis- attva Fugen. Ink, color, gold and silver on silk. Kakemono height : 1.556 ; width: 0.831. (1llustrated.) Japanese, Edo, 19th century, Individualist school, by Shibata Zeshin (1807-91). Carp. Lacquer on paper. Height: 0.346; width: 0.472. Japanese, Momoyama period, Kano school, by Kano Hitoku (1543- 90). A pair of six-fold screens depicting ‘‘The Four Accomplish- ments.” Ink on paper. Hach screen: height: 1.540; width: 3.540. Japanese, Kamakura, Buddhist school. The Bodhisattva Fugen and attendants. Ink, color and gold on silk. Kakemono: height: 1.404; width: 0.730. POTTERY Chinese, Sung, ting ware. Shallow bowl with wide, flaring rim bound with copper; small foot. Clay: fine off-white stoneware. Glaze: transparent, slightly bubbly, some “teardrops” on outside. Decora- tion: two ducks swimming among water plants incised in the paste under the glaze. Height: 0.048 ; diameter : 0.210. Japanese, Edo period, kakiemon ware, early 18th century. Deep bowl, octagonal in section, with slightly flaring rim and upright lip. Clay: white porcelain. Glaze: transparent. Decoration: flowers, tree trunks, rocks, and scrolling vines in underglaze blue and over- glaze enamel colors; brown rim; single circle in underglaze blue on base. Height: 0.102 ; diameter: 0.212. Japanese, Edo period, nabeshima ware. Dish on high foot. Footrim repaired. Clay: fine white porcelain. Glaze: transparent. Decora- tion: in underglaze blue and overglaze enamel colors; outside, flowers on cavetto and typical “comb pattern on foot” ; inside auspi- cious objects and “kotobuki” reserved in white. Height: 0.058; diameter : 0.208. Japanese, Momoyama period, oribe ware. Small dish with flattened, foliate rim. Clay: buff stoneware with areas of iron red near the glaze. Glaze: deep green with uneven flow. Decoration: incised, floral motifs and grasses in cavetto; a donkey carrying a grain sack in center. Height: 0.036; diameter: 0.115. Japanese, Edo period, 17th century, Ninsei. Rectangular vase with rounded profile, short neck and small out-turning lip. Signature incised on rough unglazed base. Clay: gray stoneware, fired red- dish buff. Glaze: uneven reddish brown with black areas. Height: 0.248; width: 0.273 (maximum). (lIllustrated.) Japanese, Momoyama, shino-oribe ware. Bottle, gourd-shaped. Clay: rough stoneware. Glaze: transparent. Decoration: grapes and trellis design. Height: 0.215; diameter : 0.105. Japanese, Edo, nabeshima ware. Plate, footed. Clay: porcelain. Glaze: partial celadon. Decoration: design in underglaze blue and incised iron. Height : 0.057; diameter : 0.203. SECRETARY'S REPORT 203 63.7. Turkish, Ottoman period, mid-16th century, isnik ware. Plate with a design of zinnias, pomegranates, and hyacinths in light blue, purple, and white on dark blue ground, on the inside; and of two tulips alternating with a zinnia in light and dark blue on white ground on outside wall. Small area along the upper right edge lost and replaced by painted plaster, nicks along edge; two holes in ring-foot for sus- pension. Height: 0.058: diameter: 0.312. REPAIRS TO THE COLLECTION Twenty-four Chinese and Japanese paintings and screens were re- stored, repaired, or remounted by T. Sugiura, Oriental picture mounter. F. A. Haentschke, illustrator, remounted 34 Persian paint- ings. Repairs and regilding of six frames for American paintings were done outside the Gallery. CHANGES IN EXHIBITIONS Changes in exhibitions amounted to 373, which were as follows: American art: Japanese art: Ramtings 22 11 Paintings ------_----------- 79 Chinese art: ‘i DYSON) cece a ESL OWZ OG Hee ek a 8 ae a 4 a a a ome e WOO) oases k oe ee 3 mee on | Neat Eastern art: Manuscripts --------------- Metalwork gosto ee 44 Stone sculpture —------------— 1 Manuscripts Ba Shs oH At cna MR 82 Indian art: Paintings) aes Ue Ae ee 79 ipaimpingsrae ok tk 28 Potteryr) (ere Sense ew aR ee 33 LIBRARY The library has been coming into full use with the recent intro- duction of courses in Oriental Art in the local colleges and universities. The graduate and undergraduate students, many of whom have used our collection for research, as well as the three students on fellowships studying at the Gallery this past year, have given an impetus to the “diffusion of knowledge.” During the year, 472 items (books, pamphlets, periodical parts) were acquired by the library; 258 of these were by purchase and 214 by exchange and gift. Nineteen microfilms augmented the collection, and the study file increased by 1,069 photographs. The year’s cataloging projects included a total of 900 entries; 596 analytics were made and 199 new titles of books, pamphlets, and microfilms were cataloged. Additions to the sets of books numbered 115, and 3,151 cards were added to the card catalog. Only 11 per- cent of these were available as printed cards; nearly 90 percent of the cataloging is original work. 204 § ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 Since many instructors at the university Oriental Art courses depend on the library for supplementary material and visual aids, the importance of the slide collection has markedly increased. The library acquired 1,412 new slides, and 2,778 were bound, labeled, classified, or repaired. Slide loans totaled 2,962, of which 487, or 17.5 percent, were for the use of the Gallery staff in their lectures. There were 434 requests for bibliographic information by telephone and letter. Visitors were frequent: 686 scholars and students who were not members of the Freer staff used the library resources, 5 saw and studied the Washington Manuscripts, and 6 came to see the library equipment and facilities. After years of searching, two copies of Shih-chu-chai shu-hua p’u (Painting manual from the Ten Bamboo Studio) were acquired. The larger copy is undated, and has 181 colored illustrations on 45 canon folds, while the second copy has the illustrated text in eight pén, pub- lished in Shanghai and dated 1879. Another rare and valuable book, acquired for the documentation of Moronobu’s works, is Byobu kakemono edzukushi (Designs for sereens and kakemono), Tokyo, 1701 (first edition published in 1682). This work clearly establishes that Moronobu was familiar with, and followed, other techniques and schools of art besides Ukiyoe. The following gifts deserve special mention because of their out- standing quality. Hokuhé henshi-tin (National treasures of Japan), Tokyo, Mainichi Shimbun-sha, 1963—, is a folio set eventually to be compiete in six volumes; it is made available to us through the Weedon gift. Another set, Vikuhitsu Ukiyoe (Ukiyoe painting), Tokyo, Kodansha, 1962-63, two folio volumes, is the gift of Mr. and Mrs. Felix Juda. The staff continues to be generous with their writings and the literature sent to them. Holdings of Whistler correspondence, 630 leaves in all, were lami- nated by the Archival Restoration Associates, Inc. Mrs. Bertha M. Usilton, librarian since 1944, retired on June 30; Mrs. Constance B. Olsen will take charge of the library with the be- ginning of the new fiscal year. PUBLICATIONS Two publications were issued by the Gallery as follows: Ars Orientalis, Vol. V. 19 articles in English, French, or German, 18 book reviews, 1 bibliography, 2 notes, 3 memorials. 354 pp., 206 plates, text illustrations. (Smithsonian Institution Publication 4540.) Oriental Studies, No. 6: Armenian Manuscripts in the Freer Gallery of Art, by Sirarpie Der Nersessian, 145 pp., 108 plates. (Smithsonian Institution Publication 4516.) SECRETARY’S REPORT 205 Publications of staff members were as follows: CAHILL, JAMES F. Yiian Chiang and his school. Part I. Ars Orientalis, vol. 5 (19638), pp. 259-272, 20 pls. Review of “The birth of Landscape Painting in China,” by Michael Sullivan. Burlington Magazine, vol. 105 (Oct. 1963), p. 452. Translation of “Concerning the I-p‘in Style of Painting, Part III,” by S. Shimada. Oriental Art, n.s. vol. 10 (1964), pp. 19-26, illus. ErTINGHAUSEN, RicHarD. Iran under Islam. 7000 Years of Iranian Art, cir- culated by the Smithsonian Institution . . . 1964-65 (1964), pp. 33-46. Art of the Islamic period, bibliography. 7000 Years of Iranian Art, culated by the Smithsonian Institution .. . 1964-65 (1964), pp. 50-51. Chinese representations of Central Asian Turks. Beitrdge zur Kunst- geschichte Asiens; in memoriam Ernst Diez. Istanbul (1963), pp. 208-222, 16 figs. Historical subjects, The East; Islam. Hncyclopedia of World Art, vol. VII, cols. 495-497. Masterpieces of Iranian rugs and textiles. [An exhibition at the Textile Museum, Washington, D.C., June 9-September 12, 1964.] 12 pp., 9 illus. on 7 pls. New pictorial evidence of Catholic missionary activity in Mughal India (early XVIIth century). Perennites ...P. Thomas Michels ... cum 70. Geburtstag. Miinster, Verlag Aschendorff (1963), pp. 385-396, 11 pls. Oreeiceria (Goldsmithing); L’Islam. Enciclopedia Universale dell *Arte, vol. 10, cols. 141-142. Pre-Mughal painting in India. Trudy dvadstat’ pyatogo mezhdunaro- thnogo kongressa vostokovedov, Moskva 1960. ‘(Proceedings of the 25th International Congress of Orientalists, Moscow, 1960), vol. 4, section 14, pp. 191-192. Some Deccani miniatures in the United States. Marg, vol. 16 (March 1963), pp. 14-16, 32-383, 5 illus. (Published as two articles under titles “Bijapur” and “Portfolio [Deccani painting]’’). ‘Yemenite Bible manuscripts of the XVth century. Jerusalem, Israel exploration society, 1963. Hretz-Israel, vol. 7, L. A. Mayer memorial volume, pp. 32-89, 13 pls. Youssef Sida: paintings, drawings, ceramics. An Introduction. [An exhibition at Middle East House, March 17—April 12, 1964, Washington, D.C.] 5 pp. Review of “Introduction 4 V’histoire de l’Orient Musulman,” by Jean Sauvaget. Der Islam, bd. 39 (Feb. 1964). Review of “Natural History Drawings in the Indian Office Library,” by Mildred Archer. Journal of Asian Studies, vol. 22 (Feb. 1963), pp. 250-252. GETTENS, R. J. Conservators in Russia. Museum News, vol. 42 (May 1964), pp. 11-17, 13 illus. Review of “Archaeology and the Microscope; the Scientific Examina- tion of Archaeological Evidence,” by Leo Biek. Science, vol. 143 (June 8, 1963), p. 36. 206 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 Porz, JoHN A. Archibald Gibson Wenley; an appreciation. Ars Orienialis, _ vol. 5 (1963), pp. 1-5, port. | ‘Stockholm: The Museum of Far Eastern Antiquities. Apollo, vol. 78 (July 1963), pp. 29-38, 8 illus. Review of “Chinese Trade Porcelain,’ by Michel Beurdeley. Journal © of the American Oriental Society, vol. 82 (Oct._Dec. 1962), pp. 601-605. Review of “The Golden Peaches of Samarkand; a Study of T’ang Exotics,’ by Edward H. Schafer. Journal of Asian Studies, vol. 23 (1964), pp. 296-297. Review of “La route de la soie,” by Luce Boulnois. Journal of Asian Studies, vol. 23 (1964), p. 313. Stern, Harotp P. In memoriam, James Marshall Plumer. Ars Orientalis, vol. 5 (1963), pp. 8329-831, port. Introduction to: Japanese drawings. Great drawings of all time, New York, Shorewood press, vol. IV, 2 pp., plates 907-926. Introduction to: A hundred pots by Shoji Hamada. [A loan exhibi- tion at the Phillips Collection, Washington, D.C., Oct. 13—-Nov. 18, 1963.] TROUSDALE, WILLIAM B. ‘Chinese jade at Philadelphia. Oriental Art. vol. 10 (Summer 1964), pp. 107-114, illus. (Review of “Archaeology in China, vol. 2, Shang China,” by Cheng Te-k‘ un. Ars Orientalis, vol. 5 (1963), pp. 303-306. Review of ‘Archaeology in China,” by William Watson. Ars Orien- talis, vol. 5 (1963), p. 306. Review of “Chinese Jade Throughout the Ages; a Review of Its Char- acteristics, Decoration, Folklore and Symbolism,” by Stanley Charles Nott. Burlington Magazine, vol. 105 (Oct. 1963). pp. 452-453. Usitton, BertHa M. Bibliography and writings of James Marshall Plumer. Ars Orientalis, vol. 5 (1963). pp. 331-337. The museum library. Museum News, vol. 42 (Oct. 1968), pp. 11-14, illus. PHOTOGRAPHIC LABORATORY AND SALES DESK The photographic laboratory made 10,403 items during the year as follows: 5,649 prints, 971 negatives, 3,451 color slides, 297 black-and- white slides, and 35 color sheet films. At the sales desk 67,589 items were sold, comprising 5,273 publications, and 62,816 reproductions (including postcards, slides, photographs, reproductions in the round, etc.). Chief photographer Raymond A. Schwartz spent 7 months in Japan and Taiwan on the Taiwan Photographic Project, and thus the production of the photographic laboratory was proportionately decreased ; however, the figures for the sales desk indicate an increase of approximately 20 percent over the sales of the preceding year. BUILDING AND GROUNDS The exterior of the building appears to be sound and in good condi- tion. The exterior masonry, including the walls of the courtyard has been cleaned. Blisters have appeared on the roof, but no serious damage has occurred; however, this condition will bear continuous watching. SECRETARY’S REPORT 207 In the interior, the structural steel in the attic remains in need of painting. An experimental system to be used in relamping consisting of a metal superstructure was installed over Galleries VIII, [X, and X, and has proved to be unsatisfactory. All steam pipes in the attic were removed and heating units installed in the existing ducts. This commendable measure made many areas more accessible for storage and general use. Galleries I through VIII and XIII through XIX, including the east and west corridors, have been redecorated with vinyl resin-coated fabric to match Galleries [X, X,and XI. All baseboards, grills, and belt courses were painted as work progressed. The galleries now appear much improved and in good condition. The exposed ceiling of the American painting storage was reinstalled and the area painted. Safety latches were designed and installed on each of the picture racks. Repair and refinishing of the panel storage cases has begun; work on the cases on the north and south sides of the room has been completed. Nine sets of doors remain to be refinished. The wall, trim, doors, and window frames of the auditorium have been painted, and a new Altec No. 842B Amplifier-Preamplifier was installed and connected into the existing sound system. The north wall and ceiling at the back of the auditorium have been repaired. The cabinet shop made and repaired furniture and equipment as the need arose. Seasonal plantings in the courtyard were made and have flourished, and the entire courtyard was bird-proofed. ATTENDANCE The Gallery was open to the public from 9:00 to 4:30 every day except Christmas Day. The total number of visitors to come in the main entrance was 168,625. The highest monthly attendance was in July—22,329. There were 3,224 visitors who came to the Gallery office for such varied purposes as to seek general information, to submit objects for examination, to consult staff members, to take photographs or sketch in the galleries, to use the library, to examine objects in storage, etc. AUDITORIUM The series of illustrated lectures was continued as follows: 1963 October 8__________ William G. Archer, Esq., Victoria and Albert Museum, Lon- don, England, “Rajput Painting.” Attendance, 17. November 12_______ Donald H. Rochlen, Esq., United States Information Agency, “Thailand, an Archeological Treasure House.” Attend- ance, 270. 208 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 1964 January 14________ Dr. Harold P. Stern, Freer Gallery of Art, “Life in 14th Century Japan.” Attendance, 132. February 11--__--- Dr. Aschwin Lippe, Metropolitan Museum of Art, “Early Chalukya Sculpture of India (Sixth and Seventh Cen- turies).” Attendance, 46. March 10___-_____-_ Michael Gough, HEsq., British Institute of Archaeology, Ankara, Turkey, “Christian Archaeology in Asia Minor; the Last Ten Years.” Attendance, 218. AT AVA ona es er Fujio Koyama, Esq., Ceramics Historian, Tokyo, Japan, “Three-color Pottery in the Shosoin.” Attendance, 91. The Smithsonian Institution used the auditorium as follows: 1963 September 27_____- National Air Museum—lecture by Elmer A. Sperry, Jr., “Harly Airplane Instruments.” Attendance, 112. The auditorium was used by seven outside organizations for 39 meetings as follows: 1963 United States Department of Agriculture: United Givers Fund__________ September 19; attendance, 50. 4-H Club Group______-______ October 24; attendance, 111. National Outlook Conference. November 20; attendance, 230. November 21; attendance, 83. Annual Farmers’ Cooperative December 9; attendance, 120. Workshop. United States Department of Health, Education, and Welfare: Food and Drug Administra- November 13; attendance, 138. tion, Bureau of Biological and Physical Sciences. ED SA APS ei ee ee December 10; attendance, 81. Women’s Committee, National October 2; attendance, 95. Symphony Orchestra. Washington Chapter, National October 2; attendance, 91. Women’s Committee, Brandeis University. 1964 United States Department of Agriculture: Federal Extension Service_.__ January 8; attendance, 92. January 9; attendance, 85. January 10; attendance, 97. February 5; attendance, 63. Forest Service____-___________ January 22; attendance, 64. March 2; attendance, 189. Rural Electrification Admin- February 4; attendance, 71. istration. Publicthearing=022) 2 see April 9; attendance, 225. April 10; attendance, 81. SECRETARY'S REPORT a 209 Office of the Inspector Gen- April 28; attendance, 43. eral. April 29; attendance, 70. April 30; attendance, 83. May 1; attendance, 638. May 5; attendance, 75. May 6; attendance, 84. May 7; attendance, 95. May 8; attendance, 59. United States Department of Health, Education, and Welfare: Food and Drug Administra- January 15; attendance, 93. tion, Bureau of Biological February 19; attendance, 137. and Physical Sciences. Division of Pharmacology____ January 24; attendance, 81. General meeting_____________ April 15; attendance, 76. Washington Fashion Group: Ninth Fashion Career Course: “Fashion Showmanship”___ February 17; attendance, 242. “Accessories to Fashion”___ February 24; attendance, 256. “Fashion in the Home”_____ March 2; attendance, 235. “Fashion Communication’”__ March 9; attendance, 234. “Fashion Careers Un- March16; attendance, 234. limited.” “Fashion Designing’___-___ March 28 ; attendance, 237. Archaeological Institute of America: Lecture by Professor D. P. April 16; attendance, 35. Hansen, New York Uni- versity, “Sculpture from Nippur.” National Academy of Sciences: Committee on Vision________- April 23; attendance, 122. April 24; attendance, 160. STAFF ACTIVITIES The work of the staff members has been devoted to the study of new accessions, of objects contemplated for purchase, and of objects submitted for examination, as well as to individual research projects in the fields represented by the collection of Chinese, Japanese, Per- sian, Arabic, and Indian materials. In all, 17,894 objects and 1,298 photographs were examined, and 1,093 Oriental language inscriptions were translated for outside individuals and institutions. By request, 32 groups totaling 859 persons met in the exhibition galleries for docent service by the staff members. Ten groups totaling 98 persons were given docent service by staff members in the storage rooms. Among the visitors were 132 distinguished foreign scholars or persons holding official positions in their own countries who came here under the auspices of the Department of State to study museum ad- ministration and practices in this country. 210 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 TECHNICAL LABORATORY A total of 218 objects was examined by various methods, including microscopic and microchemical examination, and examination in ul- traviolet light. Of the 85 Freer objects examined, 47 were bronze ob- jects analysed by wet chemical methods, and 28 were objects of stone, bronze, silver, and other metalwork and pottery which were cleaned and/or repaired. Forty-two objects being considered for purchase were examined. Ninety-one objects were examined for other divisions of the Smithsonian, other museums, and private owners. Two of these were repaired, and 10 written reports were made. Forty-seven of these objects were coins belonging to the Dumbarton Oaks Research Library and Collection, of which the specific gravity was determined. In addition, 22 bronze standards were analyzed by wet methods; and 75 identifications were made by X-ray diffraction. Twenty inquiries were answered by letter, and numerous inquiries by telephone. Analysis by wet chemical methods of Chinese bronzes in the Freer collection was continued. Further systematic collection of data on the technology of ancient copper and bronze in the Far East was undertaken. Much of the information gained will be presented in a forthcoming catalog on Ancient Chinese Bronze Ceremonial Vessels in the Freer Gallery of Art. Continued studies on the corrosion products of ancient metal objects were made. The editing of //C Abstracts, published by the International Institute of Conservation of Historic and Artistic Works, London, continued to be carried on in the Technical Laboratory. LECTURES BY STAFF MEMBERS By invitation, the following lectures were given outside the Gallery by staff members (illustrated unless otherwise noted) : 1963 June 25—August 25___ W. B. Trousdale gave a series of 16 lectures on Chinese Art History, for 'the Second Summer Institute in Chi- nese Civilization, under the auspices of the United States Education Foundation in China, Taichung, Tai- wan. Average attendance, 29; total attendance, 464. July 1D sale ee Mr. Trousdale, at the China Society, Taichung Branch, Tunghai University, Taiwan, ‘Archaic Chinese Jade.” Attendance, 50. Daly; 222 see Si les Dr. Richard Ettinghausen, at Georgetown University (Peace Corps Training Program), Washington, D.C., “Turkish Art.” Attendance. 100. Sin liy Doe aes iene R. J. Gettens, at the meeting of the ICOM Committee for Scientific Museum Laboratories held in Leningrad, U.S.S.R., read a paper on ‘Mineral Alteration Products on Ancient Metal Objects.” Attendanee, 75. PLATE 5 Secretary's Report, 1964 Wo} G ss} wm re oa \O 0 aia) ma uw i=} YH j= Oo iS) HS AS) wy = ate} cog NS) <> le cn (ory es oO ws fo} oe o 9 TO we fo} Se =e) No) a Sse wd “SO we (e) a sv Y Y fo 22. 22222) eee 1, 859 Respectfully submitted. Ruts KE. Buancuarp, Librarian. S. Ditton Rrtey, Secretary, Smithsonian Institution. Report on Publications and Information Sir: I have the honor to submit the following report on the publi- cations of the Smithsonian Institution and its branches and on other informational activities for the year ended June 30, 1964: The editorial and publications division, the publishing arm of the Institution, maintains a four-part program. One includes the editing, designing, and publishing of books and reports on explorations and research by staff members and collaborators of the Institution in the fields of science, history, and art, and the production of publications of a more popular nature, such as museum guidebooks, informational leaflets, and art catalogs. The second is the control and distribution of these publications. The third deals with the day-to-day dissemina- tion of information concerning the Smithsonian to the press and the inquiring public; the chief of the division serves as public-relations officer of the Institution. And the fourth covers the printing of ma- terials of a current and emergency nature, such as museum labels and invitations and announcements of Smithsonian events, in a branch of the Government Printing Office which is housed at the Institution for that purpose. q PUBLICATIONS PROGRAM Ninety-five publications appeared under the Smithsonian imprint during the past year in its various series, as listed below. These pub- lications are issued partly from federally appropriated funds (Smith- sonian Reports and publications of the National Museum, the Bureau of American Ethnology, the National Air Museum, and the Astro- physicial Observatory) and partly from private endowment funds (Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, publications of the Freer Gallery of Art, and some special publications). The Institution also publishes under the auspices of the Freer Gallery of Art the series Ars Orientalis, which appears under the joint imprint of the Uni- versity of Michigan and the Smithsonian Institution. In addition, the Smithsonian publishes for sale to visitors guidebooks, information pamphlets, postcards, folders, and popular publications on scientific and historical subjects related to its important exhibits and collections. SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS In this series, under the immediate editorship of Mrs. Nancy Link Powars, the following papers were issued : 265 266 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 Volume 145 No. 5. Tertiary echinoids from the Caloosahatchee and Tamiami formations of Florida, by Porter M. Kier. 64 pp. 18 pis. (Publ. 4543.) August 2, 1963. ($2.) No. 6 Additions to records of birds known from the Republic of Panama, by Alexander Wetmore. 11 pp. (Publ. 4523.) December 16, 1963. (50 cents.) No. 7. A phytophysiognomic reconnaissance of Barro Colorado Island, Canal Zone, by Charles F. Bennett, Jr. 8 pp. 1 map. (Publ. 4527.) December 20, 1963. (50 cents.) Volume 146 No. 2. A contribution toward an encyclopedia of insect anatomy, by Robert H. Snodgrass. 48 pp. (Publ. 4544.) July 12,1963. ($1.) No. 3. Solar variation and weather, by C. G. Abbot. 68 pp. 4 pls. (Publ. 4545.) October 18,1963. ($1.) Volume 147 No. 1. The architecture of Pueblo Bonito, by Neil M. Judd. 349 pp. 81 pls. (Publ. 4524.) June 30,1964. ($6.) SMITHSONIAN ANNUAL REPORTS REPORT FOR 1962 The complete volume of the Annual Report of the Board of Regents for 1962 was received from the printer on September 26, 1963. Annual Report of the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution showing the operations, expenditures, and condition of the Institution for the year ended June 30, 1962. x +610 pp., ilustr. (Publ. 4518.) The general appendix contained the following papers (Publ. 4546- 4566) : Aircraft propulsion: A review of the evolution of aircraft powerplants, by C. Fayette Taylor. Rocket propulsion, by Ralph S. Cooper. The early history of radar, by R. M. Page. Modern glass, by S. Donald Stookey. The great earthquakes of May 1960 in Chile, by Pierre Saint-Armand. The rim of the reef, by H. Yale Dawson. What’s happening to water? By Charies J. Robinove. The opening of the Arctic Ocean, by James T. Strong. The place of genetics in modern biology, by George W. Beadle. The shark that hibernates, by L. Harrison Matthews. Man in a world of insects, by Dwight M. DeLong. Tropical fruit-fly menace, by L. D. Christenson. The soil as a habitat for life, by Sir John Russell. The evolution of the echinoderms, by H. Barraclough Fell. Mangroves: Trees that make land, by William M. Stephens. The history and relationships of the world’s cottons, by Sir Joseph Hutchinson. Some mysteries of life and existence, by R. E. Snodgrass. Civilization and the landscape, by Sylvia Crowe. How many people have ever lived on earth? By Annabelle Desmond. Bows and arrows: A chapter in the evolution of archery in America, by Paul BH. Klopsteg. SECRETARY’S REPORT 267 Scientific methods in the examination and conservation of antiquities, by A. E. A. Werner. REPORT FOR 1963 The report of the Secretary, which will form part of the 1963 Annual Report of the Board of Regents, was issued January 23, 1964. Report of the Secretary and financial report of the Hxecutive Committee of the Board of Regents for the year ended June 30, 1968. xii + 275 pp. 15 pls. (Publ. 4525.) SPECIAL PUBLICATIONS Preliminary field guide to the mackerel- and tuna-like fishes of the Indian Ocean (Scombridae), by Bruce B. Collette and Robert H. Gibbs, Jr. 48 pp. 10 pls. (Publ. 4567.) August 9, 1963. The gown of Mrs. John F. Kennedy. [Supplement to ‘The Dresses of the First Ladies of the White House,” by Margaret W. Brown, published by the Smith- sonian Institution in 1952. (Publ. 4060.)] November 26, 1963. (50 cents.) The Star-Spangled Banner. 16 pp. + postcard. (Publ. 4529.) January 1964. (15 cents.) Brief guide to the museums in the Washington area. 39 pp. illus. (Publ. 4588.) March 6, 1964. (25 cents.) Dedication of the Museum of History and Technology of the Smithsonian In- stitution. 26 pp. (Publ. 4531.) March 24, 1964. (50 cents.) The exhibits speak, by Sophy Burnham. (With a section on “Birds of the World,” by Linda 8S. Gordon.) 49 pp. (Publ. 4536.) June 5, 1964. (50 cents. ) REPRINTS Smithsonian meteorological tables. Prepared by Robert J. List. Sixth revised edition. Second reprint. (Publ. 4014.) July 19, 1963. ($5.) The First Ladies Hall. 8 pp. (Publ. 4212.) (Two runs: July 31, 1963; April 27, 1964.) (25 cents.) The Smithsonian Institution. 50pp. (Publ. 4145.) August1,1963. (50 cents.) The fishes of Nerth and Middle America, by David Starr Jordan and Barton Warren Evermann. (Bulletin 47 of the United States National Museum.) 4 vols. 1x+3,313 pp. ilustr. (Reprinted for the Smithsonian Institution by T.F.H. Publications.) May 18, 1964. ($25.) First book of grasses: the structure of grasses explained for the beginner, by Agnes Chase. 127 pp. (Publ. 4851.) Third edition. June 3, 1964. ($3.) Unitep States NATIoNnAL Musrtum PUBLICATIONS The editorial work of the National Museum continued during the year under the immediate direction of John S. Lea, assistant chief of the division. The following publications were issued : REPORT The United States National Museum annual report for the year ended June 80, 19638. Pp. vii-+226, illustr., January 23, 1964. BULLETINS 226. Checklist of the birds of Thailand, by Herbert G. Deignan. Pp. x+263, 1 fig. December 31, 1963. 268 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 227. Part 1. Marine polychaete worms of the New England region: 1. Families Aphroditidae through Trochochaetidae, by Marian H. Pettibone. Pp. v-+356, 83 figs., November 5, 1963. 234. Cephalopods of the Philippine Islands, by Gilbert L. Voss. Pp. v-+180, 4 pls., 36 figs., August 27, 1963. 236. Free-living Copepoda from Ifaluk Atoll in the Caroline Islands with notes on related species, Willem Vervoort. Pp. ix-+-431, 151 figs., June 30, 1964. 244, Bagworm moths of the Western Hemisphere (Lepidoptera: Psychidae), by Donald R. Davis. Pp. v-+2338, 12 maps, 385 figs., June 1, 1964. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM Volume 82 Part 4. The genus Dussia (Leguminosae), by Velva BE. Rudd. Pp. iii--247-277, 11 figs., November 4, 1963. Volume 34 Part 2. The woods and flora of the Florida Keys: Capparaceae, by William L. Stern. George K. Brizicky, and Francisco N. Tamolang. Pp. 25-43, 7 pls., November 4, 1963. Volume 36 Part 3. The lichen family Graphidaceae in Mexico, by Michael Wirth and Mason EK. Hale, Jr. Pp. 63-119, 82 figs., December 6, 1963. Volume 38 Part 1. A revision of Trichantha (Gesneriaceae), by Conrad V. Morton. Pp. 1-27, October 9, 1963. PROCEEDINGS Volume 115 No. 3476. Additional information on the morphology of an embryo whale shark, by J. A. F. Garrick. Pp. 1-7, 4 pls., February 28, 1964. No. 3477. Notes on new and old species of Alticinae (Coleoptera) from the West Indies, by Doris H. Blake. Pp. 9-29, 25 figs., February 28, 1964. No. 3478. Asteroidea of the Blue Dolphin expeditions to Labrador, by E. H. Grainger. Pp. 31—46, 4 figs., February 28, 1964. No. 3479. Moths of the genus Rhabdatomis Dyar (Arctiidae: Lithosiinae), by William D. Field. Pp. 47-60, 6 pls. (33 figs.), February 28, 1964. No. 3480. Neotropical Microlepidoptera, III. Restriction of Gonionota melo- baphes Walsingham with descriptions of new species (Lepidoptera : Oecophori- dae), by J. F. Gates Clarke. Pp. 61-83, 3 pls. (1 color), 7 figs., March 17, 1964. No. 3481. Chironomid midges of California. II. Tanypodinae, Podonominae, and Diamesinae, by James EK. Sublette. Pp. 85-135, 7 figs., February 28, 1964. No. 3482. Caligoid copepods (Crustacea) of the Hawaiian Islands: parasitic on fishes of the family Acanthuridae, by Alan G. Lewis. Pp. 137-244, 24 figs., February 28, 1964. No. 3483. Notes on Aradidae in the U.S. National Museum. III. Subfamily Mez- irinae (Hemiptera), by Nicholas A. Kormilev. Pp. 245-258, 7 figs., February 28, 1964. No. 3484. A generic revision of the leafhopper subfamily Neocoelidiinae (Homop- tera: Cicadellidae), by James P. Kramer. Pp. 259-287, 114 figs., March 17, 1964. SECRETARY’S REPORT 269 No. 8485. A review of the North American moths of the family Walshiidae (Lepidoptera: Gelechioidea), by Ronald W. Hodges. Pp. 289-329, 66 figs., March 17, 1964. No. 3486. American species of the lacebug genus Acalypita (Hemiptera: Tingi- dae), by Carl J. Drake and John D. Lattin. Pp. 331-345, 15 pls., December 31, 19638. No. 3487. The caligid copepod genus Dentigryps (Crustacea: Caligoida), by Alan G. Lewis. Pp. 347-380, 13 figs., March 17, 1964. No. 3488. A new Brazilian moth of the genus Gonioterma with notes on re- lated species (Lepidoptera: Stenomidae), by W. Donald Duckworth. Pp. 381-389, 3 figs., March 17, 1964. No. 3489. Seven new amphipods from the west coast of North America with notes on some unusual species, by Clarence R. Shoemaker. Pp. 391-429, 15 figs., March 17, 1964. No. 3490. Shrimps of the genus Betaeus on 'the Pacific coast of North America with descriptions of three new species, by Josephine F. L. Hart. Pp. 431-466, 2 pls., 80 figs., February 28, 1964. No. 3491. Notes on some nearctic Psychomyiidae with special reference to their larvae (Trichoptera), by Oliver S. Flint, Jr. Pp. 467-481, 5 figs., February 28, 1964. Bureau OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY PUBLICATIONS The editorial work of the Bureau continued under the immediate direction of Mrs. Eloise B. Edelen. The following publications were issued during the year: REPORT Hightieth Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology, 1962-1963, ii+-34 pp.,2pls. 1964. BULLETINS Bulletin 178. Index to Bulletins 1-100 of the Bureau of American Ethnology, with index to Contributions to North American Ethnology, Introductions, and Miscellaneous Publications, by Biren Bonnerjea. vi+726 pp. 1963. Bulletin 186. Anthropological Papers, Nos. 63-67. iv-+310 pp., 60 pls., 35 figs., 2 maps. 19638. No. 63. Tarqui, an early site in Manabi Province, Ecuador, by Matthew W. and Marion Stirling. No. 64. Blackfoot Indian pipes and pipemaking, by John C. Ewers. No. 65. The Warihio Indians of Sonora-Chihuahua: An ethnographic sur- vey, by Howard Scott Gentry. No. 66. The Yaqui deer dance: A study in cultural change, by Carleton Stafford Wilder. No. 67. Chippewa ma't-weaving techniques, by Karen Daniels Petersen. Bulletin 187. Iroquois music and dance: Ceremonial arts of two Seneca Long- houses, by Gertrude P. Kurath. xvi+268 pp., 3 pls., 164 figs. 1964. Bulletin 189. River Basin Surveys Papers, Nos. 33-38, Frank H. H. Roberts, Jr., editor. xiv+406 pp., 58 pls., 66 figs., 13 maps. 1964. No. 33. The Paul Brave site (32814), Oahe Reservoir area, North Dakota, by W. Raymond Wood and Alan R. Woolworth. No. 34. The Demery site (39CO1), Oahe Reservoir area, South Dakota, by Alan R. Woolworth and W. Raymond Wood. No. 35. Archeological investigations at the Hosterman site (39PO7), Oahe Reservoir area, Potter County, South Dakota, 1956, by Carl F. Miller. 270 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 No. 36. Archeological investigations at the Hickey Brothers site (391.M4), Big Bend Reservoir, Lyman County, South Dakota, by Warren W. Cald- well, Lee G. Madison, and Bernard Golden. No. 87. The Good Soldier site (391LM238), Big Bend Reservoir, Lyman County, South Dakota, by Robert W. Neuman. No. 38. Archeological investigations in the Toronto Reservoir area, Kansas, by James H. Howard. Bulletin 190. An ethnography of the Huron Indians, 1615-1649, by Elisabeth Tooker. iv+184pp. 1964. ASTROPHYSICAL OBSERVATORY PUBLICATIONS The year’s publications in the series Smithsonian Contributions to Astrophysics are as follows: Volume 4 No. 5. A criterion for the mode of ablation in stone meteors, by Allan F. Cook. Pp. ii + 131-136. July 3, 1963. No. 6. The microscopic properties of meteorites, by Gustav Tschermak. Pp. ix +137-239. June 4, 1964. Volume 6 Research in space science, by Fred L. Whipple, et al. 242 pp. August 30, 1963. Volume 8 No. 1. Accurate drag determinations for eight artificial satellites; atmospheric densities and temperatures, by Luigi G. Jacchia and Jack Slowey. Pp. 1-99. September 12, 19638. No. 2. The relative positions of sunspots and flares, by John G. Wolbach. Pp. 101-118. July 12, 1963. No. 8. Type IV solar radio bursts, geomagnetic storms, and polar cap absorption (PCA) events. Pp. 119-131. October 3, 1963. Nationa CoLiection oF Fine Arts PUBLICATIONS The following catalogs were issued by the Smithsonian Institution Traveling Exhibition Service during the year: Turner watercolors. 23 pp. +80 illus. (Publ. 4519.) 1963. Indian miniatures. 67 pp. (Publ. 4520.) 1963. EHighteenth-century Venetian drawings. 58 pp. + 118 illus. 1963. 7000 years of Iranian art. 184 pp. +157 illus. (Publ. 4535.) 1964. FREER GALLERY OF ArT PUBLICATIONS Ars Orientalis, vol. V. (Publ. 4540.) 354 pp. illus. December 30, 1963. ($31.) Oriental Studies No. 6. Armenian illustrated manuscripts in the Freer Gallery of Art, by Sirarpie Der Nersessian. (Publ. 4516.) 145 pp. + 108 pls. Decem- ber 30, 1963. ($10.) AmeErRICAN HistoricaL AssociATION REPORTS The annual reports of the American Historical Association are transmitted by the Association to the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution and are by him communicated to Congress, as provided in the act of incorporation of the Asseciation. The following reports were issued during the year: SECRETARY’S REPORT 271 Annual report of the American Historical Association for 1962. Vol.1. Proceed- ings. November 1968. - Writings in American history, 1955. Vol. 2 of Annual Report of the American Historical Association for 1957. September 25, 1963. Writings in American history, 1956. Vol. 2 of Annual Report of the American Historical Association for 1958. May 28, 1964. REPORT OF THE NaTIONAL Society, DAUGHTERS OF THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION In accordance with law, the manuscript of the 66th annual report of the National Society, Daughters of the American Revolution, was transmitted to Congress on February 11, 1964.1 DISTRIBUTION PROGRAM Requests for publications and information concerning them con- tinued to increase during the year. The publications distribution sec- tion, under the immediate supervision of Mrs. Kileen M. McCarthy, received 39,017 requests for publications from foreign and domestic libraries, universities, research institutions, educational establish- ments, and individuals throughout the world. Visitors to the office and replies to inquiries numbered 33,027. A total of 656,330 copies of publications and miscellaneous items were distributed : 10 Contributions to Knowledge; 16,751 Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections; 7,912 Annual Report Volumes and 22,686 pamphlet copies of Report separates; 181,568 special publications; 111 reports of the Harriman Alaska Expedition; 62,658 publications of the National Museum; 35,314 publications of the Bureau of American Ethnology ; 49,002 catalogs and leaflets of the National Collection of Fine Arts; 148 publications of the Freer Gallery of Art; ? 7 Annals of the Astrophysical Observatory; 12,965 Smithsonian Contributions to Astrophysics; 678 War Background Studies; 4,987 reports of the American Historical Association; and 53,937 publications not issued by the Smithsonian Institution. Miscellaneous items: 12 sets of North American Wild Flowers and 181 North American Wild Flower prints; 3 Pitcher Plant volumes; 207,400 information leaflets. The following titles were issued and distributed to libraries as a result of the Institution’s participation in the National Science Foun- dation translation program: Fauna of USS.R., Fishes, vol. 2, No. 1, Clupeidae, by A. N. Svetovidov ; Fauna of U.S.S.R., Crustacea, vol. 3, No. 3, Freshwater Cyclopoida, by V. M. Rylov; Fauna of Russia and Adjacent Coun- tries, Leptiles, vol. 1, Chelonta and Sauria, by A. M. Nikol’skii; Genus Woodsia R. Br. in Yugoslavia (Genus Woodsia R. Br. V. 1D.A.R. reports are ebublshed as Senate documents and are not available from the Smithsonian Institutio 2In addition to enone distributed by the Gallery itself, 272 § ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 Jugoslavizi) , by EH. Mayer; Morphology, Biology and Zoogeography of European Temnocephala and their Systematic Position, by J. Matjasic; Morphological Taxonomical and Typological Problems Concerning Echinocystis Lobata (Michaux) Torrey and Gray, by V. Petkovsek; Mammals of U.SSS.R. and Adjacent Countries, vol. 6, Rodents, by S. I. Ognev; Fauna and Flora of the Rivers, Lakes and Reservoirs of the U.S.S.R., by V. I. Zhadin and S. V. Gerd; Preparatory Works for the Flora of Slovenia. IT., III. II. Odontites Hall, III. Euphrasia L., by E.Mayer; A Contribution to the Know]l- ledge of the Flora of the Western Julian Alps, by E. Mayer; Mam- mals of US S.R. and Adjacent Countries, vol. 7, Rodents, by S. I. Ognev; Fauna of U.SS.R., Crustacea, vol. 7, No. 5, by Ya. A. Birstein; Fishes of the Northern Seas of the U.S.S.R., by A. P. Andriyashev; Locusts and Grasshoppers of the U.S.S.R. and Adja- cent Countries, part I, by K. Ya. Bei-Bienko and L. L. Mishchenko; Locusts and Grasshoppers of the US.S.R. and Adjacent Countries, part II, by G. Ya. Bei-Bienko and L. L. Mishchenko. INFORMATION PROGRAM Information activities for the past year included the issuance of 88 news releases on noteworthy events and researches of the Smith- sonian. ‘These were utilized extensively by press and other com- munications media throughout the country. Over 500 written in- quiries and more than 1,000 telephone calls for specific information were answered. Approximately 260 visitors, many of them writers and newsmen, sought knowledge concerning the work, facilities, his- tory, and resources of the Institution. Definite plans were made to improve information services in the coming year to meet the needs of a growing population, and to increase the effectiveness of this link between the Institution and the public. PRINTING PROGRAM The Smithsonian print shop, a branch of the Government Printing Office, under the immediate supervision of Murray C. Ballard operated at maximum capacity during the past year, completing 552 individual printing jobs. These assignments included labels, forms, invitations, programs, leaflets, flyers, announcements, and other printing of a cur- rent and emergency nature. OTHER ACTIVITIES The chief of the division continued to represent the Smithsonian Institution on the board of trustees of the Greater Washington Educa- tional Television Association, Inc., of which the Institution is a member. He and the assistant chief of the division represented the SECRETARY’S REPORT 23 Institution at the annual meeting of the Association of American University Presses held the latter part of May and the first part of June at Chicago, Ill. The Smithsonian Institution and T.F.H. Publications, Inc., of Jersey City, N.J., in May 1963 entered into an agreement to establish a restricted fund to be known as the “T.F.H. fund for the increase and diffusion of knowledge concerning fishes suitable for home aquaria.” ‘T.F.H. will donate to the Smithsonian Institution re- printed books to be sold by the Institution at not less than cost. The money derived from such sales will be earmarked for research, col- lection or purchase of fish specimens, explorations, and publication of scientific reports related to aquarium fishes. The first reprint under this agreement was published May 18, 1964; it is the four-volume work The Fishes of North and Middle America, by David Starr Jordan and Barton Warren Evermann, Bulletin 47 of the U.S. National Museum, originally issued in 1896. STAFF CHANGES Three new editors were added to the staff of the division during the past year: Miss Louise J. Heskett on September 30, 1963; Mrs. Nancy Link Powars on December 2, 1963; and Thomas C. Wither- spoon on April 14, 1964. On May 18, 1964, Mrs. Jewell S. Baker was appointed adminis- trative assistant in the division and Miss Sue D. Wallace was ap- pointed clerk-stenographer, following the resignation of Mrs. Margaret L. Poling. Mrs. Phyllis W. Prescott, who had assisted in editing many of the Bureau of American Ethnology publications, died on June 12, 1964, after a brief illness. She had been associated with the Smithsonian since 1942, Respectfully submitted. Paut H. O&Hssr, Chief, Editorial and Publications Dwision. S. Ditton Rieiey, Secretary, Smithsonian Institution. Report of the Executive Committee of the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution For the Year Ended June 30, 1964 To the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution: Your executive committee respectfully submits the following report in relation to the funds of the Smithsonian Institution, together with a statement of the appropriations by Congress for the Government bureaus in the administrative charge of the Institution. SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION PARENT FUND The original bequest of James Smithson was £104,960 8s 6d— $508,318.46. Refunds of money expended in prosecution of the claim, freight, insurance, and other incidental expenses, together with pay- ment into the fund of the sum of £5,015, which had been withheld dur- ing the lifetime of Madame de la Batut, brought the fund to the amount of $550,000. The gift of James Smithson was “lent to the United States Treas- ury, at 6 per centum per annum interest” (20 USC. 54) and by the Act of March 12, 1894 (20 USC. 55) the Secretary of the Treasury was “authorized to receive into the Treasury, on the same terms as the orig- inal bequest of James Smithson, such sums as the Regents may, from time to time see fit to deposit, not exceeding, with the original bequest the sum of $1,000,000.” The maximum of $1,000,000 which the Smithsonian Institution was authorized to deposit in the Treasury of the United States was reached on January 11,1917, by the deposit of $2,000. Under the above authority the amounts shown below are deposited in the United States Treasury and draw 6 percent interest : Unrestricted Funds Income 1964 James: Smithsons2 24. 4ee ene eke enee $727, 640 $43, 658. 40 UNNI) ey pt a ENE ae LE ea gon A pe 14, 000 840. 00 1 SY eh ele SVE ce taps ea eee 500 30. 00 ADiea rant Go aes ea a op Eee 2, 500 150. 00 Hodgkinsi(General) Saas see 116, 000 6, 960. 00 Poores chat see ee DR ee ee 26, 670 1, 600. 20 PRN esis aN a ee Relea eR a dep aye 590 35. 40 SAMRORG ae ep es ote ee ech abs Sheeran se 1, 100 66. 00 el Bon rps) PV AoA ROUTE ect NSA tte a Ee ry ICE $889,000 $53, 340. 00 REPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE 275 Restricted Funds Income 1964 Hodeking) (Specie) asa. )2ues ese $100, 000 $6, 000. 00 TESTU Le tg eye 11, 000 660. 00 POU EEN e S e b NE o e ee $111, 000 6, 660. 00 Gira lato tell os er Meso aN LN ee $1, 000,000 $60, 000. 00 In addition to the $1,000,000 deposited in the Treasury of the United States there has been accumulated from income and bequests the sum of $7,233,033.28 which has been invested. Of this sum, $6,278,181.67 is carried on the books of the Institution as the Consolidated Fund, a policy approved by the Regents at their meeting on December 14, 1916. The balance is made up of several small funds. CONSOLIDATED FUND (Income for the unrestricted use of the Institution) Fund Investment 1964 Income 1964 mM pOut Wels, speciale 2 itl eee $24, 177. 94 $1, 082. 49 PAVeRVeeobert o-, and Wydias o! tesas hoes 64, 101. 76 2, 870. 00 Forrest, Robert Lee, Bequest_--------------- 1, 753, 815. 43 65, 850. 57 Gifts, royalties, gain on sale of securities__----- 448, 086. 13 20, 062. 27 Hachenberg, George P. and Caroline_---_----- 6, 526. 73 292. 20 ila tome amesia se ess ak es 655. 07 29. 32 Je lanete,. GHOST HER AUIS! On Pe Da ese acne ers oes yn 790. 43 35. 37 Hema @@aronnesy 5. OS. 2s oe 1, 962. 71 87. 86 Henny Joseph and Harriet Ati o22 00. yee 79, 553. 39 3, 561. 78 *Hodgkins, Thomas C. (General) _______--_--- 49, 160. 26 2, 201. 04 Moan withtywW ele se Lk ee 125, 493. 59 5, 618. 63 Olmistedmbielen Ace few k ee ils ese 1, 301. 09 58. 27 PPoore wucy Lb. and George Wii 2222222 220s 264, 125. 96 11, 825. 56 onhermnenry, Kirke Ss. 2.0220 0002 bee 464, 776. 51 20, 809. 16 Bitneeswy illiam Jones (ue ot ae Pe 767. 77 34. 36 Boamnonda George b= 220 kL fee en sai 1, 444. 61 64. 69 Bsmrbhsonm-games.2 24 Yoo Pe od Wey 1, 981. 23 88. 73 PCO iG amsemet is) Oe oak es ae 580. 42 25. 97 Higbee, Harry, Memorial Fund_____________- 19, 019. 89 851. 59 Watherspoon, homaspAte. 2s an wer Sia 209, 430. 31 9, 376. 68 PING Gales Sere DEMO RE A Tin che be A SO $3, 517, 751. 23 | $144, 826. 54 *In addition to funds deposited in the United States Treasury. 276 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 CONSOLIDATED FUND—Continued (Income restricted to specific use) Fund Abbott, William L., for investigationsin biology - Armstrong, Edwin James, for use of Depart- ment of Invertebrate Paleontology when principal amounts to $5,000_______________-_ Arthur, James, for investigations and study of the sun and annual lecture on same________- Bacon, Virginia Purdy, for traveling scholarship to investigate fauna of countries other than the: United Statesus cogs abe Ae Ea Baird, Spencer Fullerton, for expenses in whole or in part of a scientific exploration and biological research or for the purchase of specimens of natural objects or archeological SPECIMENS We Ue SNe nay a Maken 2 Barney, Alice Pike, for collection of paintings and pastels and for encouragement of American artistic endeavor__..._.__--------- Barstow, Frederick D., for purchase of animals for ZoolocicalParks sien) b a ee Browr, Roland W., endowment fund—study, care, and improvement of the Smithsonian paleobotanical collections.____._._.__------- Canfield collection, for increase and care of the Canfield collection of minerals__.__________~- Casey, Thomas I., for maintenance of the Casey collection and promotion of researches relating to Coleopterass- 222 -f 222 ere. Leese Chamberlain, Francis Lea, for increase and promotion of Isaac Lea Collection of gems and>molluskse Cy wui eee. OEE eee he Dykes, Charles, for support in financial research_ Eickemeyer, Florence Brevoort, for preserva- tion and exhibition of the photographic col- lection of Rudolph Hickemeyer, Jr_____-_-_- Guggenheim, Daniel and Florence Foundation for a commemorative Guggenheim Exhibit, an annual Daniel Guggenheim Lecture, and annual Guggenheim Fellowships for graduate students for research at the National Air Hanson, Martin Gustav and Caroline Runice, for some scientific work of the Institution, preferably in chemistry or medicine__-_____- Higbee, Harry, income for general use of the Smithsonian Institution after June 11, 1967__ Hillyer Virgil, for increase and care of Virgil Hillyer collection of lighting objects__.______- 1, ORY. 64, 903. 81, 306. 59, 500. 46, 546. 1, 622. 52, 861. 62, 069. 20, 341. 45, 700. 69, 869. 17, 639. 25, 000. 14, 427. 689. 10, 665. Investment 1964 $169, 186. 94 37 62 56 00 23 40 91 64 68 54 81 63 00 04 63 69 Income 1964 $7, 574. 92 95. 2, 905. 3, 640. 2, 663. 2, 083. 72. 2, 366. 2,779. 910. 2, 046. 3, 128. 789. 645. 78. 477. 89 87 28 95 96 62 75 01 72 11 24 79 59 54 REPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE QT CONSOLIDATED FUND—Continued (Income restricted to specific use)—Continued Fund Investment 1964 Income 1964 Hitchcock, Albert S., for care of the Hitchcock Acnostologicalvlibranye+ 02-22 ee 8 $2, 560. 76 $114. 65 Hrdli¢ka, AleS and Marie, to further researches in physical anthropology and publication in connection therewith._____._.-_-.----------- 89, 665. 38 3, 842. 51 Hughes, Bruce, to found Hughes alcove____-__- 31, 063. 71 1, 390. 79 Johnson, E. R. Fenimore, research in under- WALCrEnROCOPLADNY.= 48. 52 ee ee ee 12, 428. 22 819. 28 Loeb, Morris, for furtherance of knowledge in GHEEEXACLISCIENCES| syUBIS PUB SLD GORA MANN eta ei ae [Or Se eee ee wag eee Sage Ze-aOMI eee el Rae ee ras oes UIODUT JWOW4SOAUT ORG CCRC eae PPV 6S 002 ‘F216 ‘F$ (08 ‘F¥9 ‘88I$) 0€ FLL ‘68E ‘e$ | 79 008 ‘8sEs | G6 692 ‘F8E‘I$ [7777 TTT TTT eof Jo Juruuiseq 4v oouRleg $1081}U0D squely STD HOON F er ee | OMLOOUT Pop ueaxou sosodmd {eoeds 30} spun, P96L ‘Og PUNE popue v9 x FONVIVE GNNA GHLOIMLSAY INAWUMNOD NI SHONVHO JO INAWYULVLS SGNAA ALVAIWd 2 LIGIHX3 285 REPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE 16 ‘880 ‘08z ‘% Il ‘6FF ‘692 ‘TT 09 ‘26S ‘OT F0 “G96 ‘LST ‘T 00 ‘9T8 ‘249 LF S10 ‘866 ‘6 19 ‘988 ‘GFT 08 ‘880 ‘002 ‘6 00 ‘0¢9 ‘209 (0G ‘289 ‘S62) SL STS ‘912 ‘T GG ‘TE9 ‘FIS SI ‘F2E ‘26% ‘T$ 19 ‘LT8 ‘988 ‘ 00 ‘€¢9 ‘OST ‘2 60 ‘F8S ‘F26 GE F6E ‘118 meuniere toe tok | eres pe |e a ee ee 00 ‘00S ‘ZI (00 ‘00S ‘ZT) Se ee ea eae Ui a Sg ge (pea cp ea 09 ‘26S ‘OT 9€ ¥69 ‘E08 02 ‘260 ‘FE8 O€ “ZS ‘OT (Z8 “6S ‘OT) Raa roa > cig oe as oe 00 ‘918 ‘L49 TE ‘SS1 Es Z 08 ‘6&2 ‘89 ‘¢ 62 ‘09S ‘106 LE “129 ‘688 ees ee eas al ee eee ge ee Se eo L9 ‘988 ‘SFT TE “ZI ‘ees ‘Z 08 ‘6&2 ‘829 ‘¢ 62 ‘09S ‘106 06 '¥99 ‘9ST ZO ‘88S ‘666 ‘ET eh “LES ‘FZ0 ‘6 F9 ‘81Z ‘9 SI 662 ‘SZ ea ee | ages See: See Sree Oe |i es ae hr 00 0¢9 ‘209 LI ‘GET ‘Eh0 ‘Z% SL ‘89F ‘LFE ‘8 $9 ‘SIZ ‘6&PF ‘T L¥ 6LL ‘T&S ‘% eh $69 ‘296 ‘F 00 ‘STF ‘0S0 ‘T Fee ee Se oy reof JO pus 4e aouLleg --------------- SIS (WIOIJ) 0} IOJSUBIT, 2 ee qou ‘Tedrourid 07 poppe ouroouy popuedxeun (sivaf aod jo punyjoxy ------------------ spunj poeyor1yso1a See Sen Spunj pozoIsor 19730 ia cea eS pana 4IV jo Aroy[exy) 1901.7 38}SO0 9AT}B1I}SIUTUL -pe jo Jou ‘omMooUr yUOIIND 04 JoJsUvI, Z8 ‘6F6 EI 662 ‘62% 2yonpeqd 8 SIL ‘69I 8¢ “8h6 F82 OO WUC Vie = aloe et ee ee 19440 286 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 EXHIBIT D PRIVATE FUNDS STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN PRINCIPAL OF ENDOWMENT FUNDS AND FUNDS FUNCTIONING AS ENDOWMENT Year ended June 30, 1964 Balance at becinning of year. ee eee $16, 086, 025. 07 Add: Gifts! and) bequests se 2 Wes ee ee ee 1, 211, 648. 50 Income added to principal as prescribed by donor_______---- 10, 596. 00 Transfer from current fund for investment___-__--_---_-_-_- 1, 370, 621. 19 Net gain on investments! 22a ee ee ee eee 542, 684. 48 19, 221, 575. 19 Less: Transfer to cover deficit in employees’ retirement sig 0.015 fea Cue a LD To ag ae a $349. 82 Income paid to income beneficiary as prescribed by COD G0 gn SA SU GSN I OD Sa OE a a 306. 75 706. 57 Balance. at end. of yeari) 22.2222 ee eee $19, 220, 868. 62 Balance at end of year consisting of : MreeriGalleryofvArts) 2s eae ee eae 10, 987, 835. 34 Other: Restricted. — 20 No es te oe ee se Se ee 2, 989, 882. 05 re IN pe ee ee a 5, 243, 151. 23 $19, 220, 868. 62 The practice of maintaining savings accounts in several of the Washington banks and trust companies has been continued during the past year, and interest on these deposits amounted to $7,817.98. Deposits are made in banks for convenience in collection of checks, and later such funds are withdrawn and deposited in the United States Treasury. Disbursement of funds is made by check signed by the Secretary of the Institution and drawn on the United States Treasury. The Institution gratefully acknowledges gifts and grants from the following: Anonymous, a gift for special purposes. Atomic Energy Commission, a grant for research entitled “A Study of the Bio- chemical Effects of Ionizing and Nonionizing Radiation on Plant Metabolism during Development.” REPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE. IST Boston University, a grant to defray travel expenses to the West Coast to study research materials. Bredin Foundation, a grant for the support of research entitled “Biological Survey of Dominica Project.” A grant for the support of research entitled “Ocean Food Chain Cycle.” David K. E. Bruce, a gift for special purposes. Mary Grace Bruce, a gift for special purposes. Mrs. J. Campbell, a gift to the Zoo Animal Fund. Department of the Air Force: Additional grant for the support of research entitled “Study of Atomic and Electronic Collision Processes which occur in the Atmosphere at Auroral Heights.” A grant for studies directed toward the development of a technique for measuring wind speed and direction at heights using ionized paths gen- erated by meteors. A grant for the exploration of computer techniques in the preparation of indexes. A grant to prepare and conduct a course in operation maintenance and calibration training for seven government personnel on the Baker-Nunn Camera System. A grant to perform numerical analysis of observational data to determine the rate of satellite period. A grant for time standard calibrating training and consulting in support for the “Field and Precision Reduction of Baker-Nunn Film.” Department of the Army: Additional grant for the support of basic research entitled ‘“‘Potential Vectors and Reservoirs of Disease in Strategic Overseas Area.” Additional grant for the support of research entitled “Mammals and their Hetoparasites fronr Iran.” Additional grant for support of research on the analysis of bird migration in the Pacific Area and the study of the ecology of birds and mammals on one or more Pacific Islands. A grant for research entitled ‘“Bio-Heological Classification for Military En- vironments.” Ethyl Corporation, a gift for the 8. D. Heron Memorial Fund. Robert Lee Forrest Bequest for unrestricted use of Smithsonian Institution. Esther Goddard, a gift to the Goddard Memorial Fund. Robert H. Groh, a gift for the purchase of Egyptian Bronze Situla. Guggenheim, Daniel and Florence, Foundation for a commemorative Guggen- heim Exhibit, an annual Daniel Guggenheim Lecture, and annual Guggenheim Fellowships for graduate students for research at the National Air Museum. 288 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 Felix and Helen Juda, a gift to the Freer Gallery of Art, for the purchase of collections. Joseph H. Kler, a gift for the Delaware Log House Exhibit Fund. Landegger Foundation Ine., a gift for research entitled ‘““The Landegger Under- water Exploration.” Link Foundation, a grant for the publication of the pamphlet “Opportunities in Oceanography.” James H. Means, a gift for the James Means and the Problem of Manflight Fund. Paul Mellon, a contribution for the Traveling Exhibition Service. Vera C. Murray, a gift for the purchase of two historic aircraft engines. National Aeronautics and Space Administration: Additional grant for the support of research entitled “Optical Satellite Tracking Program.” Additional grant for the scientific and engineering study for instrumenting and orbiting telescope. A grant for research entitled ‘Optical and Radar Investigation of Simulated and Natural Meteors.” A grant for research entitled “Computation of Data Reduction of S—16 High Energy Gamma-Ray Experiment.” A grant for research studies in the recovery and analysis of space fragments. A grant for an investigation and collection of meteorites, tektites, and related materials. National Geographic Society: Additional grant for research entitled “Link Prolonged and Deep Submergence Study Program.” A grant for research expedition to Australia. A grant for publication entitled “Archeology of Pueblo Bonito.” National Institutes of Health: Additional grant for research entitled “Studies of Asian Biting Flies.” Additional grant for the support of research entitled ‘‘Generic Classification of the Proctotrupoidea.” A grant for the support of research entitled “Chronic Disease in Relation to Social Efficiency.” National Science Foundation: Additional grant for the support of research entitled “Early Tertiary Mammals of North America.” Additional grant for the support of research entitled “Earth Albedo Obser- vations.” Additional grant for the support of research entitled ‘“Revisionary Study of Blattoidea.” Additional grant for the support of research entitled “Rare Gases in Meteorites.”’ Additional grant for the support of research entitled “Morphology and Paleo- ecology of Permian Brachiopods of the Glass Mountain, Texas.” Additional grant for the support of research entitled “Tertiary Forests of the Tonasi-Santiago Basin of Panama.” REPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE. 289 Additional grant for the support of research entitled “South Asian Micro- lepidoptera, particularly the Philippine Series.” Additional grant for the support of research entitled “The Mammals of Panama.” Additional grant for the support of research entitled “Ecology and Behavior of Suncus murinus.” Additional grant for the support of research entitled “Photoresponse and Optical Properties of Phycomyces Sporangiophores.” Additional grant for the support of research entitled “Taxonomy of Bam- boos.” Additional grant for the support of research entitled “Lower Cretaceous Ostracoda of Israel.” Additional grant for the support of research entitled “Marine Mollusks of Polynesia.” Additional grant for the support of research entitled “Tertiary Echinoids of the Fastern United States and the Caribbean.” Additional grant for the support of research entitled ‘Monographie Revision of Carcharinid Sharks of the Tropical Indo-Pacific Oceans.” Additional grant for the support of research entitled “Zoogeography of South- ern Ocean Sclearactinian Coral Faunas.” Additional grant for the support of research entitled “The American Com- mensal Crabs of the Family Pinnotheridae.” Additional grant for the support of research entitled ‘Prehistory of South- west, Virginia.” Additional grant for the support of research entitled “Indo-Australian Vespidae sens. lat. and Specidae.” Additional grant for the support of research entitled “Support of Publication of an English Translation of Flora of Japan, by Jisaburo Ohwi.” Additional grant for the support of research entitled ‘‘Revision of Genera of Paleozoic Bryozoa.” Additional grant for the support of research entitled “Research of Stellar Atmosphere.” Additional grant for the support of research entitled “Monographic Studies of the Tingidae of the World.” Additional grant for the support of research entitled “Ethnoscientific Analysis of American Ethnology.” y Additional grant for the support of research entitled “Pelagic Phosphorus Metabolism: Phosphorus-containing Compounds in Plankton.” Additional grant for the support of research entitled “Study of Type Speci- mens of Ferns in European Herbaria.” Additional grant for the support of research entitled ‘‘Polychaetous Annelids of New England.” Additional grant for the support of research entitled ‘“‘The Phanerogams of Colombia.” Additional grant for the support of research entitled ‘“Monograph of Parmelia Subgenus Xanthoparmelia.” Additional grant for the support of research entitled ‘‘Revision of Scarab Beetles of the Genus Ataenius.” Additional grant for the support of research entitled “Systemic Studies of the Archidaceae, Subtribe Epidendrinae.” Additional grant for the support of research entitled “A Monograph of the Stomatopod Crustaceans of the Western Atlantic.” 290 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 Additional grant for the support of research entitled “Recording of Data for Specimens Collected during the U.S. Antarctic Program.” Additional grant for the support of research entitled “Mammals of South- eastern United States.” Additional grant for the support of research entitled “Exploration in Southern Brazil.” Additional grant for the support of research entitled ‘Distribution of North America Calanoid and Harpacticoid Copepoda.” Additional grant for the support of research entitled “Megalithic Structures of Panope.” Additional grant for the support of research entitled “Collection of Meteorites and Tektites in Australia.” Additional grant for the support of research entitled “Installation of Power Line to Barro Colorado from Mainland.” Additional grant for the support of research entitled “European Tertiary Dicotyledon Floras.” Additional grant for the support of research entitled “Science Information Exchange.” Additional grant for the support of research entitled “Geographic Variation in the Inter-specific Relations among Certain Andean Passeriformes.” Additional grant for the support of research entitled ‘Upper Cretaceous Inoceraminae in North America and Western Europe.” Additional grant for the support of research entitled “Environment of Permo- Triassic Reptiles of the Order Therapsida in South Africa.” Additional grant for the support of research entitled ‘Taxonomic and Biologi- cal Studies of Neotropical Water Beetles.” Additional grant for the support of research entitled ‘“Evolution and Distribu- tion of Parmelia in Hastern Asia and Pacific.” Additional grant for the support of research entitled “Sorting of U.S. Antarctic Research Program Biological Collections.” Additional grant for the support of research entitled “‘Taxonomic Studies of the Family Stenomidae in Neotropical Region.” Additional grant for the support of research entitled ‘“Pre-Industrial System of Water Management in Arid Region.” Additional grant for the support of research entitled “Effects of Displacement.” Additional grant for the support of research entitled ‘““Revisionary Studies in the Chilopoda.” Additional grant for the support of research entitled “Photographic Investi- gation of Comets.”’ Additional grant for the support of research entitled “Purchase of the Hood Collection of Thrips.” Additional grant for the support of research entitled “Archaeological Survey of Southwestern Kansas.” Additional grant for the support of research entitled “Taxonomic and Bio- logical Studies on Central American Caddisflies.” Neinken Foundation, a gift for philately research. Office of Naval Research: Additional grant to perform aeronautical research studies. Additional grant to provide expert consultants to advise the Navy Advisory Committee. REPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE 291 Additional grant to perform psychological research studies. Additional grant for the support of research entitled “Information of Shark Distribution and Distribution of Shark Attack All Over the World.” Additional grant for studies concerning the development of a proposal for an institute for laboratory of human performance standards. A grant for research entitled “Microlepidoptera of the Island of Rapa.” A grant to conduct research on the Medusae and related organisms from the Indian Ocean Collection. O’Neill Brothers Foundation, a gift for the purchase of rare Alaskan notes for numismatic collection. Charles Pfizer and Company, a gift for purchase of objects for exhibits on the history of pharmacy. Rockefeller Foundation, a grant for research entitled “Bird Virus Diseases in the Region of Belem, Brazil.” Mr. and Mrs. R. Tom Sawyer, a gift for the Tom Sawyer—Model of the first Gas Turbine Locomotive Fund. Frank R. Schwengel, a gift toward the study of mollusks of Polynesia. For the support of the Science Information Exchange: Atomic Energy Commission Department of Defense National Institutes of Health National Science Foundation Jerome A. Straka, a gift for the purchase of the antique Feregham carpet. Yor the support of the Taiwan Photographic Project: Bollingen Foundation Henry Luce Foundation Rockefeller Foundation Ellen Bayard Weedon Foundation, a gift to the Freer Gallery of Art for the Library Fund. Wenner Gren Foundation, a gift for anthropological research entitled “To Aid Study of Rapid Change and Adjustment under Conditions of Shock and Terri- torial Displacement among Canela of Brazil.” Westinghouse Corporation, a contribution toward the dismantling and transpor- tation of one of the original generators at the Niagara Falls Power Company. Woods Hole Marine Biological Laboratory, a gift for marine biological research (Buzas). Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution, a gift to provide funds to permit the par- ticipation in the International Indian Ocean Expedition. Charles Mortiz Wormser, a gift for the Mortiz Wormser Memorial Fund. 292 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1964 The following appropriations were made by Congress for the Gov- ernment bureaus under the administrative charge of the Smithsonian Institution for the fiscal year 1964: Salaries and expensessi: 442 ieee ie Se DOs Se eee oe $13, 191, 000. 00 National) Zoological); Barks 2u. 222 eek e ee $1, 597, 356. 00 The appropriation made to the National Gallery of Art (which is a bureau of the Smithsonian Institution) was-----------~- $2, 138, 000. 00 In addition, funds were transferred from other Government agencies for expenditure under the direction of the Smithsonian Institution as follows: Working funds, transferred from the National Park Service, Interior Department, for archeological investigations in river basins throughout the United States______-__-__________-______-_ $254, 500. 00 The Institution also administers a trust fund for partial support of the Canal Zone Biological Area, located on Barro Colorado Island in the Canal Zone. ROBERT LEE FORREST BEQUEST The final settlement was made during the year by the Mercantile Safe Deposit and Trust Company of Baltimore, Md., as executors of the will of Robert Lee Forrest, who died on October 30, 1962. The Smithsonian Institution was named in the will as the residuary legatee. The distribution resulted in the following being received by and for the unrestricted use of the Smithsonian Institution: Cash received se wee Ee ONO Be ee $1,370, 621. 19 5,498 shares of The Borden Company, fair market value__ 347, 748. 50 In addition to the above there was received three parcels of real property consisting of a farm known as “Java Farm,” located in Anne Arundel County, Md., of approximately 360 acres; one lot and im- provements located at 7-11 Chesapeake Street, Towson, Md., one un- improved lot located at 700 N. Kresson Street, Baltimore, Md. There also was received some odd lots of stock of “no value” which included 92, shares, preferred, of The Municipal Asphalt Company, 30 shares, Common, of the Municipal Asphalt Company, 100 shares of The Fast Bearing Company, and 100 shares of Medical Chemicals, Incorporated. AUDIT The report of the audit of the Smithsonian Private Funds follows: THE BOARD OF REGENTS Smithsonian Institution Washington, D.C., 20560 We have examined the balance sheet of private funds of Smithsonian Institu- tion as of June 30, 1964 and the related statement of current general private funds receipts and disbursements and the several statements of changes in REPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE. 293 funds for the year then ended. Our examination was made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, and accordingly included such tests of the accounting records and such other auditing procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. Except for certain real estate acquired by gift or purchased from proceeds of gifts which are valued at cost or appraised value at date of gift, land, build- ings, furniture, equipment, works of art, living and other specimens and certain sundry property are not included in the accounts of the Institution; likewise, the accompanying statements do not include the National Gallery of Art, the Jobn KF. Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts and other departments, bureaus and operations administered by the Institution under Federal appropriations. The accounts of the Institution are maintained on the basis of cash receipts and disbursements, with the result that the accompanying statements do not reflect income earned but not collected or expenses incurred but not paid. In our opinion, subject to the matters referred to in the preceding paragraph, the accompanying statement of private funds presents fairly the assets and funds principal of Smithsonian Institution at June 30, 1964; further, the accompanying statement of current general private funds receipts and dis- bursements and several statements of changes in funds, which have been pre- pared on a bases consistent with that of the preceding year, present fairly the cash transactions of the private funds for the year then ended. (S) Peat, MagwicH, MITCHELL & Co. WASHINGTON, D.C. October 16, 1964 Respectfully submitted : (S) Rosert V. FLEMING, (S) Cary P. HASKINS, (S) Cxrinton P. ANDERSON, Executive Committee. U.S, GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1963 a Ree ea byl eoabiiy ee DIR sent rigkee NEW eA tat DED NAOE PRC MMERED IES, LFS ‘ HIN as oe LC UD ES SONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES “WA Nh Mh 3 ules